Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Gold / Pan African Resources PLC

Pan African Resources PLC

paf · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker paf
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Gold
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Pan African Resources PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Integrated 

Annual Report 2014

OUR
VISION

To continue to build a precious metals 
business in Africa by remaining focussed 
on our four pillars of business.

INVESTMENT
CASE

Quality assets
Strong resources base in excess of 33Moz
Track record of profitable growth
Consistent dividends
World-class safety framework
People-focussed
Tight cost structure

STAKEHOLDER

GROWTH

PROFITABLE

SUSTAINABLE

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

CONTENTS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

ABOUT THIS REPORT 

Key features and highlights 

STRATEGIC REPORT 
WHO WE ARE 
• 
•  Operating assets 
Investment case 
• 
Five-year review 
• 

A WORKING STRATEGY 
•  Our strategy 
• 
Key risks 
•  Chairman’s report 
•  Chief Executive Officer’s report 
Stakeholder engagement 
• 

LEADERSHIP 
•  Directorate 
• 
• 

Executive management 
Ethical leadership 

PERFORMANCE 
• 
Financial Director’s report 
•  Operational performance 

ABRIDGED MINERAL RESOURCE AND MINERAL RESERVE REPORT 

GOVERNANCE 
•  Corporate governance 
•  Risk management 
•  Remuneration report 

OUR IMPACTS 
•  Value added statement 
Sustainability drive 
• 
• 
SHEQC Committee Report Safety and Health (abridged) 
•  Our people (abridged) 

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Shareholders’ diary 
Shareholder analysis 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
• 
• 
•  Notice of AGM 
•  Glossary 
• 
• 
•  Contact details 

Form of proxy United Kingdom 
Form of proxy South Africa 

2

4

6

7
8
10
12

14
16
21
24
26
30

32
34
36
38

40
42
48

58

70

72
82
84

86

88
89
90
92

94

158

160
160
161
166
169
171
176

Further reading within this 
Integrated Annual Report

Further reading online: www.panafricanresources.com

Annual financial statements reference

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

1

I

S
H
T
T
U
O
B
A

T
R
O
P
E
R

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

D
E
G
D
R
B
A

I

R
R
M
&
R
M

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

S
T
C
A
P
M

I

R
U
O

L
A
U
N
N
A

I

L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S

R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S

I

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABOUT 
THIS REPORT

Pan  African  Resources  is  incorporated  in  England  and  Wales 
and  with  a  corporate  office  in  Johannesburg,  South  Africa. 
The company is dual listed on AIM and the JSE. See Who We 
Are on page 6.

Key company data

SHARES IN ISSUE

Pan African Resources PLC

Incorporated  and  registered 
in  England  and  Wales  under 
the  Companies  Act  1985  with 
registered number 3937466 on 
25 February 2000

This  is  Pan  African  Resources’  second  Integrated  Annual 
Report  and  a  further  step  in  the  process  towards  full 
integrated  reporting.  We  seek  to  present  to  shareholders  a 
holistic  overview  of  the  company’s  financial  and  non-financial 
performance  for  the  period  1  July  2013  to  30  June  2014, 
including  the  activities  of  the  holding  company  Pan  African 
Resources  and  all  of  its  South  African  operations  and 
subsidiaries.  The  report  is  a  reflection  of  our  aspiration  to 
adhere  to  the  highest  possible  standards  in  all  endeavours, 
including reporting to stakeholders.

ISIN

GB0004300496

Total shares in issue

1,829,994,763

LSE/AIM

AIM share code

PAF

No  non-financial  KPIs  are 
for  the  company’s 
investment  in  the  Australian-listed  Auroch.  Disclosure  in  this 
regard  is  limited  to  financial  information.  Further  information 
concerning Auroch is available at www.aurochminerals.com.

included 

Listing date

September 2005 (the company 
reversed into Brampton Capital 
and was readmitted to AIM as 
Pan African Resources)

Evander Mines’ financial and non-financial KPIs are included for 
the full year following its acquisition by Pan African Resources 
in March 2013.

All of the group’s subsidiaries are incorporated in South Africa 
and their functional currency is ZAR. The group’s business is 
conducted in ZAR and the accounting records are maintained 
in  this  same  currency,  with  the  exception  of  precious  metal 
product sales, which are conducted in USD prior to conversion 
into  ZAR.  The  ongoing  review  of  the  results  of  operations 
conducted  by  executive  management  and  the  board  is  also 
performed in ZAR.

The report includes abbreviations and terms which have been 
defined in the glossary on page 166.

CORPORATE INFORMATION
Ron  Holding  was  appointed  CEO  during  the  year,  effective 
9 September 2013, having served as the group’s Joint Interim 
CEO  with  Cobus  Loots  since  1  March  2013.  Cobus  Loots 
was  appointed  FD,  effective  1  October  2013,  following  the 
resignation of Busi Sitole.

Pan  African  Resources’  registered  office  has  been  changed 
effective 1 August 2013, to Suite 31, 2nd Floor, 107 Cheapside, 
London EC2V 6DN.

Total shares in issue

271,605,032

JSE

JSE

JSE share code

Listing date

Shares in issue

Gold Mining sector

PAN

July 2007

1,558,389,731

STRATEGIC REPORT
The strategic report on pages 4 to 56 has been approved by 
the board of directors and signed on their behalf by:

Ron Holding
CEO

16 September 2014

2

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

S
H
T
T
U
O
B
A

T
R
O
P
E
R

PROCESS FOR DEFINING 
Report content 

We have considered and applied many of the recommendations 
contained in the International Integrated Reporting Framework 
issued in December 2013.

In  compiling  this  report  the  EXCO  attended  a  workshop, 
facilitated  by  an  external  consultant,  where  group  strategy, 
stakeholder engagement, key risks and material issues (as well 
as other related matters) were analysed.

We  have  elected  to  focus  in  this  report  on  key  risks,  rather 
than separate material issues. Our prevailing focus, irrespective 
of terminology, remains those issues that materially impact our 
ability to create and sustain value over the short, medium and 
long-term and those issues and groups on which the company 
materially  impacts  in  the  course  of  doing  business,  as  well  as 
how these have been integrated into business strategy.

Further, the report has been prepared in line with the LSE’s AIM 
Rules and the JSE’s Listings Requirements. We have also applied 
the majority of principles in the King III Report with an explanation 
for any not so applied, and the UK Code has been taken into 
consideration. The report was further prepared based on GRI 
principles and guidance (GRI G3.1 standard disclosure guidelines 
and the Mining and Metals Sector Disclosure guidelines) – the 
Pan African Resources’ Sustainability Report is compiled based 
on a self-declared Application Level B.

The  annual  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance with IFRS, the SAICA Financial Reporting Guides 
as  issued  by  the  Accounting  Practices  Committee  and  the 
requirements  of  the  South  African  Companies  Act  and  the 
UK Companies Act 2006.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
This report represents one of three elements of Pan African 
Resources’  2014  financial  year  communication  strategy  with 
stakeholders, the other two being:

Pan  African  Resources’  Sustainability  Report,  containing 
additional non-financial disclosures referencing GRI; and

Pan African Resources’ Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves 
Report, which provides detailed technical information on the 
mineral assets of Pan African Resources in compliance with the 
SAMREC Code.

The  above  documents,  together  with  this  2014  Integrated 
Annual  Report,  are  available  at  (www.panafricanresources.com). 
Printed copies can be requested from the company secretary, 
whose details appear on page 176.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements  in  this  report,  other  than  historical  facts,  that 
address  without 
limitation  exploration  activities,  mining 
potential  and  future  plans  and  objectives  of  Pan  African 
Resources  are  forward-looking  statements  and  forward-
looking information that involve various risks, assumptions and 
uncertainties and are not statements of fact. The directors and 
management of Pan African Resources are of the belief that the 
expectations  expressed  in  such  forward-looking  statements 
or  forward-looking  information  are  based  on  reasonable 
assumptions,  expectations,  estimates 
and  projections. 
However,  such  statements  should  not  be  construed  as  being 
guarantees  or  warranties  (whether  expressed  or  implied)  of 
future performance.

There can be no assurance that such statements will prove to 
be accurate and actual values, results and future events could 
differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  in  such  statements. 
Important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially  from  statements  expressed  in  this  report  include, 
among  others,  the  actual  results  of  exploration  activities; 
technical  analysis;  the  lack  of  availability  to  Pan  African 
Resources  of  necessary  capital  on  acceptable  terms;  general 
economic,  business  and  financial  market  conditions;  political 
risks;  industry  trends;  competition;  changes  in  government 
regulations;  delays 
in  obtaining  governmental  approvals; 
interest  rate  fluctuations;  currency  fluctuations;  changes  in 
business strategy or development plans; and other risks.

Although  Pan  African  Resources  has  attempted  to  identify 
important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially, there may be other factors that cause results not to 
be as anticipated, estimated or intended.

Pan African Resources is not obliged to publically update any 
forward-looking  statements  that  are  included  in  this  report, 
or  revise  any  changes  in  events,  conditions  or  circumstances 
on  which  any  such  statements  are  based,  occurring  after  the 
publication date of this report other than required by regulation.

ASSURANCE
Pan  African  Resources’  external  auditors,  Deloitte  LLP  as 
the statutory auditor, and Deloitte & Touche SA as the local 
auditor for JSE reporting purposes, have independently audited 
the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014. Their 
unqualified audit reports are set out on pages 100 and 101. The 
scope of their audit is limited to the information set out in the 
annual financial statements on pages 96 to 157.

Business 
process

Financial 
statements
Barberton 
Mines
Evander 
Mines

Nature of 
assurance

Statutory 
audit
ISO 9001

Status Assurance provider

Assured

Assured

Deloitte LLP and 
Deloitte & Touche SA
Alpha Agency

ISO 9001

Assured

Historically by the 
Harmony group

Keith Spencer 
Executive Chairperson 

Ron Holding
CEO

Hester Hickey
Audit Committee Chairperson 

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

3

 
 
STRATEGIC 
REPORT

4

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I
I

C
C
G
G
E
E
T
T
A
A
R
R
T
T
S
S

T
T
R
R
O
O
P
P
E
E
R
R

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

5

 
 
WHO WE ARE

Pan African Resources is a mid-tier African-focussed precious metals producer with a production capacity in excess of 
200,000oz gold and 12,000oz platinum per annum. The group’s assets include:

Barberton Mines: 
Evander Mines:  
Phoenix Platinum: 

three gold mines and the BTRP in Mpumalanga
a gold mine in Mpumalanga
the CTRP in the North West province

North

NORTH WEST 
PROVINCE

JOHANNESBURG

MPUMALANGA

Phoenix Platinum

Evander Mines

Barberton Mines

BTRP

ETRP

100% ownership

6
6

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014
Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

KEY FEATURES AND
HIGHLIGHTS

Group revenue

Headline earnings

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

500

400

300

200

100

0

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
R
A
Z

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
R
A
Z

Year ended
30 June 2010

Year ended
30 June 2011

Year ended
30 June 2012

Year ended
30 June 2013

Year ended
30 June 2014

Year ended
30 June 2010

Year ended
30 June 2011

Year ended
30 June 2012

Year ended
30 June 2013

Year ended
30 June 2014

817.3

879.7

1,240.3

1,848.1

2,608.8

174.3

190.7

359.7

487.0

452.0

Headline earnings per share

Gold sold

s
t
n
e
C

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

Year ended
30 June 2010

Year ended
30 June 2011

Year ended
30 June 2012

Year ended
30 June 2013

Year ended
30 June 2014

11.88

13.31

24.89

30.07

24.74

z

O

200,000

180,000

160,000

140,000

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

40,000

20,000

0

Tailings

Surface

Under-
ground

Year ended
30 June 2010

Year ended
30 June 2011

Year ended
30 June 2012

Year ended
30 June 2013

Year ended
30 June 2014

–

–

–

–

–

1,068

–

3,836

98,091

92,197

93,381

126,657

22,885

11,359

153,935

Average ZAR cash costs vs average ZAR gold price

Average USD cash costs per ounce vs average USD gold price 

500,000

450,000

400,000

350,000

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

0

g
k

/

R
A
Z

z
o

/

D
S
U

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Year ended
30 June 2010

Year ended
30 June 2011

Year ended
30 June 2012

Year ended
30 June 2013

Year ended
30 June 2014

Year ended
30 June 2010

Year ended
30 June 2011

Year ended
30 June 2012

Year ended
30 June 2013

Year ended
30 June 2014

Average 
spot price 
received

267,876

306,757

422,215

440,824

433,437

Cash costs

158,711

175,520

193,360

231,439

298,345

All-in 
sustaining 
cash costs

189,308

217,524

246,801

281,551

349,008

Average 
spot price 
received

Cash costs

All-in 
sustaining 
cash costs

650

776

All-in costs

189,308

217,524

265,713

343,949

374,015

All-in costs

776

1,098

1,365

1,694

1,553

1,303

781

968

968

776

990

815

992

1,066

1,212

897

1,049

1,124

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING 
ASSETS

Location

Key facts

BTRP

Mpumalanga

See Barberton Mines

Location

Key facts

Resource

BARBERTON MINES

Mpumalanga

•  Solid track record of profitability

•  Located in one of the world’s 

unique greenstone belts

•  Mining methods continually 

adapted to optimise extraction

•  Reserve of 18.4Mt @ 3.08g/t 
(1.8Moz) including BTRP and 
resources of 29.2Mt @ 4.03g/t 
(3.7Moz)

•  Experienced management team

Ownership

100%

Ownership

100%

Acquired/
developed

Pan African Resources acquired 74% 
of the operations from Metorex Ltd 
in July 2007; the remaining 26% was 
acquired from Shanduka in 
August 2009. 

Acquired/
developed

ZAR313.6 million was invested in 
the construction of the BTRP up to 
June 2013. Production commenced on 
1 July 2013. 

Description

Located in the Barberton greenstone 
belt, this is a low cost, high grade 
operation comprising three mines: 
Fairview, Sheba and New Consort.

Description

LOM of 19 years

Located at Barberton Mines, the gold 
tailings retreatment plant commenced 
construction in April 2012, was 
completed on schedule and within 
budget and financed through cash 
generated by Barberton Mines. 

LOM of 15 years

Capacity

95koz of Au per annum

Capacity

20 – 25koz per annum

Tonnage milled/
processed:

300,000

Headgrade

11.5g/t

Tonnage milled/
processed:

1,200,000

Headgrade

1.6g/t

8

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Location

Key facts

EVANDER MINES

Mpumalanga

•  Located in the Witwatersrand 
basin, which includes several 
potential brownfields projects for 
development 

•  Reserve of 69.1Mt @ 3.72g/t 
(8.26Moz) and Resource of 
297.0Mt @ 3.11g/t (29.7Moz) 

•  Experienced management team

PHOENIX PLATINUM

North West

Location

Key facts

•  Diversifies group portfolio into 

precious metals

•  Tailings plant designed to extract 

PGE from chrome tailings

•  Resource of 5.9Mt @ 3.19g/t 

(0.6Moz) and Reserve of 5.0Mt @ 
3.22g/t (0.5Moz)

Ownership

100%

Ownership

100%

Acquired/
developed

Pan African Resources acquired the 
operation from Harmony during 
March 2013.

Description

Located in the Witwatersrand basin, 
current operations comprise No. 8 
Shaft, several potential brownfields 
projects – Rolspruit, Poplar, Evander 
South and Elikhulu Tailings Project, 
the Kinross metallurgical processing 
plant and tailings storage facilities. The 
new ZAR200 million ETRP is under 
construction for commissioning by 
January 2015, with a LOM of 17 years.

Acquired/
developed

Pan African Resources acquired 100% 
from Metorex Ltd in May 2009.

Commenced operations 
December 2011. Steady state 
production from 1 July 2012.

Description

Phoenix Platinum is a tailings plant 
designed to extract PGEs from 
chrome tailings.

LOM of 28 years

Capacity

95koz per annum

Capacity

12koz PGE per annum (sulphide 
feedstock) 7koz PGE per annum 
(oxidised feedstock)

Tonnage milled/
processed:

400,000

Headgrade

5.2g/t

Tonnage milled/
processed:

240,000

Headgrade

3.3g/t

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

9

 
INVESTMENT CASE

EMERGING 
PRECIOUS METALS 
PRODUCER

AFRICAN-FOCUSSED

DISCIPLINED 
APPROACH 
TO CAPITAL 
MANAGEMENT

•  Two producing 
mines and 
two tailings 
retreatment plants 
in South Africa

•  Targeting 

225,000oz of gold 
and 12,000oz of 
PGEs per annum

•  Total mineral 
resources of 
33.5Moz of gold 
and 0.6Moz of 
PGE supports 
sustainable 
production

•  Strong track 
record of 
replenishing 
Mineral Reserves 
by targeting 
exploration and 
development to 
increase the LOMs

•  The BTRP capital 
expenditure was 
within budget, and 
construction 
timeframes

10
10

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014
Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

COMMITTED 
TO LOW-COST 
PRODUCTION 
AND OPTIMISING 
EXTRACTION

DELIVERING 
CONSISTENT 
RETURNS

COMMITTED TO 
SUSTAINABILITY

•  Focus on 

•  Dividend 

strong and 
sustainable margins

•  Total mineral 
resources of 
33.5Moz of gold 
and 0.6Moz of 
PGE supports 
sustainable 
production

maintained 
throughout the 
current low 
precious metals 
price cycle

•  Robust statement 
of financial position

•  Focussed 

on achieving 
zero harm

•  Legacy of 

environmentally 
responsible mining

•  Strong 

relationships 
with labour, 
government 
and communities

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014
Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

11
11

 
FIVE-YEAR 
REVIEW

Operating performance
Gold mining operations tonnes milled
Gold tailings plant processed
Gold headgrade – Mining operations
Gold headgrade – Tailings operations
Gold sold
Gold spot price received
Total gold mining cash costs
PGE sold

2014

2013

20121

2011

2010

(t)
(t)
(g/t)
(g/t)
(oz)
(USD/oz)
(USD/oz)
(oz)

948,149
815,736
5.8
1.6
188,179
1,303
897
7,204

512,869
–
8.6
–
130,493
1,553
815
6,480

308,095
–
10.6
–
94,449
1,694
776
–

296,200
–
10.6
–
92,197
1,366
781
–

313,167
–
10.6
–
98,091
1,098
650
–

2014

2013

20121

2011

2010

ZAR

GBP
millions millions millions millions millions millions millions millions millions millions

ZAR

ZAR

ZAR

ZAR

GBP

GBP

GBP

GBP

Statement of comprehensive 
income extract
Revenue
Cost of production
Mining profit
Adjusted EBITDA3
Impairment costs
Profit after taxation
Headline earnings 4
Dividends

Statement of financial position 
extract
Non-current assets
Current assets2
Total equity
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

Cash flows
Cash generated from/(used in) 
operating activities
Capital expenditure
Net increase/(decrease) in cash 
and cash equivalents

2,608.8
(1,795.9)
637.8
745.5
–
452.1
452.0
(240.3)

154.6
(106.4)
37.8
44.2
–
26.8
26.8
(14.7)

1,848.1
(985.1)
776.8
735.2
(242.3)
558.9
487.0
–

133.5
(71.2)
56.1
53.1
(16.1)
42.6
35.2
–

1,240.3
(566.0)
632.3
552.5
(0.6)
358.9
359.7
(95.6)

101.1
(46.1)
51.5
45.0
(0.1)
29.2
29.3
(7.4)

879.7
(503.6)
342.3
317.0
–
190.7
190.7
(60.3)

79.2
(45.3)
30.8
28.5
–
17.2
17.2
(5.4)

817.3
(483.8)
294.2
294.5
(4.0)
173.0
174.3
–

3,941.5
423.4
2,788.4
1,144.1
432.4

223.4
3,726.2
23.5
401.5
159.4 2,568.8
63.5
1,200.9
24.0
361.2

249.3
26.7
172.2
80.0
24.1

1,143.8
367.8
1,357.5
180.8
142.9

86.1
28.5
102.6
14.0
11.1

1,064.1
173.2
992.7
146.7
98.0

97.2
15.8
90.7
13.4
9.0

857.2
203.9
847.6
131.8
81.7

68.5
(40.6)
24.7
25.0
(0.3)
14.5
14.6
–

74.3
17.7
73.5
11.4
7.1

360.3
(363.0)

22.2
(21.5)

668.0
(381.6)

48.3
(27.6)

375.2
(213.9)

30.6
(17.4)

181.7
(233.6)

16.6
(21.0)

211.4
(70.8)

18.3
(5.9)

29.6

1.7

(216.0)

(15.6)

140.8

11.5

(39.5)

(3.6)

127.0

10.6

Key ratios
Return on 
shareholder’s funds
Net debt: equity ratio
Net debt: adjusted 
EBITDA
Interest cover
Current ratio

(%)
(Ratio)

(Ratio)
(Ratio)
(Ratio)

16.2
0.04

0.14
38.9
1.0

16.8
0.04

0.13
37.9
1.0

21.8
0.04

0.13
41.6
1.1

24.7
0.04

0.12
41.9
1.1

26.4
(0.19)

28.5
(0.19)

19.2
(0.07)

19.0
(0.11)

20.4
(0.19)

19.7
(0.17)

(0.46)
301.1
2.6

(0.44)
417.0
2.6

(0.22)
–
1.8

(0.35)
–
1.8

(0.55)
214.8
2.5

(0.51)
216.0
2.5

12

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

 
 
2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

Cents

Pence

Cents

Pence

Cents

Pence

Cents

Pence

Cents

Pence

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

HEPS 4

NAV

DPS

Statistics
Shares in issue (millions) (Number) 1,830.0
Weighted average 
number of shares 
in issue
EPS

24.74

24.74

(Number) 1,827.2
(Cents/
Pence)
(Cents/
Pence)
(Cents/
Pence)
(Cents/
Pence)
(%)
(Ratio)

13.14
5.6
10.79

152.37

435.5

(Number)

Year-end dividend yield
Year-end price earnings
Volume of shares 
traded (millions)
Volume traded as 
percentage of number 
23.8
in issue
Number of transactions (Number) 28,498
Value of shares traded 
(millions)
Traded prices
– last sale in year

(Number) 1,029.6

(%)

– high

– low

–  average price per 

share traded

(Cents/
Pence)
(Cents/
Pence)
(Cents/
Pence)
(Cents/
Pence)

1,822.8

1,448.3

1,444.0

1,409.5

1,619.8

1,445.2

1,432.7

1,366.3

1.47

34.51

2.63

24.83

2.02

13.31

1.20

11.55

1.04

1.47

30.07

2.17

24.89

2.03

13.31

1.20

11.88

1.07

8.71

140.93

9.45

93.74

7.09

68.74

6.28

60.13

5.21

0.80
5.7
9.69

–
–
5.54

–
–
4.85

6.60
3.0
9.75

0.51
3.6
7.30

4.18
3.0
13.90

0.37
4.0
8.54

–
0.0
9.87

–
0.0
5.98

199.8

760.3

459.2

606.9

424.2

410.9

465.4

251.4

430.8

10.9
11,496

41.7
30,814

25.2
16,121

41.9
21,827

29.3
13,593

28.5
18,343

32.2
10,533

17.8
11,542

30.6
5,322

28.3

1,762.4

74.4

1,342.6

60.2

580.0

43.7

225.2

26.3

267

294

186

236

14.3

191.0

12.8

16.8

299.0

11.8

185.0

21.0

11.8

14.2

233.0

16.2

242

299

180

218

14.8

185

10.2

17.4

9.5

14.2

204

109

139

11.9

5.5

9.4

114

126

65

86

6.2

8.2

4.4

6.1

1  At 30 June 2012, Phoenix Platinum had not reached steady state production, therefore all income and expenditure was capitalised.
2   Current assets at 30 June 2013 excluded non-current assets held-for-sale of ZAR3.2 million (GBP0.2 million), and at 30 June 2012 ZAR169.6 million (GBP13.1 million).
3  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  represented  by  earnings  before  interest,  taxation,  depreciation  and  amortisation,  bargain  purchase  gain,  impairments  and  loss  on  disposal 

of assets held-for-sale.

4   Refer to the headline earnings reconciliation in note 14 of the annual financial statements.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

13

 
 
A WORKING STRATEGY 

14

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

15

 
OUR
STRATEGY

•  Total Mineral Resource 
of 33.5Moz of gold 
and 0.6Moz of PGE
•  Successful integration 
of Evander Mines

•  Cash generative
•  Dividend paying
•  Relatively low cash 

cost gold production

•  Operations 

standardised and 
aligned with group 
SHEQC Policy 

PROFITABLE

SUSTAINABLE

•  Mining profit ZAR637.8 million (2013: ZAR776.8 million)
•  EBITDA ZAR745.5 million (2013: ZAR735.2 million)
•  Attributable profit ZAR452.1 million (2013: ZAR558.9 million)
•  Total gold cash cost ZAR298,345/kg (2013: ZAR231,439/kg )
•  HEPS 24.74 cents (2013: 30.07 cents)

STAKEHOLDER

GROWTH

•  Proactive, strong relationships 
with regulators, unions and 
communities 

•  Zero incidents of  labour 

unrest 

•  Appropriate remuneration 

practices 

•  Compliance with all relevant 
South African legislation 
including  Mining Charter and 
SLPs

•  Dividend declared 
•  Improved safety drive for zero 

harm 

•  Ongoing community self-
sustaining development 
initiatives including localised job 
creation and upskilling

•  Gold sold ounces up 44.2% to 
188,179oz (2013: 130,493 oz) 
•  Revenue up to ZAR2,608.8 million 

(2013: ZAR1,848.1 million) 

•  Share price growth outperformed both 
Gold Mining indices on LSE and JSE.

16

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Pan African Resources’ growth strategy is aimed at achieving and improving margins while driving ongoing growth in our Mineral Reserve 
base. We aim to capture the full precious metals mining value chain and maximise shareholder value by exploiting opportunities in the 
group and in the broader sector.

The group remains cash generative at the current gold price, with the ability to fund all on-mine capital expenditure internally and to also 
meet its other funding and growth commitments.  

The key drivers of our strategy are:

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

P

E

O

PLE

A

C

TION

Fostering relationships 
through integrity and 
honesty

Leadership, planning 
and control

R

E

S

ULTS

Delivering on all 
our targets without 
compromise

Maximise recovered 
grade

Positive impact on 
earnings

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

17

 
OUR
STRATEGY

STRATEGY SCORECARD

PROFITABLE

SUSTAINABLE

STAKEHOLDER

GROWTH

DELIVERABLE
•  Attributable profit
•  HEPS
•  EBITDA
•  Cost containment
•  Average gold price realised
•  Total gold cash cost
•  Gross profit margin from gold operations
•  Optimal grade/tonnage production profiles for 

operational and business plans

FY2014 OBJECTIVES
•  Group ERP system roll-out 
•  Exploiting operational synergies in finance department
•  Fully integrate Evander Mines into the group
•  Cost containment
•  Maintain dividend payments
•  Remain profitable throughout the current low 

precious metals price cycle 

DELIVERABLE
•  Optimising Mineral Reserves for sustainable LOM 

FY2014 OBJECTIVES
•  Growth of assets (Evander Mines acquisition; bring 

BTRP to full production)
•  Maximise Evander Mines asset

FY2014 OBJECTIVES
• 

Improve and maintain stakeholder communication and 
relationships

production profile

•  Operating profit margins
•  All-in cash cost of production (ZAR/kg)
•  Enabling company culture
•  Environmental compliance
•  Safety record
•  Sufficient working capital for maintenance and growth
•  Decentralised and effective management
•  Engagement with local communities
•  Skills development and training

DELIVERABLE
•  Ongoing engagement
•  SLPs and Mining Charter compliance
•  Return on shareholder funds
•  Dividend 
•  Safety record
•  Union engagement and relationships
•  Labour legislative compliance
•  Wage increases – appropriate remuneration policies
•  Total taxes collected and paid
•  Job creation
•  CSI spend

DELIVERABLE
•  Organic (achieved within  existing infrastructure)
•  Expansion 
•  Replacement projects for depleting projects
•  Brownfield projects
•  Acquisitions

FY2014 OBJECTIVES
Identify investors for brownfield projects
• 
•  Source additional ounces at low input cost
•  Evaluate opportunistic acquisitions

18

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

FY2014 PROGRESS
•  The group remained profitable while the gold price retracted. Profitability was supported by the commissioning of the highly cash 

generative BTRP

•  Total gold cash cost increased as a result of Evander Mines low grade mining cycle
•  The group’s Finance and Procurement team remained focussed on a group procurement strategy to align operations in sourcing 

improved pricing and quality of goods and services

•  The gold price realised in the current year decreased, reducing the operations gross profit margins
•  The PGE production remained positive with improved cash generation from the prior year  
•  Dividend paid during FY 2014 and a new dividend proposed for approval at the AGM

FY2014 PROGRESS
•  Evander Mines fully integrated at year-end
•  Optimisation of Evander  Mines ongoing – ETRP approved for commissioning by January 2015
•  BTRP operational
•  Cash balance increased to ZAR101.2 million (2013: ZAR71.6 million).
•  Group capital expenditure incurred ZAR363.0 million (2013: ZAR381.6 million)
•  All-in cost of production ZAR374,015/kg (2013: R343,949/kg)
•  Severity of accidents: Four fatalities

FY2014 PROGRESS
•  Completed phase 2 of Sinqobile primary school including computer and science labs, library and extra classrooms 
(Please see our Sustainability Report on our website (www.panafricanresources.com) for further detail in this regard)

•  Completed phase 4 of the Evander Mines safety programme (Vuka Sizwe) at Evander Mines

(Please see our Sustainability Report on our website (www.panafricanresources.com) for further detail in this regard)

•  Dividend recommended subject to approval at the AGM of 0.1410 cents per share to be paid in FY2015 (paid in 2014: 0.1314 cents 

per share)

•  Severity of accidents: Four fatalities
•  Group salaries and wages amounted to ZAR852.6 million (2013: ZAR507.0 million) or 32.7% of total group revenue
•  AMCU seeking recognition remains an ongoing dialogue at Barberton Mines. Inter-union violence remains an industry threat 
•  Refer to value added statement on page 88 in relation to taxes paid and CSI spend

FY2014 PROGRESS
•  ETRP will add 10,000oz of gold to output at a cash cost of USD826/oz
•  The group assessed and implement numerous organic projects.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

19

 
OUR
STRATEGY

SHARE PRICE
Performance

Pan African Resources relative to JSE Gold Mining Index (J150)

300

250

s
t
n
e
c

200

150

100

3
1
-
y
u

l

J

3
1
-
t
s
u
g
u
A

3
1
-
r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S

3
1
-
r
e
b
o
t
c
O

3
1
-
r
e
b
m
e
v
o
N

3
1
-
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

4
1
-
y
r
a
u
n
a

J

4
1
-
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F

4
1
-
h
c
r
a
M

4
1
-
l
i
r
p
A

4
1
-
y
a
M

Pan African Resources

4
1
-
e
n
u

J

J150

Pan African Resources relative to FTSE Gold Mines Index

e
c
n
e
p

18

16

14

12

10

8

3
1
-
y
u

l

J

3
1
-
t
s
u
g
u
A

3
1
-
r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S

3
1
-
r
e
b
o
t
c
O

3
1
-
r
e
b
m
e
v
o
N

3
1
-
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

4
1
-
y
r
a
u
n
a

J

4
1
-
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F

4
1
-
h
c
r
a
M

4
1
-
l
i
r
p
A

4
1
-
y
a
M

Pan African Resources

4
1
-
e
n
u

J

FTSE

20

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

KEY
RISKS

The material factors impacting the group’s ability to create value in the immediate future and over the longer term can be grouped 
into three main categories: 
•  Macroeconomic – to an extent, beyond the group’s control although the effects can be anticipated as far as possible and mitigated 
•  Operational – managed proactively by implementing policies and process controls
•  Strategic  –  impacting  on  the  group’s  ability  to  execute  its  strategy  and  therefore  we  can  anticipate  and  proactively  address 

these issues

Risk

Macroeconomic 
Single country risk (exclusive focus on 
South Africa)

Profitability and cash flow impacted 
by gold price and PGE pricing volatility 
and cost of production inflation; 
Future electricity increases

Mitigation

Strategic pillar 

•  Future growth plans in relation to acquisitions should take 

cognisance of the single country exposure

•  Gold sold at prevailing market prices

•  Cost collar structures to mitigate gold price volatility have 

proven profitable

•  Continually aim at high-grade, low cash cost gold production

•  Costs continually monitored to ensure sufficient cash flows 

•  Appropriate MRM ensures optimum grade: tonnage profiles 

on a sustainable basis

•  Capital and management resources are applied to enhance 

productivity and control costs

•  Successful operational teams supported by a lean corporate 

office. 

•  Focus on cash preservation

•  Monitor electricity usage of major plant and machinery

Exchange rate (ZAR weakening against 
the USD and GBP)

•  Exchange rates monitored daily

•  Focus on cost control to maximise profitability per 

production unit

Fluctuating commodity prices

•  Cost collar structures are utilised to reduce the downside gold 

price risk, whilst the ZAR gold price remains volatile

Operational
Industrial action – work stoppages; 
higher operating costs due to 
wage settlements; changes in 
employment legislation

•  Proactive, strong relationships with NUM and UASA

•  Recognition agreements

•  Collective bargaining units

•  Appropriate remuneration practices 

•  Compliance with all relevant South African labour legislation

•  Compliance with Mining Charter and implementation of SLPs

Associated union rivalry challenging 
recognition criteria – AMCU has a 
presence on Barberton Mines

•  Recognition agreements

•  Collective bargaining units

•  Regulated by the Labour Act

Stakeholder 

Growth 

Profitable 

Sustainable

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

21

 
KEY
RISKS (continued)

Risk

Mitigation

Strategic pillar 

Safety – FOG; transport; blasting; 
equipment handling; underground fires

Issuing of section 54 stoppages on 
Barberton Mines and Evander Mines 
by the DMR due to fatalities

•  Governance of SHEQC – decentralised and subject to group 

standardisation and oversight 

•  Regular risk assessments

•  Safety management systems

•  Standards and procedures

•  Employee training 

•  Record keeping and reporting of statistics

•  Audits and legal workplace inspections

•  Disaster action plans

•  Fire prevention measures

Mining grade/tonnage profile: 
Low grade mining cycle at Evander Mines

•  BTRP and ETRP tailings plants to ensure stable production 

profiles on a percentage of production

Health – Occupational diseases; 
management of HIV/Aids; silicosis; 
NIHL; TB

Environmental degradation – water 
pollution; contaminated water from the 
Kinross Kariba dam at Evander Mines; 
Sheba Mine flooding

•  Review of additional resources to mitigate low grade mining 

cycles at Evander Mines

•  Future development planning at Evander Mines to create 

flexibility in terms of grade

•  Medical surveillance and monitoring of diseases

•  Annual medical examinations for all employees

•  Daily monitoring of workplace environment for heat, noise and 

airborne pollutants

•  Provision of medical facilities or medical aid coverage

•  Appropriate occupational health practices 

•  Medical health hubs

•  Environmental management plans in place

•  Monitoring and training 

•  Pollution control and water catchment dams

•  Compliance with water use licence guidelines

•  Recycling/reuse targets

•  Control of arsenic in contained storage areas

•  Action plans to deal with flooding incidents

Stakeholder 

Growth 

Profitable 

Sustainable

22

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Risk

Mitigation

Strategic pillar 

Strategic
Reserves and Resource estimates – 
assumptions based

•  Conservative gold and PGE price assumptions

•  Alignment between MRM and finance departments in relation 

to assumptions applied to LOM estimates

Integration of acquisitions and 
construction of new plants

•  Extensive management experience 

•  Project management 

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Factors impacting productivity – 
low grade cycle; quality of tailings; 
effectiveness of extraction agents; 
stoppages

•  Flexibility in assets and resources

•  SAMREC Resource and Reserve statement supporting the 

LOM assumptions

•  Variety of additional gold sources: 

°  Vamping
°  Surface sources
°  Kinross Mill Floor
°  ETRP

•  On-site laboratories for tailings testing 

•  Experienced and skilled management

Unavailability of infrastructure – power 
interruptions

•  Engineering risk registers for all operations

•  Appointment of a group consulting engineer

•  Planned routine maintenance contracts

•  Refurbishment, major overhaul and capex programmes

•  Engagement with Eskom on planned and unplanned power 

interruptions

•  Back-up generators provide limited power to processing plants

•  Power management and load monitoring

•  Energy-efficiency programmes

Stakeholder 

Growth 

Profitable 

Sustainable

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

23

 
CHAIRMAN’S
REPORT

With the acquisition of Evander 
Mines, the group has evolved rapidly 
pidly 
to become a larger operator and 
producer and can now certainly be 
be
classified as an African-focused 
mid-tier precious metals miner.

The  2014  financial  year  was  a  challenging  one  for  the  gold 
industry.  It  recorded  the  first  annual  decline  in  the  gold  price 
in  13  years.  However,  Pan  African  Resources  remains  well 
positioned  in  relation  to  its  peers  in  adapting  to  this  and 
responded quickly to volatile markets.

With the acquisition of Evander Mines, the group has evolved 
rapidly  to  become  a  larger  operator  and  producer  and  can 
now  certainly  be  classified  as  an  African-focused  mid-tier 
precious  metals  miner.  The  addition  of  Evander  Mines  in 
2013  has  diversified  the  group  from  the  previous  single  asset 
business  model  and  in  so  doing,  reduced  operating  risk.  The 
Evander  Mines  operations  have  been  successfully  integrated 
into the group and the newly commissioned BTRP became fully 
operational  during  the  year.  The  group’s  total  gold  output  for 
the  year  increased  to  188,179oz  (2013:  130,493oz),  of  which 
Evander Mines contributed 76,556oz.

In addition, the board established the following priorities for the 
year under review: strengthening our board and management 
team,  enhancing  our  governance  structure,  and  driving  an 
intense focus on mining sustainably. I am pleased to report we 
have made solid progress in all of these areas.

Management changes
We  implemented  numerous  board  level  changes  in  the  year, 
most notably the appointment of Ron Holding as CEO. Ron was 
previously Pan African Resources’ Joint Interim CEO and prior 
to that, closely involved with the group’s operations as COO. 
Ron’s highly experienced record has seen him occupy a number 
of  senior  positions  across  the  various  stages  of  developing 
and  mining  gold  and  platinum  mineral  deposits.  He  is  a 
seasoned  operator,  with  deep  technical  and  executive  skills 
and a proven track-record of delivering the full potential from 
operations under his direction. His appointment has significantly 
strengthened the company’s market position and will help drive 
further growth in the year ahead.

In  addition,  Cobus  Loots  was  appointed  FD  after  holding  the 
position  of  Joint  Interim  CEO  with  Ron.  Cobus  has  been  a 
Pan  African  Resources’  director  since  2009,  having  previously 
held the position of managing director of Shanduka. Busi Sitole 
resigned as FD with effect from 30 September 2013. I would like 
to thank Busi for her contribution to the company and wish her 
the best in her future endeavours.

24

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Governance
Pan  African  Resources  is  committed  to  the  highest  standards 
of  governance.  We  are  pleased  to  have  appointed  Thabo 
Mosololi  as  a  non-executive  director  in  the  year,  reinforcing 
the independence of the board. He brings with him a wealth of 
experience in governance and audit. We also recently appointed 
Rowan Smith as an independent non-executive director. He was 
previously  managing  director  of  Shanduka  and  has  more  than 
20  years’  experience  in  the  minerals  and  investment  banking 
industries. His appointment will further strengthen the technical 
and commercial expertise available to our board.

Rob  Still  resigned  as  an  independent  non-executive  director 
on 1 July 2014, after serving on the board for 10 years. I thank 
Rob  for  his  invaluable  contribution  to  Pan  African  Resources’ 
journey of growth from a junior exploration company to a mid-
tier miner.

Financial results
Both  Pan  African  Resources’  earnings  and  headline  earnings 
declined  in  the  year  under  review.  Although  this  decline  was 
generally attributable to factors outside of our control, such as 
the  low  grade  mining  cycle  at  Evander  Mines  and  gold  prices, 
we are aware that shareholders require a return on investment 
even  over  the  short  term.  The  new  dividend  policy  (refer  to 
page 125) and attractive dividend recommended by the board 
demonstrates our confidence in Pan African Resources’ business 
going forward.

Mining sustainably
While  the  pervasive  local  labour  unrest  continues  to  pose  a 
significant risk in our industry, we are proud to report that we did 
not experience significant disruptions at our operations during 
the year under review. Despite our best efforts, we believe that 
the labour environment in South Africa will be challenging for 
some  time  yet,  and  as  such,  all  parties  have  to  cooperate  in 
order to ensure the sustainability of our industry in the future. 
We are committed to maintaining our good relationships with 
the  unions  by  continually  adopting  a  proactive,  consultative, 
open-door approach.

More than 10 years ago the South African government set formal 
targets  for  social  development  and  community  upliftment  as 
encapsulated in the Mining Charter. With 2014 marking a decade 
since the charter’s inception, the government expectation is for 
mining companies to now reach full compliance. We continue to 
strive to meet and also exceed these targets.

A  key  target  of  the  Mining  Charter  includes  the  conversion 
of  all  hostels  into  family  units  as  part  of  a  larger  scheme 
of  improving  living  conditions  for  mineworkers.  We  have 
committed substantial investment to an extensive improvement 
programme in this regard, upgrading and converting old hostels 
into  single  accommodation  and  family  units  at  Evander  Mines. 

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

In line with the Mining Charter, Barberton Mines recruits only 
from  its  local  region,  an  area  with  high  unemployment,  which 
sees the majority of its employees living off-mine.

terms  of  our 

We  are  committed  to  eliminating  or  minimising  the  negative 
impacts  of  our  operations  and  continuously  look  to  improve 
our  environmental  performance.  To  this  end  environmental 
management  is  well  integrated  into  management  practices. 
In 
long-term  environmental  obligations, 
environmental plans at the mines are compliant with presiding 
regulatory requirements. Provisions in this regard are based on 
the  net  present  value  of  the  estimated  cost  of  restoring  the 
environmental disturbance. The estimated cost of rehabilitation 
is reviewed annually and adjusted as appropriate for changes in 
legislation or technology. We are also constantly rehabilitating 
old mining areas, and reducing final closure costs in this manner.

At Pan African Resources we strongly believe that our employees 
and communities should benefit from our mining activities, and 
we  continue  to  undertake  a  number  of  community  projects 
with the goal that they become fully sustainable organisations in 
their own right over time.

Please  see  our  Sustainability  Report  on  our  website 
(www.panafricanresources.com) for further detail on our efforts in this 
regard.

to  see 

forward 

Outlook
Looking 
further 
to  2015,  we  expect 
improvements  in  our  business  as  we  continue  to  drive 
efficiencies  and  streamline  our  activities.  Specifically,  2015  will 
see the commissioning of the ETRP at Evander Mines in the third 
quarter of the financial year and in the second half it will exit the 
current low grade mining cycle. I am confident that the company 
has the team and resources in place to continue on a path of 
operational excellence.

Thank you
I  would  like  to  thank  my  fellow  board  members  for  their 
guidance and insight during the year. Thank you as well to our 
shareholders,  our  employees,  all  business  partners  and  the 
industry  regulators  for  your  ongoing  support  of  Pan  African 
Resources.

Keith Spencer
Chairman

16 September 2014

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

25

 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S
REPORT

Pan African Resources’ quality 
assets and dedicated, experienced 
staff and management have again 
delivered returns for shareholders.

Year in review
I am pleased to report that we have delivered on our strategic 
priorities  for  the  year  under  review.  Despite  challenges 
(on  which  I  will  elaborate  further  in  this  report),  Pan  African 
Resources’ quality assets and dedicated, experienced staff and 
management  have  again  delivered  returns  for  shareholders. 
These returns can be measured in profits, but also importantly 
in  another  attractive  dividend  to  shareholders.  This  dividend, 
and  also  our  new  policy  to  pay  a  progressive  annual  dividend 
(refer  to  page  125),  demonstrates  the  board’s  confidence  in 
Pan African Resources’ operations, our people, and our ability 
to continue to deliver and improve results.

We have made good progress towards solidifying our position 
as  an  African-focussed  mid-tier  precious  metals  miner. 
Our annual revenue was up by 41.2% and gold production up 
by 44.2%. Evander Mines is now fully integrated and part of the 
group. At Barberton Mines, the BTRP became fully operational 
and  has  been  delivering  ounces  at  above  the  originally 
planned margin.

Nonetheless,  we  continued  to  see  a  challenging  macro-
environment during the year, and our results and margins were 
impacted by the continued weakness in precious metals prices 
as well as inflationary and other cost pressures in South Africa. 

In addition and as anticipated, at Evander Mines, mining in lower 
grade areas also had a significant adverse impact on our financial 
results. We are actively implementing a number of measures to 
mitigate the impact of this lower grade mining cycle. Measures 
implemented,  or  in  progress,  to  mitigate  the  impact  of  the 
current low grade cycle at Evander Mines include the following:
•  The construction of the ETRP to yield an estimated 10,000oz 
of gold per annum with a LOM of 17 years. The ETRP project 
is  progressing  well  and  expected  to  be  in  production  by 
January 2015.

•  Surface sources throughput in the Evander Mines’ plant has 
been  increased  from  18,000t  per  month  to  approximately 
30,000t per month. To maintain these tonnages for the full 
2015 financial year, additional sources are being investigated.
•  Vamping (the mining of historical “leftovers” remaining after 
previous  mining  operations)  at  Evander  Mines  No.  7  Shaft 
has been expanded to include the 15 level return airway mud 
accumulation  project.  This  has  been  contributing  additional 
ounces from July 2014.

•  Management  is  concentrating  efforts  to  increase  availability 
of conveyor belts in the Evander Mines No. 8 Shaft declines. 
A refurbishment programme has been implemented to effect 
the necessary mechanical improvements and upgrades.

26

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

•  Management  has  rescheduled  the  mine  planning  and 
improved  mining  flexibility  by  increasing  development  rates 
on 25 and 25A levels at Evander Mines No. 8 Shaft to access 
more stoping areas.

Through  focussed  initiatives,  exploration  and  planning  at  our 
operations, we have positively enhanced these valuable assets’ 
respective LOMs:
•  Barberton Mines’ LOM increased to 19 years (2013: 17 years) 
due  to  exploration  ounces  added  at  Fairview  Mine  and 
Sheba Mine;

•  BTRP’s LOM has been increased to 15 years (2013: 12 years) 
by  remodelling  the  tonnages  at  the  Harper  South  dam 
and  converting  the  Consort  and  Sheba  tailings  dams  into 
a probable Mineral Reserve;

•  Evander  Mines’  LOM  was  increased  to  17  years  (2013: 
14  years)  as  a  result  of  including  the  mining  area  between 
25 and 26 levels at Evander Mines No. 8 Shaft, not previously 
in the LOM plan – now termed the Decline Extension project. 
A robust mine design was considered in order to convert the 
Mineral Resource into a Mineral Reserve;

•  ETRP has established a LOM of 17 years (aligning with the life 
of No. 8 Shaft) and will exploit the slimes on Kinross tailings 
dams; and

•  Phoenix  Platinum’s  LOM  has  increased  to  28  years  (2013: 

20 years).

Strategy
In the year under review we made good progress in targeting 
high  margins  at  a  low  cost.  This  is  borne  out  by  the  highly 
cost-effective  BTRP  operation,  the  construction  of  the  ETRP 
at Evander Mines and a potentially larger successor plant – the 
Elikhulu Project (see ’Looking ahead’ below).

The  LOM  at  Evander  Mines  No.  8  Shaft  has  been  increased 
by extending the decline system down to 26 level (the Decline 
Extension  project)  to  access  the  resources  between  25  and 
26 level, which will also alleviate mining flexibility constraints by 
creating additional stoping areas.

Our strong balance sheet and well-established cash-generative 
operations  are  key  differentiators  from  our  peers.  These 
provide  Pan  African  Resources  with  a  competitive  advantage 
to further growth (through our operations and organic project 
pipeline) and also position the group to capitalise on potential 
acquisition  opportunities.  In  the  year  ahead  we  will  focus  on 
maintaining  our  statement  of  financial  position,  while  also 
seeking  new  opportunities  to  create  value  for  shareholders. 
We plan to continue rewarding shareholders through dividends.

Health and safety
Our  commitment  to  safety  remains  at  the  heart  of  our  culture 
and  is  evident  in  the  way  we  operate  and  manage  the  group. 
It was with great sadness that we experienced four fatalities in the 
group  during  the  year.   We  extend  our  deepest  condolences  to 

the families, friends and colleagues of the deceased. In an effort to 
prevent a recurrence the group continues to focus on safety. We 
have implemented corrective actions to as far as possible prevent 
any further recurrences. Further detail in this regard can be found in 
our Sustainability Report on our website (www.panafricanresources.com).

Performance
Our  flagship  asset,  Barberton  Mines,  continues  to  underpin 
the  group’s  performance  with  high-margin  underground 
production.  It  remains  one  of  the  lowest  cost  mines  in  South 
Africa. The BTRP was completed in 2013 on schedule and on 
budget. It supports Barberton Mines as a long life, low cost gold 
producer. The BTRP has increased efficiencies and further dilutes 
the costs at the mine as a whole. The plant became operational 
at the beginning of the year in review and has already achieved 
its targets. At year-end it was producing gold at an all-in cost of 
USD683/oz and a cash cost of USD493/oz.

At Barberton Mines, the successful commissioning of the BTRP 
assisted  in  offsetting  a  reduction  in  underground  production 
which occurred when the Sheba Mine lost a month’s production 
due  to  flooding  caused  by  excessively  high  rainfall  (just  on 
200mm in 10 hours) during March 2014, as well as a temporary 
technical setback at the central BIOX® plant.

During  the  year  Barberton  Mines’  wage  costs  increased  in 
excess  of  inflation  in  line  with  our  two-year  wage  agreement 
with  NUM.  Labour  and  staff  costs  were  further  impacted  by 
the introduction of a medical aid scheme for Barberton Mines’ 
employees. Salaries and wages represent the greatest single cost 
at Barberton Mines at 44.7% (2013: 48.5%) of total production 
costs.  These  necessary  increases  and  initiatives  reflect  our 
commitment to our people and our social obligations.

Evander  Mines  is  performing  as  anticipated  and  contributed 
to  the  group  for  the  full  year  as  opposed  to  four  months’ 
contribution  in  the  prior  year.  As  planned  the  mine  is 
currently  operating  in  a  low  grade  mining  cycle  that  is 
impacting  underground  gold  production  and  cash  unit  costs. 
We  expect  this  cycle  to  continue  until  February  2015  where 
after  mining  will  gradually  move  into  the  high  grade  cycle 
by  August  2015.  To  compensate  for  the  lower  grade  cycle 
we  have  increased  tonnages  from  surface  sources,  targeted 
additional vamping areas at No. 7 Shaft and are recovering gold 
from  the  Kinross  plant  mill  floor.  During  the  year  the  board 
approved  the  necessary  capital  expenditure  for  construction 
of  the  ETRP,  through  the  refurbishment  of  dormant  sections 
of the existing Kinross metallurgical plant, to recover gold from 
the  retreatment  of  gold  tailings.  This  is  envisaged  to  increase 
Evander Mines’ gold production by up to 10,000oz per annum 
at a low cash cost of USD826/oz.

At our CTRP Phoenix Platinum’s performance improved during 
the year and the operation saw its first year of profitability. Plant 
recovery  rates  increased  to  29%  during  the  year  (2013:  21%). 
This  was  achieved  through  adjusting  the  reagent  suite  in  the 
extraction process to deal with variable feed sources.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

27

 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S
REPORT (continued)

Our commitment to safety remains at the heart of our culture 
and is evident in the way we operate and manage the group.  

Finally,  the  depreciation  of  the  ZAR  against  the  USD,  and 
good  control  of  aggregate  and  unit  costs  in  ZAR  terms, 
resulted  in  a  lower  all-in  cost,  for  the  group,  of  USD1,124/oz 
(2013: USD1,212/oz). This was achieved as result of a decrease 
in capital expenditure spent on the BTRP even though Evander 
Mines’  gold  production  declined  as  result  of  the  low  grade 
mining cycle.

revenue  year-on-year 

Financial performance
Group 
to 
ZAR2,608.8 million (2013: ZAR1,848.1 million). In terms of costs, 
the total cost of production was up 82.3% to ZAR1,795.9 million 
(2013: ZAR985.1 million).

increased  by  41.2% 

During the year, ZAR39.0 million was added to the bottom line 
upon realising profits from zero cost collars.

We  have  proposed  a  dividend  of  ZAR258.0  million,  a  7.4% 
increase 
in  the  2013 
financial year.

from  ZAR240.3  million  declared 

Please  refer  to  the  FD’s  Report  on  page  42  and  the  financial 
statements for further detail.

28

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Commodity prices
During the year under review gold prices retreated considerably 
with the group realising an average gold price of USD1,303/oz, 
a  decrease  of  16.1%  year-on-year.  Please  refer  to  the  FD’s 
Report on page 42 for further detail.

Looking ahead
The construction and commissioning of the ETRP is significant, 
as  it  has  an  estimated  resource  of  0.4  million  ounces  and 
adds  immediate  production  ounces  to  Evander  Mines.  Should 
the  ETRP  project  meet  targets,  we  will  evaluate  a  project  to 
commission a further, much larger plant – the Elikhulu Project – 
situated at Evander Mines to treat tailings from the Winkelhaak, 
Leslie,  Bracken  and  Kinross  dam  storage  facilities,  with  an 
estimated resource of 1.5 million ounces.

The  refurbishment  of  Fairview  No.  2  and  3  Decline  Shafts  at 
Barberton  Mines  will  continue  for  another  18  months,  after 
which operations will revert to six shifts per week.

Once  the  above  plans  are  actioned  we  will  be  on  track  to 
achieve our targeted 250,000oz of annual production from our 
current portfolio of assets and infrastructure. 

I
I

C
C
G
G
E
E
T
T
A
A
R
R
T
T
S
S

T
T
R
R
O
O
P
P
E
E
R
R

Our brownfields project pipeline at Evander Mines also includes 
the  Evander  South,  Poplar  and  Rolspruit  projects.  Evander 
South  has  estimated  resources  of  5.2  million  ounces,  Poplar 
5.4 million ounces, and Rolspruit 8.9 million ounces. 

Pan African Resources is also well positioned to take advantage 
of further growth opportunities.

Thank you
We  extend  our  thanks  to  our  management  team,  our  mine 
managers and all their staff for their hard work and persistence 
that  have  allowed  Pan  African  Resources  to  continue  growing 
from strength to strength. We also thank our fellow directors 
for their support and guidance.

Ron Holding

CEO

16 September 2014

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

29

 
 
STAKEHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT

Stakeholders are integral to the group’s growth and sustainability 
and have been identified as one of the four key strategic pillars. 
Stakeholder  feedback  and  concerns  are  therefore  carefully 
considered when reviewing and refining strategy. To the group’s 
advantage,  this  in  turn  fosters  an  accurate  perception  by  our 
stakeholders of our business, decisions and performance.

On  reflection  we  consider  our  stakeholder  communication 
to  have  been  a  key  contributor  to  our  growth  trajectory. 
For instance, in a year characterised in the mining industry by 
widespread  industrial  action,  our  operations  did  not  suffer 

a  single  organised  labour  unrest  incident.  Post  year-end, 
Barberton  Mines  did  however  have  a  one-day  strike  action 
following  the  issuance  by  the  CCMA  of  a  non-resolution 
certificate on the matter of AMCU seeking organisational rights. 
Management  successfully  interdicted  AMCU  as  they  do  not 
meet the necessary requirements of 45% plus one membership 
target, as required in the recognition agreement with NUM.

A detailed account of Pan African Resources’ stakeholders and 
their key concerns, as identified, are set out in the table below:

How feedback informs 
strategy

Responsibility

Poll results and feedback from 
presentations and one-on-one 
meetings discussed at EXCO 

CEO

FD and financial team

Discussed at OPSCO, EXCO 
and board level

Operational HR 
managers

Group HR Executive 

Stakeholder What matters to them Nature of engagement

Investors

•  ROI
•  Financial performance
•  Operational 
performance

•  Union relationships
•  Safe mining
•  Accreditations and 

regulatory compliance
•  Resource and Reserve 

reporting

Employees

•  Safety
•  Transformation
•  Job security
•  Reward and incentives
•  Holistic and 

occupational health
•  Skills development and 

training

•  Environmental 

exposure

•  Results presentations and 

roadshows

•  Site visits
•  Regulatory communications 

(AIM and JSE)

•  Ad hoc one-on-one meetings 

with investor community
•  Interim and full-year results 

announcements

•  Integrated annual report
•  Financier communications in 
terms of conformance with 
debt covenants

•  Media
•  Website

•  Bargaining council forums
•  Shaft committees
•  Health and safety structures
•  Supervisory and disciplinary 

structures

•  Emails
•  Posters
•  Policy and procedure 

documents

•  One-on-one supervision
•  Contract negotiations
•  Performance assessments

30

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Stakeholder What matters to them Nature of engagement

Unions

•  Health and safety
•  Transformation
•  Job security
•  Fair remuneration and 

•  Employee committees
•  Branch committees
•  Shaft committees
•  Mine committees

reward

•  Community meetings 
•  Media

How feedback informs 
strategy

Discussions between unions 
and management occur on the 
mines and filter through to the 
corporate office

Discussed at OPSCO, EXCO 
and board level

Discussed at the SHEQC 
Committee, EXCO and 
board level

•  One-on-one meetings

Discussed at a OPSCO and 
EXCO

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Responsibility

Group HR Executive

Shaft/Mine/Branch 
committees

General managers

Community liaison 
managers at each 
operation

CSI officers at each 
operation

General managers 
and Financial 
Managers

Group Procurement 
Manager (newly 
appointed)

Communities •  Job creation 

•  CSI
•  Environmental 
conservation/
protection

•  Group financial 
performance
•  Sustainability
•  Payment track record
•  Project pipeline 

(growth)

•  Loyalty

•  Transformation
•  Mining Charter 
compliance
•  Job creation
•  Safe mining
•  Profitable mining

•  Quality
•  Timeous delivery
•  Price
•  Volumes

Suppliers

Government 
departments

Customers

•  Regular and frequent 
communication with 
Departments: DMR, Labour, 
Water Affairs, Education 
and Public Works, local 
municipalities independent 
development plans 

•  One-on-one meetings

Discussed at EXCO and board 
level

General managers

CEO

Discussed at EXCO and board 
level

General managers

Metallurgical 
managers

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

31

 
LEADERSHIP 

32

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

33

 
DIRECTORATE 

Keith Spencer (64)

Phuthi Mahanyele (43)

Hester Hickey (60)

INDEPENDENT NON-
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Chairman

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENT NON-
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Deputy chairman

Thabo Mosololi (44)

INDEPENDENT NON-
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed: 8 October 2007

Appointment: 20 July 2011

Appointed: 12 April 2012

Appointed: 9 December 2013

BSc Eng (Mining)

BA Economics, MBA

CA(SA)

BCom (Hons), UWC, CA(SA)

Phuthi is the CEO of Shanduka 
group. She joined Shanduka in 
2004 as the managing director 
of Shanduka Energy (Pty) 
Ltd, a subsidiary company of 
the Shanduka group. She was 
previously the head of the Project 
Finance South Africa unit at the 
Development Bank of Southern 
Africa. Prior to that, Phuthi was 
vice president at Fieldstone, where 
she joined the firm in New York in 
1997 and later transferred to the 
South African office. She is a board 
member of a number of Shanduka 
group investee companies. She 
completed the Kennedy School of 
Government Executive Education 
Program’s Global Leadership and 
Public Policy for the 21st Century 
at Harvard University in 2008.

Hester worked at AngloGold 
Ashanti, initially as group Internal 
Audit Manager and later as 
Executive Officer: Head of Risk. 
Prior to this she worked at Ernst 
& Young and Liberty Life and was 
Acting Head of Internal Audit 
at Transnet. In her early career 
she lectured at the University of 
Witswatersrand, was a partner 
of Ironside Greenwood and 
was the National Technical and 
Training Manager at BDO Spencer 
Stewart. Hester has also previously 
served as Chairman of SAICA. 
She currently performs board 
evaluations and director training for 
the IoDSA and serves on several 
boards and audit committees.

Thabo brings a wealth of 
experience in corporate 
governance and audit, having 
started his career at KPMG and 
since 1999 having served on a 
variety of boards as a member and 
chairman of audit committees in 
the resources and other industries 
in South Africa. He is currently 
a director of MFT Investment 
Holdings, where he is responsible 
for investment decisions in 
respect of B-BBEE investment 
opportunities.

Keith is a qualified mining engineer 
with 35 years’ practical mining 
experience. He has managed 
some of the largest gold mines 
in the world. In 1984 Keith was 
appointed as General Manager of 
Greenside Colliery and in 1986 
moved to Kloof Gold Mine as 
General Manager. In 1989 he was 
appointed as consulting engineer 
for Gold Fields, South Africa 
to Doornfontein Gold Mine, 
Driefontein Consolidated Gold 
Mine, Greenside Colliery and 
Tsumeb Base Metals Mine. He also 
served as Managing Director 
of Driefontein Consolidated, 
Chairman and Managing Director 
of Deelkraal Gold Mine, and 
as a board member of all gold 
mines belonging to Gold Fields, 
South Africa. In 1999 Keith joined 
Metorex Limited, first as a private 
consultant and later as a permanent 
member of the executive, managing 
the Wakefield Coal operations, 
O’okiep Copper company, 
Barberton Gold Mines and Metmin 
Manganese Mine. In 2001 Keith 
became Operations Director for 
Metorex Limited.

34

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I
I

C
C
G
G
E
E
T
T
A
A
R
R
T
T
S
S

T
T
R
R
O
O
P
P
E
E
R
R

Rowan Smith (50)

Ron Holding (62)

Cobus Loots (36)

Rob Still (59)

INDEPENDENT NON-
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

CEO

FD

Appointed: 8 September 2014

Appointed: 9 September 2013

Appointed: 26 August 2009

BSc (Hons), BCom (Hons)

Rowan was the Managing Director 
of Shanduka and has almost two 
decades of collective experience in 
the minerals and merchant banking 
industries. He was previously a 
director at Pan African Resources 
from 17 September 2009 until 
20 July 2011. His experience 
includes geological valuation work 
for Rand Mines, seven years with 
Societe Generale de Surveillance 
in both Geneva and South Africa 
as a manager, and four years as 
a director of Investec’s Resource 
Finance Division. Rowan’s passion 
for business development, coupled 
with his technical and merchant 
banking expertise have provided 
him with the skills to originate, 
structure and implement a host 
of investments across the various 
resource-based sectors.

National Diploma for Technicians: 
Mining (Metalliferous), South African 
Mine Managers Certificate of 
Competency (Metalliferous Mining) 
and Programme for Management 
Development: University of Cape 
Town

Ron began his mining career in 
1973 with Gencor and has since 
occupied a number of senior 
positions with exposure to the 
various stages of developing and 
mining mineral deposits. In addition 
to deep level gold mining, his vast 
experience includes the mining of 
platinum, diamonds and copper. 
He has been intricately involved 
with all Pan African Resources’ 
operations since 2009 and was 
appointed as COO in 2010. 
During 2013 Ron was Joint CEO, 
and subsequently appointed CEO 
in September 2013.

CA(SA), CFA® Charterholder

Cobus served articles with Deloitte 
& Touche and became an Audit 
Manager with the firm before 
leaving to pursue a career in 
finance. His experience includes 
mining-specific acquisitions and 
finance as well as the management 
of both exploration and production 
of mineral assets, most recently 
before 2009 as Managing Director 
of Shanduka. Cobus has been a 
director of Pan African Resources 
since 2009 (FD during 2009–2011, 
and a non-executive director 
during 2011–2013) and served as 
Joint CEO alongside Ron Holding 
until assuming the office of FD on 
1 October 2013.

INDEPENDENT NON-
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed: 8 September 2004
Resigned: 1 July 2014

BCom (Hons)

Rob has vast experience in mining, 
specialising in mining finance. 
He has been involved in the mining 
industry worldwide, having held 
executive and non-executive 
directorships in companies listed 
in South Africa, Australia, Canada 
and the United Kingdom, including 
Chairman of Zimbabwe Platinum 
Mines Limited and of Metorex 
Limited. He has participated in 
the evaluation and development 
of several new mining projects 
including Rhovan, Ticor Titanium, 
Pangea Gold Fields Limited, 
Southern Mining Corporation 
Limited (Corridor Sands) and 
Zimbabwe Platinum Mines 
Limited. He started his career as a 
chartered accountant and became 
a partner of Ernst & Whinney 
before leaving in 1986 to co-found 
Rhombus Exploration Limited.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

35

 
 
EXECUTIVE 
MANAGEMENT

EXCO

Ron Holding (62)

Cobus Loots (36)

Anaki Karigeni (46
Anaki Karigeni (46)

Andre van den Bergh (58)
Andre van den Bergh (58

CEO

FD

COO
COO

See Directorate for CV

See Directorate for CV

BSc Mining Engineer
BSc Mining Engineer

Executive: Human Resources
Executive: Human Resources

Diploma in HR Management, 
Diploma in HR Management, 
Diploma LR Management
Diploma LR Management

23 years of mining-related 
23 years of mining-related
experience
experience

40 years of mining-related 
40 years of mining-related
experience
expe

36

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

OPSCO
OPSCO

I
I

C
C
G
G
E
E
T
T
A
A
R
R
T
T
S
S

T
T
R
R
O
O
P
P
E
E
R
R

Casper Strydom (56)

Manny da Silva (44)

Bertin Mcleod (37)

General Manager: Barberton Mines

General Manager: Evander Mines

Mines National Higher Diploma, 
Metalliferous Mining Mine 
Managers Certificate,

BSc Mining Engineering (Wits), 
Mine Managers Certificate of 
Competency, Mine Overseers 
Certificate of Competency

Plant Manager: Metallurgy Phoenix 
Platinum

BTech: Chemical Engineering 
Management Development 
Certificate, Senior Management 
Development Certificate

Neal Reynolds (31)

Group Financial Controller

BCom Accounting (Hons) (NMMU), 
CA(SA)

38 years of mining-related 
experience

24 years of mining-related 
experience

13 years platinum industry 
experience

8 years financial-related experience

Barry Naicker (41)

Wayne Allen (45)

Mandla Ndlozi (43)

Group Mineral Resource and 
Reserves Manager

MEng Mineral Resource 
Management (Wits, Grad Dip 
Engineering (MRM), BSc (Hons) 
Geology and Economic Geology

Group Consulting Engineer

Group SHEQC Manager

National Diploma Engineering, 
Mechanical Engineer’s Certificate 
of Competency MAP (Wits) 
AMRE (SA)

NADSM (Unisa), EIA (PU for CHE), 
MDP (GIBS), SAMTRAC (NOSA), 
Integrated SHEQ Management 
(Potch University)

11 years mining-related experience

24 years mining-related experience

14 years mining-related experience

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

37

 
 
ETHICAL
LEADERSHIP 

HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
• Group tender committee

• Group Procurement Manager appointed to 
oversee group-wide procurement practices

• Zero reported breach of Code of Conduct 

and other policies

The board strives to ensure that the group conducts its business 
with integrity, leading by example. This commitment is formalised 
in  a  Code  of  Conduct  (available  at  www.panafricanresources.com) 
which applies beyond the board to prescribed officers and all 
employees of the group.

The Code of Conduct sets out the group’s values and practices 
over and above requirements of formal governance codes and 
legal  requirements  such  as  the  King  III  Report  and  the  South 
African  and  UK  Companies  Acts.  It  is  designed  to  provide 
guidance as to ethical conduct in all areas and across all activities.

To supplement the efficacy of the Code of Conduct, directors, 
executive  management  and  operational  management  receive 
ongoing  training  in  regulations  and  separately,  in  ethical 
leadership.

Further, Pan African Resources has a zero-tolerance approach 
to bribery and corruption. A separate bribery and corruption 
policy is in place, which is again communicated to all employees 
as  well  as  to  mine  contractors,  all  of  whom  are  expected  to 
comply fully.

During the year the group evolved its focus on ethics to establish 
a  dedicated  group  tenders  committee  to  oversee  tender 
processes  and  ensure  that  Pan  African  Resources  complies 
fully with the UK Bribery Act in this area. In addition, a group 
Procurement  Manager  was  appointed  to  oversee  the  group 
procurement practices in order to ensure maximum efficiency 
and ethical conduct when procuring goods and services within 
the  group.  Each  relevant  employee  at  each  operation  in  the 
group is trained in these procurement procedures and practices.

In  the  event  of  a  breach  of  the  Code  of  Conduct,  policies  or 
practices  above,  by  an  employee,  the  group  HR  disciplinary 
procedures  are  followed.  No  breaches  were  reported  during 
the year.

38

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I
I

C
C
G
G
E
E
T
T
A
A
R
R
T
T
S
S

T
T
R
R
O
O
P
P
E
E
R
R

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

39

 
 
PERFORMANCE 

40

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

41

 
FINANCIAL DIRECTOR’S
REPORT

Pan African Resources has now 
revised and further clarified its 
dividend policy, going forward the 
company will pay a progressive 
annual ZAR dividend.

Pan  African  Resources  remains  committed  to  creating  value 
for  all  stakeholders.  For  shareholders  specifically,  value  is 
determined  by  share  price  performance,  sustainable  earnings 
and  cash  flow  growth  and  by  consistent  dividends  paid  by 
the company.

The  group  amended  its  dividend  policy  in  order  to  provide 
more certainty to its shareholders. Historically, the board has 
recommended an annual dividend to shareholders, for approval 
at  the  AGM.  The  board  recognises  that  where  possible, 
shareholders  require  a  cash  return  on  their  investment. 
Pan African Resources has now revised and further clarified its 
dividend policy, going forward the company will pay a progressive 
annual  ZAR  dividend.  Any  dividend  recommendation  and 
payment,  however,  will  still  be  dependent  on  prevailing  gold 
prices and other external factors, as well as the performance of 
and outlook for the group. It has also recommended an attractive 
dividend for the 2014 financial year, demonstrating confidence 
in Pan African Resources’ prospects going forward. In the 2014 
financial year, earnings and cash flows were negatively affected 
by the low grade mining cycle at Evander Mines coupled with 
a two-year low on the gold price.

All of the group’s subsidiaries are incorporated in South Africa 
and  their  functional  currency  is  ZAR.  The  group’s  business  is 
conducted in ZAR and the accounting records are maintained 
in  this  same  currency,  with  the  exception  of  precious  metal 
product sales, which are conducted in USD prior to conversion 
into  ZAR.  The  ongoing  review  of  the  results  of  operations 
conducted  by  executive  management  and  the  board  is  also 
performed in ZAR.

The  group’s  presentation  currency  is  GBP  due  to  its  ultimate 
holding  company,  Pan  African  Resources,  being  incorporated 
in England and Wales and also being dual-listed in the UK and 
South Africa.

In the year under review the average ZAR/GBP exchange rate 
was ZAR16.88:1 (2013: ZAR13.84:1) and the closing ZAR/GBP 
exchange  rate  was  ZAR18.01:1  (2013:  ZAR15.01:1).  The  year-
on-year  change  in  the  average  and  closing  exchange  rates  of 
22.0% and 20.0%, respectively, must be taken into account for 
the purposes of translating and comparing year-on-year results.

42

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

EXTERNAL DRIVERS OF FINANCIAL 
RESULTS
The  profitability  of  the  group  is  impacted  by  various  external 
and economic drivers, the most significant of which are:
•  USD precious metal spot prices – determines the price 

received for gold and PGE produced

•  USD/ZAR exchange rate – determines the value received in 
ZAR for gold and other metals produced and ultimately the 
group’s revenue. Also drives specific costs of production and 
capital goods

•  South African general inflation, wage rate and other price 
increases – determine the rate of increase in the group’s 
costs – the most significant of which is salary and wage costs
•  GBP/ZAR exchange rate – influences the group’s reporting 

performance in GBP

•  Interest rates – determine interest payable and received for 

borrowings and cash on hand

USD precious metals spot prices
During the course of the year a lower average USD gold price 
was  achieved  when  compared  to  the  prior  year.  The  group 
realised  an  average  gold  price  of  USD1,303/oz,  a  decrease  of 
16.1% from the USD1,553/oz achieved in the prior year.

The  market  PGE  basket  price  received  (applying  the  Phoenix 
Platinum  prill  split)  during  the  year  decreased  by  9.0% 
to  USD1,122/oz  (2013:  USD1,233/oz).  Phoenix  Platinum 
achieved  an  average  PGE  basket  price  of  USD965/oz  (2013: 
USD1,030/oz),  after  taking  into  account  the  terms  of  its 
off-take agreement with Western Platinum Limited.

USD/ZAR exchange rate
The  group  converts  and  records  its  revenue  from  precious 
metals sales in ZAR, and the deterioration in the value of the 
ZAR/USD exchange rate during the year had a compensating 
effect  on  the  weaker  USD  metals  price  revenue  received. 
The  average  ZAR/USD  exchange  rate  was  17.2%  weaker  at 
ZAR10.35:1 (2013: ZAR8.83:1).

The average ZAR gold price received by the group decreased 
by  1.7%  to  ZAR433,437/kg  (2013:  ZAR440,824/kg),  partially 
shielded  by  the  weakening  of  the  ZAR  against  the  USD 
exchange rate.

The  average  ZAR  PGE  basket  price  received  by  the  group 
increased  by  9.8%  to  ZAR9,987/oz  (2013:  ZAR9,093/oz),  also 
benefiting from the weaker ZAR.

USD  and  ZAR  gold  prices  for  the  previous  two  years  are 
represented graphically in the chart below.

Average gold price in USD/oz and ZAR/kg

500,000

480,000

460,000

R
A
Z

440,000

420,000

400,000

380,000

360,000

2,000

1,900

1,800

1,700

1,600

1,500

1,400

1,300

1,200

1,100

1,000

D
S
U

2
1
0
2
/
7
0
/
1
3

2
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
1
3

2
1
0
2
/
9
0
/
0
3

2
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
1
3

2
1
0
2
/
1
1
/
0
3

2
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
1
3

3
1
0
2
/
1
0
/
1
3

3
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
8
2

3
1
0
2
/
3
0
/
1
3

3
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
0
3

3
1
0
2
/
5
0
/
1
3

3
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
0
3

3
1
0
2
/
7
0
/
1
3

3
1
0
2
/
8
0
/
1
3

3
1
0
2
/
9
0
/
0
3

3
1
0
2
/
0
1
/
1
3

3
1
0
2
/
1
1
/
0
3

3
1
0
2
/
2
1
/
1
3

4
1
0
2
/
1
0
/
1
3

4
1
0
2
/
2
0
/
8
2

4
1
0
2
/
3
0
/
1
3

4
1
0
2
/
4
0
/
0
3

4
1
0
2
/
5
0
/
1
3

4
1
0
2
/
6
0
/
0
3

ZAR/kg

USD/oz

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

43

 
FINANCIAL DIRECTOR’S
REPORT (continued)

South African inflation, wage rate and other cost 
increases
During  the  year  the  CPI  was  reported  at  6.6%  (2013:  5.5%). 
The main indicator of PPI was recorded at 8.1% (2012: 5.9%).

The group was able to negotiate a two-year wage deal effective 
1  July  2013  to  30  June  2015  at  our  gold  mining  operations. 
The agreed increases were:

Year 1:
1.  Category workers (union – NUM) – between 7.5% – 8.5%

2.  Union officials (union – UASA) – 7.5%

Year 2:
1.  Category workers (union – NUM) – average CPI% + 1%

2.  Union officials (union – UASA) – average CPI% + 1%

Electricity price inflation
Electricity remains one of the largest cost contributors to the 
gold mining and platinum retreatment operations. The group’s 
electricity costs of ZAR253.6 million represent a total of 14.1% 
of  the  group’s  total  cost  of  production  of  ZAR1,795.9  million. 
Eskom’s  electricity  increases  in  the  current  year  amounted  to 
8% (2013: 16%). Eskom’s most recent communication that there 
is a possibility of an additional 4% increase above the planned 
8% increase in the 2015 financial year, will have a material effect 
on the group’s production costs.

GBP/ZAR exchange rate
Given  that  the  ZAR’s  performance  against  the  GBP  is  a  key 
determinant of the GBP results, it is important for shareholders 
both in South Africa and in the UK to be aware of the effect this 
exchange rate has on reported results. The value of the ZAR 
against  the  GBP  deteriorated  for  the  major  part  of  the  year 
under review. The average ZAR/GBP exchange rate was 22.0% 
weaker  at  ZAR16.88:1  when  compared  to  the  previous  year 
(2013: ZAR13.84:1).

Interest rates
The  group  pays  a  margin  of  280  basis  points  above  the 
Johannesburg  interbank  agreed  rate  (JIBAR)  on  its  Revolving 
Credit Facility (RCF) balance outstanding, and receives interest 
on cash on hand at quoted call account rates. Changes in interest 
rates affect the interest expense and income. JIBAR at 30 June 
2014 was quoted at 5.7% (2013: 5.0%).

Financial objectives scorecard
In  the  2013  Integrated  Annual  Report,  the  group  set  specific 
financial  objectives  for  the  2014  financial  year.  The  objectives 
and  detail  of  the  performance  against  these  objective  are 
summarised as follows:

1.  Fully integrate Evander Mines into the group

Evander  Mines  successfully  implemented  a  new  enterprise 
resources planning system, Microsoft Dynamics 2012 during 
the  year  to  align  with  Barberton  Mines’  systems,  in  turn 
assisting the group in aligning the reporting of and comparison 
between  the  operations.  Evander  Mines’  procurement 
has  been  integrated  into  Barberton  Mines’  procurement 
department  to  leverage  group  economies  of  scale  and 
achieve improved pricing, sourcing and quality of goods. The 
new  system  was  also  successfully  implemented  at  Phoenix 
Platinum and the Pan African Resources’ corporate office.

2.  Cost containment

Management  teams  at  our  gold  mining  operations  were 
able  to  lock  in  a  two-year  wage  agreement.  Wage  costs 
significantly  impact  the  cost  of  the  operations  averaging 
about 47.5% of the group’s cost of production. The effective 
increases  of  the  wage  in  year  two  would  be  closely  linked 
to  CPI  versus  the  current  year  under  review,  due  to  the 
introduction  of  a  medical  aid  scheme  at  Barberton  Mines 
over and above the standard agreed increases.

CPI increased from 5.5% to 6.6% in FY2014, putting pressure 
on  the  annual  production  cost  increases.  Production  costs 
at  Barberton  Mines  increased  in  the  current  year  due 
to  the  commissioning  of  the  BTRP  resulting  in  additional 
gold  production  as  well  as  costs.  The  procurement  teams, 
now  reporting  to  a  newly  appointed,  dedicated  group 
procurement  function,  have  implemented  a  procurement 
strategy to ensure long-term effective procurement to assist 
with cost containment.

3.  Maintain dividend payments

The group paid a dividend of ZAR240.3 million in December 
2013,  therefore  re-introducing  the  dividend  following  the 
Evander  Mines’  acquisition.  The  dividend  represented 
a  yield  of  5.6%  when  recommended  by  the  Pan  African 
Resources board.

44

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

UNPACKING THE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Revenue, profitability and dividends

Metric

For the year ended 
30 June 2014

For the year ended 
30 June 2013

Movement
%

Revenue
Average gold price received
Cash costs
All-in sustaining cash cost
All-in costs
Adjusted EBITDA1
Attributable earnings
EPS
HEPS
Group capital expenditure
Net asset value per share
Weighted average number 
of shares in issue
Average exchange rate
Closing exchange rate

(ZAR millions – GBP millions)
(ZAR/kg – USD/oz)
(ZAR/kg – USD/oz)
(ZAR/kg – USD/oz)
(ZAR/kg – USD/oz)
(ZAR millions – GBP millions)
(ZAR millions – GBP millions)
(Cents/Pence)
(Cents/Pence)
(ZAR millions – GBP millions)
(Cents/Pence)

(millions)
(ZAR:GBP – ZAR:USD)
(ZAR:GBP – ZAR:USD)

2,608.8
433,437
298,345
349,008
374,015
745.5
452.1
24.74
24.74
363.0
152.4

1,827.2
16.88
18.01

154.6
1,303
897.0
1,049
1,124
44.2
26.8
1.47
1.47
21.5
8.7

1,827.2
10.35
10.59

1,848.1
440,824
231,439
281,551
343,949
735.2
558.9
34.51
30.07
381.6
140.9

1,619.8
13.84
15.01

133.5
1,553
815.0
992
1,212
53.1
42.6
2.63
2.17
27.6
9.5

1,619.8
8.83
9.88

41.2
(1.7)
28.9
24.0
8.7
1.4
(19.1)
(28.3)
(17.7)
(4.9)
8.1

12.8
22.0
20.0

15.8
(16.1)
10.1
5.7
(7.3)
(16.8)
(37.1)
(44.1)
(32.3)
(22.1)
(8.4)

12.8
17.2
7.2

1  Adjusted EBITDA is represented by earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation and loss on disposal of assets held-for-sale.

The  2014  group  results  include  a  full  year  of  operations  for 
Evander  Mines,  whilst  the  comparative  2013  period  only 
included four months of operations, from the date that Evander 
Mines was acquired from Harmony.

increased  by  41.2% 

revenue  year-on-year 

Group 
to 
ZAR2,608.8 million (2013: ZAR1,848.1 million). Of this increase, 
Evander  Mines  contributed  ZAR586.9  million,  Barberton 
Mines  contributed  ZAR160.8  million,  and  Phoenix  Platinum 
contributed  ZAR13.0  million  resulting  in  a  ZAR760.7  million 
total increase year-on-year.

Barberton Mines grew revenue as a result of an increase in gold 
ounces sold, with the commissioning of the BTRP on 1 July 2013. 
Evander  Mines’  revenue  increased  as  result  of  consolidating  a 
full  year’s  production  revenue  compared  to  only  four  months 
post-acquisition  revenue  in  the  prior  year.  Phoenix  Platinum 
recorded an increase in revenue due to selling more ounces of 
PGEs at higher prices.

The  group  realised  an  average  gold  price  of  ZAR433,437/kg 
(2013: ZAR440,824/kg) and an average PGE basket price received 
of ZAR9,987/oz (2013: ZAR9,093/oz).

Pan  African  Resources’  year-on-year  total  cost  of  production 
reflects an increase of ZAR810.8 million to ZAR1,795.9 million 
(2013: ZAR985.1 million), of which Barberton Mines’ contributed 
ZAR166.2 million, Evander Mines ZAR637.9 million and Phoenix 
Platinum ZAR6.7 million.

The group’s cost of production per kilogram increased by 28.9% 
to ZAR298,345/kg (2013: ZAR231,439/kg). Evander Mines’ cost 

of production averaged ZAR384,150/kg compared to Barberton 
Mines’ average cost of production of ZAR239,496/kg.

The  group  has  adopted  reporting  cash  costs  in  line  with  the 
recommendation of the World Gold Council.

The  group’s  all-in  sustaining  cash  cost  of  production  per 
kilogram  (including  direct  cost  of  production,  royalties, 
associated corporate costs and overheads and sustaining capital 
expenditure)  increased  by  24.0%  to  ZAR349,008/kg  (2013: 
ZAR281,551/kg),  largely  impacted  by  Evander  Mines’  lower 
grade mining cycle.

The  all-in  cost  per  kilogram  (sustaining  cost  of  production 
and  once-off  expansion  capital) 
to 
ZAR374,015/kg (2012: ZAR 343,949/kg), due to:

increased  by  8.7% 

1.  Lower  gold  ounces  sold  as  a  result  of  the  Evander  Mines 
low  grade  mining  cycle  and  Barberton  Mines  reduced 
underground gold ounce sold as result of the Sheba Mines 
flooding.

2.  Once-off  capital  expenditure  required  to  construct  the 
ETRP  amounted  to  ZAR79.2  million.  The  construction  of 
the ETRP is currently funded by a ZAR200 million gold loan 
facility with a remaining term of 3.5 years.

3.  Barberton Mines incurred additional once-off capital totalling 
ZAR26.5  million  (2013:  ZAR2.6  million)  on  four  additional 
improve  environmental  conditions 
raise  boreholes  to 
underground.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

45

 
FINANCIAL DIRECTOR’S
REPORT (continued)

The  improved  overall  production  performance  at  Barberton 
Mines was as a result of the commissioning of the BTRP, which 
contributed  an  additional  22,885oz  of  gold  production.  The 
group’s  adjusted  EBITDA  remained  largely  in  line  with  the 
previous year, with a small increase of 1.4% to ZAR745.5 million 
(2013: ZAR735.2 million).

Profit  after  taxation  decreased  by  19.1%  to  ZAR452.1  million 
(2013: ZAR558.9 million), primarily due to the points highlighted 
in  the  HEPS  movement  below  as  well  as  prior  year’s  results 
which  included  a  net  income  amount  of  ZAR71.9  million  as 
summarised below:
•  Evander Mines acquisition bargain purchase gain of 

ZAR322.4 million;

•  Impairment charges of ZAR242.3 million related to Phoenix 

Platinum and Auroch;

•  Loss on sale of asset held-for-sale of ZAR8.2 million.

The  group’s  EPS  in  ZAR  was  24.74  cents  (2013:  34.51  cents) 
a decrease of 28.3%.

The  group  posted  a  7.2%  decrease  in  headline  earnings  to 
ZAR452.0  million  (2013:  ZAR487.0  million).  The  group’s 
HEPS in ZAR terms decreased by 17.7% to 24.74 cents (2013: 
30.07 cents).

The HEPS decreased due to the following reasons:
•  The low grade mining cycle at Evander Mines, which resulted 
in reduced production and profits compared to the prior year;
•  Barberton Mines underground production decreased largely 
as result of flooding at Sheba Mine during March 2014, this 
was  however  off-set  by  the  additional  gold  production 
contributed to the group by the commissioning of the BTRP;

Financial position and resource allocation

•  The group realised a 1.7% decrease in the average ZAR gold 
price  received  to  ZAR433,437/kg  (2013:  ZAR440,824/kg), 
whilst  our  production  costs  were  subject  to  inflationary 
increases.

•  The weighted average number of shares in issue increased by 
12.8% during the year to 1,827.2 million (2013: 1,619.8 million). 
This  increase  was  due  to  the  new  shares  issued  in  January 
2013  in  the  rights  issue  to  shareholders,  to  partly  fund  the 
acquisition of Evander Mines.

The  group’s  total  taxation  charge  decreased  by  28.1% 
to ZAR120.8 million (2013: ZAR167.9 million) due to:
•  a  decrease  in  deferred  taxation  as  result  of  an  adjustment 
to Evander Mines’ long-term deferred taxation rate to 26.5% 
(2013: 28%).

•  a reduction in gold profit margins due to the lower average 
ZAR gold price and margins in the year under review when 
compared to the prior year.

The group paid a dividend of ZAR240.3 million (GBP14.7 million) 
for 
to  ZAR0.1314  per  share 
(0.80p per share).

the  2013  year,  equating 

The  board  has  proposed  a  dividend  of  ZAR258.0  million 
(approximately  GBP14.5  million1)  for  the  2014  financial  year, 
equating to ZAR0.1410 per share (approximately 0.7898p per 
share1), resulting in a dividend cover of 1.8 times.

1  The  GBP  proposed  dividend  was  calculated  based  on  an  exchange  rate  of 
ZAR17.85:1. The UK shareholders are to note that a revised exchange rate will 
be communicated prior to final approval at the AGM. Therefore the proposed 
dividend is approximately 0.7898p per share.

For the year ended
 30 June 2014

For the year ended 
30 June 2013

Movement

ZAR (millions) GBP (millions) ZAR (millions) GBP (millions)

ZAR (%)

GBP (%)

Non-current assets

Current assets

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

3,941.5

423.4

2,788.4

1,144.1

432.4

223.4

23.5

159.4

63.5

24.0

3,726.2

401.5

2,568.8

1,200.9

361.2

249.3

26.7

172.2

80.0

24.1

5.8

5.5

8.5

(4.7)

19.7

(10.4)

(12.0)

(7.4)

(20.6)

(0.4)

1 Current assets at 30 June 2013 exclude non-current assets held-for-sale of ZAR3.2 million (GBP0.2 million), relating to Barberton Mines’ Segalla Plant.

46

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Non-current  assets  increased  by  5.8%  to  ZAR3,941.5  million 
(2013: ZAR3,726.2 million). The increase was partly attributable 
to  further  capital  expenditure  at  Evander  Mines  for  the 
construction of the ETRP, expected to commence production 
in January 2015. The group’s capital expenditure by operation of 
ZAR363.0 million (2013: ZAR381.6 million) is disclosed below 
and  also  contributed  to  the  increase  in  non-current  assets. 
Included  in  non-current  assets  is  also  the  rehabilitation  trust 

fund  balance  of  ZAR278.4  million  (2013:  ZAR254.8  million), 
which  increased  by  ZAR23.6  million  as  a  result  of  growth  in 
investments. The rehabilitation trust fund’s amount is invested 
in  interest-bearing  short-term  investments  or  medium-term 
equity linked notes issued by commercial banks.

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Capital  expenditure  during 
to 
ZAR363.0 million (2013: ZAR381.6 million), and is detailed by 
operation below:

amounted 

year 

the 

Group capital expenditure

ZAR (millions)

GBP (millions)

ZAR (millions)

GBP (millions)

2014

2013

Barberton Mines
BTRP
Evander Mines
ETRP
Phoenix Platinum
Corporate

Total capital expenditure

Current  assets  increased  by  5.5%  to  ZAR423.4  million 
(2013: ZAR401.5 million) as a result of an increase in cash on 
hand to ZAR101.2 million (2013: ZAR71.6). The group remains 
cash  generative  with  a  net  debt  position  of  ZAR101.0  million 
(2013:  ZAR93.6  million)  at  year-end,  which  includes  the  gold 
loan outstanding with Absa.

The  increase  in  the  group’s  equity  is  a  result  of  an  increase 
in  retained  earnings,  due  to  this  year’s  profit  after  tax  of 
ZAR452.1  million,  less  the  dividend  paid  of  ZAR240.3  million 
in December 2013.

Non-current liabilities decreased by 4.7% to ZAR1,144.1 million 
(2013: ZAR1,200.9 million). The decrease is a result of a 3.8% 
decrease in the deferred taxation liability to ZAR780.8 million 
(2013:  ZAR811.3  million)  due  to  a  downward  revision  of 
the  long-term  effective  tax  rate  at  Evander  Mines  to  26.5% 
(2013: 28%). The deferred taxation rate applied to calculate the 
deferred tax liability is based on the effective statutory taxation 
rate at which the deferred taxation liability is estimated to be 
realised over the life of the operation.

Current  liabilities  increased  by  19.7%  to  ZAR432.4  million 
(2013:  ZAR361.2  million).  The  majority  of  the  increase  is 
attributable to an increase in the current portion of new long-
term debt related to the Absa gold loan and an increase in the 
current taxation liability from the prior year.

110.3
40.7
131.3
79.2
0.4
1.1

363.0

6.5
2.4
7.8
4.7
–
0.1

21.5

87.2
229.6
62.4
–
2.2
0.2

381.6

6.3
16.6
4.5
–
0.2
–

27.6

Share price and return performance
Pan African Resources’ share price performed well in the year 
relative  to  the  FTSE/JSE  gold  mining  index  (SA  gold  mining 
index), and outperformed its peers within the SA gold mining 
index (see page 20). The AIM share price performance reflects 
that the group remained competitive and in line with its peers 
during the year, again outperforming on occasion.

The group’s dividend yield had improved from 3.0% in 2011 to 
5.6% in the 2014 financial year.

Financial objectives for the 2015 financial year
1.   Maintain attractive dividend payments

2.  Improve profitability from current operations

3.  Implement earnings and cash flow accretive growth

Cobus Loots
FD

16 September 2014

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

47

 
OPERATIONAL
PERFORMANCE

GOLD OPERATIONS

Year ended
 30 June

Units

Underground and 
surface operations

Tailings 
operations

Barberton
 Mines

Evander 
Mines1

Total

BTRP

Total continuing operations

Barberton
 Mines 
total

Evander 
Mines 
total1

Group
total

Tonnes milled –

underground

Tonnes milled – surface

Tonnes milled –

underground and surface

Tonnes processed – 

tailings

Headgrade – 

underground

Headgrade – surface

Headgrade – total 
underground and surface

Headgrade – taililngs

Recovered grade

Overall recovery

Gold production – 

 underground

Gold production – 

 surface

Gold production – tailings

Gold sold

Average ZAR gold price 
received

Average USD gold price 
received

ZAR cash cost

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

(t)

(t)

(t)

(t)

(t)

(t)

(t)

(t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(g/t)

(%)

(%)

(oz)

(oz)

(oz)

(oz)

(oz)

(oz)

(oz)

(oz)

263,574

395,127

658,701

274,398

127,957

402,355

28,547

260,901

289,448

36,086

74,428

110,514

292,121

656,028

948,149

310,484

202,385

512,869

–

–

–

–

–

–

263,574

395,127

658,701

274,398

127,957

402,355

28,547

260,901

289,448

36,086

74,428

110,514

292,121

656,028

948,149

310,484

202,385

512,869

–

–

11.5

11.8

1.3

1.5

10.5

10.6

–

–

9.4

9.6

90

91

87,979

95,135

759

1,161

–

–

–

–

5.2

7.8

1.4

1.2

3.7

5.4

–

–

3.6

5.1

96

96

–

–

7.7

10.5

1.4

1.3

5.8

8.6

–

–

5.4

7.9

92

92

65,956

153,935

31,522

126,657

10,600

11,359

2,675

3,836

815,736

815,736

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.6

–

0.9

–

56

–

–

–

–

–

–

11.5

11.8

1.3

1.5

10.5

10.6

1.6

–

3.1

9.6

80

91

87,979

95,135

759

1,161

–

–

–

–

22,885

22,885

–

–

–

–

5.2

7.8

1.4

1.2

3.7

5.4

–

–

3.6

5.1

96

96

815,736

–

7.7

10.5

1.4

1.3

5.8

8.6

1.6

–

3.3

7.9

86

92

65,956

153,935

31,522

126,657

10,600

11,359

2,675

3,836

–

–

22,885

–

88,738

76,556

165,294

22,885

111,623

76,556

188,179

96,296

34,197

130,493

–

96,296

34,197

130,493

(ZAR/kg)

435,464

430,801

433,304

434,394

435,244

430,801

433,437

(ZAR/kg)

450,829

412,641

440,824

–

450,829

412,641

440,824

(USD/oz)

(USD/oz)

1,309

1,588

1,295

1,454

1,302

1,553

1,305

–

1,346

1,588

1,295

1,454

1,303

1,553

(ZAR/kg)

258,972

384,150

316,948

163,977

239,496

384,150

298,345

(ZAR/kg)

221,424

259,640

231,439

–

221,424

259,640

231,439

48

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended
 30 June

Units

Underground and 
surface operations

Tailings 
operations

Barberton
 Mines

Evander 
Mines1

Total

BTRP

Total continuing operations

Barberton
 Mines 
total

Evander 
Mines 
total1

Group
total

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

ZAR all-in sustaining

cash costs

ZAR all-in cost

USD cash cost

USD all-in sustaining 
cash cost

USD all-in cost

ZAR cash cost per tonne

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

(USD/oz)

(USD/oz)

(USD/oz)

(USD/oz)

(USD/oz)

(USD/oz)

(ZAR/t)

(ZAR/t)

Capital expenditure

2014 (ZAR million)

Average exchange rate

2014

(ZAR/USD)

2013 (ZAR million)

2013

(ZAR/USD)

(ZAR/kg)

311,756

445,665

373,776

170,111

282,716

445,665

349,008

(ZAR/kg)

273,653

303,790

281,551

–

273,653

303,790

281,551

(ZAR/kg)

321,342

478,933

394,330

227,286

302,058

478,933

374,015

(ZAR/kg)

350,302

326,061

343,949

–

350,302

326,061

343,949

778

780

937

964

966

1,234

2,447

2,153

110.3

316.8

10.35

8.83

1,154

915

1,339

1,070

1,439

1,149

1,394

1,366

210.5

62.4

10.35

8.83

952

815

1,123

992

1,185

1,212

1,719

1,832

320.8

379.2

10.35

8.83

493

–

511

–

683

–

143

–

40.7

–

10.35

8.83

740

780

874

964

934

1,234

751

2,153

151.0

316.8

10.06

8.83

1,154

915

1,339

1,070

1,439

1,149

1,394

1,366

210.5

62.4

10.35

8.83

897

815

1,049

992

1,124

1,212

990

1,832

361.5

379.2

10.35

8.83

Revenue

2014 (ZAR million)

1,201.9

1,025.8

2,227.7

309.2

1,511.1

1,025.8

2,536.9

2013 (ZAR million)

1,350.3

Cost of production

2014 (ZAR million)

All-in sustainable cost 
of production

2013 (ZAR million)

2014 (ZAR million)

2013 (ZAR million)

All-in cost of production

2014 (ZAR million)

714.8

663.2

860.5

819.6

886.9

2013 (ZAR million)

1,049.2

Adjusted EBITDA2

2014 (ZAR million)

2013 (ZAR million)

420.9

622.9

438.9

914.7

276.2

1,789.2

1,629.5

939.4

116.7

–

1,061.2

1,921.7

121.1

323.1

1,142.7

–

–

1,350.3

438.9

914.7

276.2

1,789.2

1,746.2

939.4

1,061.2

2,042.8

323.1

1,142.7

831.5

663.2

981.6

819.6

1,140.4

2,027.3

161.8

1,048.7

1,140.4

2,189.1

346.8

128.3

152.2

1,396.0

549.2

775.1

–

1,049.2

193.1

–

614.0

622.9

346.8

128.3

152.2

1,396.0

742.3

775.1

1  Evander Mines 2013 production summary information represents four months production information following the acquisition of Evander Mines on 28 February 2013.
2  Adjusted EBITDA is represented by earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation, bargain purchase gain, impairments and loss on disposal of 

assets held-for-sale.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATIONAL
PERFORMANCE (continued)

BARBERTON MINES

HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
•  Remained one of lowest cost producers in 

the industry

•  Operating below anticipated costs

Management team
Casper Strydom (56)
General Manager

National Higher Diploma Metalliferous Mining Mine Managers 
Certificate

37 years of mining-related experience

•  BTRP commenced production with an 

exceptional performance ahead of expectations

Pierre Human (53)
Manager: Mining

•  No labour unrest

•  Wage negotiations concluded

•  Low employee turnover

Overview
Barberton  Mines  consists  of  three  mines:  Fairview,  Sheba  and 
New  Consort,  and  now  the  BTRP.  Fairview  produces  50% 
of  Barberton  Mines’  gold  production  with  Sheba  and  New 
Consort producing 30% and 20%, respectively. Operating three 
mines continues to provide flexibility and versatility in terms of 
resource allocation.

The mix of high grade ore from the mines is planned monthly to 
maintain the targeted grade/tonnage profile and gold production, 
giving  Barberton  Mines  the  advantage  of  managing  cash  flows 
from  an  early  stage  in  the  mining  process.  The  operation 
has  a  proven  track  record  of  consistently  delivering  a  solid 
performance, driven to a large extent by an embedded culture 
of cost control.

The mining methods used are an underground semi-mechanised 
up-dip  cut  and  fill  and  up-dip  room  and  stick.  An  estimated 
16%–18%  of  gold  is  recovered  by  sweeping  and  vamping 
contractors focusing on worked-out areas and high grade pillars. 
Gold is extracted using the BIOX® gold extraction process, an 
environmentally friendly process, which uses bacteria to release 
gold from the sulphide ore.

Gold  was  originally  discovered  in  the  Barberton  area  in  1886 
and  comprises  the  sediments  and  metavolcanics  within  the 
Barberton  Greenstone  Belt.  Barberton  Mines  has  therefore 
been mined for over a century with current production practices 
now  embedded.  Given  the  aged  mine  infrastructure,  the 
operations undergo ongoing maintenance and refurbishment.

Historically  Barberton  Mines’  relative  isolation  has  spurred 
creative  engineering  solutions,  which  contribute  to  its  cost 
control. Facilities established over the years such as an in-house 
workshop  for  maintenance  of  the  mines’  fleet  not  only  help 
control  costs,  but  also  allow  for  in-house  manufacture  or 
customisation  of  equipment.  Barberton  Mines  has  been 
ISO 9001:2008 certified for 10 years.

Mine Overseers Certificate of Competency, MDP Stellenbosch

Over 30 years of mining-related experience

Jonathan Irons (48)
Manager: Metallurgy

National Higher Diploma Extractive Metallurgy, Programme 
for Management Development, (GIBS – University of Pretoria), 
Competence levels include Refractory, Gold Extraction Technologies – 
(Roasting and Hydrobiological)

Over 25 years of metallurgy-related experience

Hans Grobler (50)
Manager: Engineering

Mechanical Engineers Certificate of Competency, Professional 
Certificated Engineer

Over 30 years of engineering-related experience

TP Maepa (29)
Manager: Finance and Administration

BCom Accounting (Hons)

10 years of financial-related experience

Essie Esterhuizen (53)
Manager: HR

Gencor Learner Officials Programme, Certificate in Personnel 
Management Skills Development Facilitator – NQF Level 5

Over 30 years of HR-related experience

Year in review
Barberton Mines (including BTRP) gold sold increased by 15.9% 
to 111,623oz (2013: 96,296oz).

The  total  combined  USD  cash  costs  per  ounce  decreased  by 
5.1%  to  USD740/oz  (2013:  USD780/oz).  In  ZAR  per  kilogram 
terms,  total  cash  costs  increased  by  8.2%  to  ZAR239,496/kg 
(2013: ZAR221,424/kg).

The total cost of production (including off-mine costs) increased 
by 25.4% to ZAR831.5 million (2013: ZAR663.2 million).

50

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

The main year-on-year cost contributors were the following:
•  The BTRP operations resulted in additional processing costs 

amounting to ZAR97.1 million for the financial year.

•  Salary  and  wages  increased  by  15.5%  to  ZAR369.9  million 
(2013:  ZAR320.3  million).  The  increase  was  driven  by 
additional  employees  for  the  management  of  the  BTRP, 
resulting  in  additional  costs  of  ZAR9.5  million  (or  increase 
of  3.0%),  coupled  with  a  two-year  wage  agreement  in 
line  with  the  Chamber  of  Mines.  Barberton  Mines  also 
introduced a medical aid scheme for category workers four 
to eight of which the company contributes 60% towards each 
member’s premium, this added costs of ZAR6.7 million in the 
current year.

•  Mining  costs  increased  by  only  4.1%  to  ZAR102.6  million 
(2013: ZAR98.6 million) due to the vamping contractors gold 
production  having  decreased  from  the  prior  year  by  7.4%. 
The  mining  costs  excluding  the  vamping  contractors  costs 
increased by 8.9% year-on-year.

•  Processing costs (excluding the BTRP reagents) increased by 

8.4% to ZAR61.8 million (2013: ZAR57.0 million).

•  Engineering and technical services costs increased by 12.5% to 
ZAR64.0 million (2013: ZAR56.9 million). The majority of this 
increase  was  for  additional  secondary  support  installations 
required at Fairview Mine, and increased maintenance on the 
TWM following the fatality as reported.

•  Electricity  costs  excluding  the  BTRP  increased  by  6.4%  to 
ZAR76.7 million (2013: ZAR72.1 million), which were lower 
than the average 8% increase in Eskom tariffs. The decrease 
in electricity usage reflects the three-week closure of Sheba 
Mine  following  flooding  during  March  2014.  The  electricity 
cost of the BTRP amounted to ZAR9.2 million resulting in the 
total Barberton Mines electricity costs increasing by 19.1% to 
ZAR85.9 million (2013: ZAR72.1 million).

•  Security  costs  were  well  controlled  and  only  increased  by 

4.7% to ZAR26.8 million (2013: ZAR25.6 million).

•  Administration  and  other  costs  increased  by  10.3%  to 
ZAR33.2  million  (2013:  ZAR30.1  million).  The  higher  than 
CPI increase was mainly due to additional insurance costs in 
relation to the BTRP.

•  Barberton Mines had gold inventory movements decreasing 
the cost of production by ZAR14.4 million due to the BIOX® 
locking  up  gold  concentrates  equivalent  to  59.4  kilograms 
(1,910  ounces)  of  gold  at  year-end.  During  the  last  quarter 
of  the  financial  year,  the  Biox®  experienced  a  temporary 
set-back  in  recoveries,  due  to  oil  contamination  resulting 
from  a  breakdown  at  the  Fairview  primary  crusher.  This 
necessitated  the  management  team  in  having  to  separate 
certain  gold  concentrates  from  the  BIOX®  at  year-end  to 
stabilise  the  bacteria  organisms.  The  gold  concentrates  will 
be  reprocessed  during  the  new  financial  year.  The  overall 
recoveries  as  a  result  of  the  incident  decreased  for  the  full 
year to 90% (2013: 91%).

•  The  total  combined  USD  all-in  cash  cost  per  ounce 
decreased  by  24.3%  to  USD934/oz  (2013:  USD1,234/oz). 
Barberton Mines’ ZAR combined all-in cash cost per kilogram 

decreased by 13.8% to ZAR302,058/kg (2013: ZAR350,302/
kg). This decrease in all-in cash costs was mainly as a result of 
the once-off non-sustainable capital expenditure decreasing 
by  ZAR188.9  million  due  to  the  BTRP  construction  in  the 
prior year.

Mining operations
Barberton  Mines’  (excluding  BTRP)  gold  sold  decreased  to 
88,738oz  (2013:  96,296oz).  Mining  operations  tonnes  milled 
decreased by 5.9% to 292,121t (2013: 310,484t). The decrease in 
tonnes milled was mostly as a result of the Sheba Mine flooding 
during March 2014 as a result of a cloud-burst, forcing the mine 
to  close  for  three  weeks.  This  effectively  reduced  production 
tonnages  by  9,000t  (or  2.9%  of  the  prior  year’s  production 
tonnages),  at  an  average  headgrade  at  Sheba  Mine  of  8.5g/t, 
resulting in an estimated reduction of 2,165 ounces of gold sold.

The decrease in gold sold from Barberton Mines underground 
and surface mining operations was therefore as a result of:
•  Decrease in tonnes milled due to the Sheba Mine flooding.
•  Gold ounces in Biox® lock up, due to oil contamination from 

the breakdown at the Fairview primary crusher.

The  underground  head  grade  reduced  marginally  to  11.5g/t 
(2013:  11.8g/t),  and  gold  recoveries  decreased  to  90%  (2013: 
91%) as a result of the BIOX® incident mentioned above.

The total underground and surface USD cash costs per ounce 
decreased by 0.3% to USD778/oz (2013: USD780/oz). In ZAR 
per  kilogram  terms,  total  cash  costs  increased  by  17.0%  to 
ZAR258,972/kg (2013: ZAR221,424/kg).

From a people perspective, the mines continue to operate in an 
area with a high unemployment rate, causing constant demand 
from the community for job creation. Further and sadly, during 
the year three fatalities were suffered. (Please see group Safety 
and Health on page 90 for further details.)

Capital expenditure
Total capital expenditure at Barberton Mines decreased by 52.3% 
to  ZAR151.0  million  (2013:  ZAR316.8  million).  Maintenance 
capital expenditure of ZAR33.3 million (2013: ZAR45.1 million) 
and development capital expenditure of ZAR50.5 million (2013: 
ZAR42.1  million)  was  incurred.  Expansion  capital  incurred 
on  the  BTRP  construction  totalled  ZAR40.7  million  (2013: 
ZAR229.6 million), and capital on the development of four new 
raise  boreholes  at  Fairview  Mine  to  improve  environmental 
conditions was ZAR26.5 million (2013: ZAR2.6 million).

New  ore  reserve  projects  and  exploration  drilling  projects 
continued to grow organically which resulted in the extension 
of Barberton Mines’ LOM to 19 years (2013: 17 years).

Looking ahead
Barberton  is  expected  to  maintain  its  current  levels  of 
production, which given the age of the mine infrastructure is a 
commendable achievement.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

51

 
Ruben Mathada (34)
Plant Manager

BTech Metallurgy

Over 10 years of metallurgy-related experience

Richard Kunneman (53)
Engineering Manager

Government Certificate of Competency

Over 25 years of mining-related experience

The year in review
The  BTRP  construction  was  completed  in  the  prior  financial 
year and production commenced on 1 July 2013.

The plant recovers tailings from the Fairview dams according to a 
mining plan. While it is not yet operating at full capacity in terms 
of  tonnage,  it  nonetheless  remains  on  target  for  recoveries. 
Further, with the operational costs lower than expected, it is also 
expected to pay back the initial capital expenditure investment 
within three years based on the operations profitability.

BTRP gold sold was 22,885oz for the year. The plant processed 
815,736t of tailings at a headgrade of 1.6g/t and achieved a higher 
than  expected  recovery  of  56%  (originally  planned  recovery: 
50%).

The BTRP USD cash costs per ounce were USD493/oz. In ZAR 
per kilogram terms, total cash costs were ZAR163,977/kg.

Looking ahead
Sheba  and  New  Consort  tailings  dams  will  provide  potential 
future  sources  of  tailings  which  has  supported  the  increased 
LOM of 15 years (2013: 12 years).

OPERATIONAL
PERFORMANCE (continued)

BTRP

HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
•  Inaugural gold pour

•  On target for recoveries

Overview
When Barberton’s mines were first exploited, mining extended 
into the sulphide-rich zones where recoveries fell dramatically. 
The  aged  mines  therefore  produced  substantial  mill  tailings, 
some with relatively good grades by modern mining standards of 
between 1.4g/t and 1.6g/t. In recent years improved metallurgical 
treatment  processes  have  resulted  in  more  efficient  recovery 
from these tailings.

The ZAR313.6 million BTRP was designed to re-treat 100,000t 
of old and new gold tailings per month at an estimated average 
cash  cost  of  US$800/oz.  The  plant  utilises  a  CIL  process 
followed by electro-winning and smelting to produce a saleable 
gold product. The plant is expected to treat about 12,000t per 
month of current tailings via a pipeline from the existing Fairview 
Mine  concentrator  and  BIOX®  plant,  and  some  88,000t  per 
month from the older tailings dumps.

Management
Casper Strydom (56)
General Manager

National Higher Diploma Metalliferous Mining Mine Managers 
Certificate

37 years of mining-related experience

Jonathan Irons (48)
Manager: Metallurgy

National Higher Diploma Extractive Metallurgy, Programme 
for Management Development, (GIBS – University of Pretoria), 
Competence levels include Refractory, Gold Extraction 
Technologies – (Roasting and Hydrobiological)

Over 25 years of metallurgy-related experience

52

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

EVANDER MINES

HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
•  Integration into the group effectively  

implemented

•  Approval of ZAR200 million investment in 
ETRP for commissioning in January 2015

Thabang Hlalele (36)
Manager: Metallurgy

National Diploma in Chemical Engineering, BTech Metallurgy

7 years’ mining-related experience

Craig Richard Le Court De Billot (44)
Manager: Finance and Administration

BCompt (Hons)

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Overview
Evander  Mines  exploits  the  Kimberley  reef  in  the  Evander 
basin, part of the greater Witwatersrand basin. Mining methods 
employed  are  underground  conventional  scraper  mining 
and  rail  bound  equipment  with  some  trackless  mechanised 
development.

With No. 8 Shaft at a depth of 2.3km, it takes the workforce 
approximately  an  hour  to  reach  the  mining  area  via  a  lift  and 
locomotive  and  two  chairlifts.  The  rock  is  then  hauled  along 
11  conveyors  from  the  rock  face  to  the  bottom  of  No.  7 
Shaft, where it is hoisted to surface. The gold is extracted at a 
CIL/CIP hybrid plant.

Unfortunately there was one fatality during the year. (Please see 
group Safety and Health on page 90 for further details).

Management team
Manny da Silva (44)
General Manager

BSc Mining Engineering, Mine Overseers Certificate of Competency, 
Mine Managers Certificate of Competency

Over 23 years’ mining-related experience

Marius Pelser (55)
Mine Manager

Mine Overseers Certificate of Competency, Mine Managers Certificate 
of Competency,

38 years’ mining-related experience

Bernhard Georg Lindner (51)
Manager: Engineering

National Higher Diploma Mechanical Engineering. Engineering 
Certificate of Competency,

35 years’ mining-related experience

Walter Seymore (36)
Manager: Mineral Resource

National Diploma in Geotechnology

15 years’ mining-related experience

20 years’ mining-related experience

Louis Gouws van Wyk (49)
Manager: HR

BA (Hons) Industrial Psych

28 years’ mining-related experience

The year in review
Evander  Mines  has  now  been  successfully  integrated  into  the 
group with all health and safety policies and standard operating 
procedures aligned with group policies.

The strategic highlight of the year was undoubtedly the approval 
of  the  ETRP  following  the  positive  outcome  of  the  feasibility 
study.  The  ETRP  comprises  a  total  Mineral  Reserve  of 
416koz  in  dams  one  and  two  of  the  Kinross  tailings  facility. 
The  ZAR200  million  plant  is  expected  to  re-treat  2.16Mt  per 
annum of gold tailings over a 17-year life span. Once completed it 
is anticipated to contribute approximately 10,000oz per annum 
to  Evander  Mines’  gold  production.  Commissioning  of  the 
ETRP is scheduled to start in January 2015 with full production 
expected by June 2015.

Evander  Mines  gold  sold  decreased  to  76,556oz  (2013: 
95,089oz1). Mining operations tonnes milled increased by 10.7% 
to 656,028t (2013: 592,484t1). The increase in tonnes milled was 
mostly  due  to  an  increase  in  surface  stockpiles  processed  of 
58,789t, whilst underground tonnes milled increased by 4,755t.

As  a  result  of  the  low  grade  mining  cycle,  the  underground 
headgrade  decreased  to  5.2g/t  (2013:  7.4g/t1).  The  Kinross 
processing plant performed well, and achieved improved plant 
recoveries of 96% (2013: 95%1).

As previously announced, this low grade mining cycle at Evander 
Mines  is  expected  to  continue  until  February  2015,  and  will 
therefore  also  impact  group  results  and  earnings  for  the  first 
eight months of the 2015 financial year. Measures implemented, 
or in progress, to mitigate the impact of the current low grade 
cycle  at  Evander  Mine’s  have  been  highlighted  in  the  CEO’s 
report on page 26.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

53

 
OPERATIONAL
PERFORMANCE (continued)

The total cost of production including off-mine costs increased 
by  9.5%  to  ZAR914.7  million  (2013:  ZAR835.4  million1).  The 
Evander  Mines  management  team  successfully  focussed  on 
containing  their  costs  whilst  in  the  lower  grade  mining  cycle, 
resulting  in  their  cost  per  tonnage  decreasing  by  1.1%  to 
ZAR1,394/t (2013: ZAR1,410/t).

Mines spent expansion capital on the shaft deepening project 
of ZAR81.9 million1.

1  The prior year Evander Mines values were obtained from historical financial 
records  to  allow  for  consistent  reporting  with  the  group’s  current  gold 
operations  costs.  Therefore  the  values  may  vary  from  Harmony’s  previously 
announced values.

The main year-on-year cost contributors were the following:
•  Salary  and  wages  increased  by  7.1%  to  ZAR448.9  million 
(2013: ZAR419.0 million1). The salary and wages increased as 
a result of the Chamber of Mines wage settlement.

•  Mining  costs  increased  by  28.1%  to  ZAR89.4  million  (2013: 
ZAR69.8 million1) due to additional vamping occurring in No. 7 
Shaft, and additional maintenance on blasting barricades.
•  Processing  costs  increased  by  22.3%  to  ZAR33.5  million 
(2013:  ZAR27.4  million1),  due  to  the  additional  surface 
tonnages being processed through the plant.

•  Engineering and technical services costs increased by 26.6% 
to  ZAR86.6  million  (2013:  ZAR68.4  million1).  The  majority 
of  this  increase  related  to  additional  costs  to  improve 
maintenance of the 11 conveyor belts on No. 8 Shaft, which 
has  a  total  length  of  14  kilometres,  as  well  maintaining  and 
improving the trackless fleet.

•  Electricity and water costs were well controlled and decreased 
by 3.2% to ZAR164.2 million (2013: ZAR169.7 million1) due to 
benefits realised from the load clipping optimisation programme 
that manages and improves the consumption of power.

•  The security costs remained well controlled and decreased by 
22.6% to ZAR12.7 million (2013: ZAR16.4 million1), highlighting 
the cost benefits of a centralised security monitoring team for 
both Barberton Mines and Evander Mines.

•  Administration  and  other  costs  decreased  by  24.5%  to 
ZAR57.7  million  (2013:  ZAR76.4  million1)  as  result  of  not 
sharing  in  Harmony’s  corporate  and  other  costs  in  the 
current year.

•  Off-mines  costs  decreased  by  23.5%  to  ZAR1.3  million 
(2013: ZAR1.7 million1) in line with the lower gold production 
supplied to the refinery.

•  Evander Mines had gold inventory movements increasing the 
cost of production by ZAR20.5 million (2013: ZAR13.4 million 
decrease in production costs1).

The total underground and surface USD cash costs per ounce 
increased  by  16.0%  to  USD1,154/oz  (2013:  USD995/oz1). 
However, in ZAR per kilogram terms, total cash costs increased 
by 36.0% to ZAR384,150/kg (2013: ZAR282,451/kg1).

expenditure 

Capital expenditure
Total 
Evander  Mines  was 
capital 
ZAR210.5 million (2013: ZAR201.1 million1). Maintenance capital 
expenditure was ZAR27.9 million (2013: ZAR65.0 million1) and 
development capital expenditure was ZAR103.4 million (2013: 
ZAR54.2 million1). Expansion capital related to the ETRP plant 
construction  was  ZAR79.2  million.  In  the  prior  year  Evander 

at 

Looking ahead
By February 2015, Evander Mines is expected to have gradually 
moved out of the low grade mining cycle.

Potential  projects  on  the  horizon  include  exploiting  the  mineral 
resources  of  long-standing  Poplar,  Evander  South  and  Rolspruit 
projects.  The  group  is  currently  assessing  the  financial  viability 
of  progressing  these  brownfield  projects  from  prefeasibility  to 
bankable studies. With Poplar between 500m and 1.2km in depth, 
and  Evander  South  between  350m  and  1km,  options  will  be 
explored to find a business case that will optimise these deposits.

Evander  Mines  is  projected  to  return  to  100,000oz  a  year 
operation  towards  the  end  of  FY2015,  which  could  see  the 
mine become a 160,000oz-a-year operation once the ETRP and 
possibly  the  Elikhulu  tailings  projects  are  in  production  in  the 
long term.

PHOENIX PLATINUM

HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
•  Excellent safety record maintained

•  Recovery increased to 29%

•  First year of profitability

Phoenix Platinum recovers PGEs from chrome tailings at a CTRP 
located  on  IFM’s  Lesedi  Mine.  The  Buffelsfontein,  Elandskraal 
and  Kroondal  mineral  resources  originates  from  the  mining 
of  chromitite  seams  from  the  Bushveld  Igneous  Complex. 
The Bushveld Complex is host to the world’s largest deposits 
of PGEs.

The  operation  is  expected  to  produce  PGEs  over  a  LOM  of 
28  years.  It  has  a  total  process  capacity  of  240kt  per  annum. 
The  PGEs  are  extracted  in  the  flotation  plant  and  the 
concentrate is delivered to Lonmin’s Mooinooi Smelter for toll 
extraction.

The  CTRP  was  designed  to  treat  sulphide  material  from  the 
Lesedi  Mine,  which  initially  supplied  Phoenix  Platinum  with 
sulphide-rich material. However, subsequent to commissioning 
the plant, IFM stopped its underground operations at Lesedi and 
focussed on oxidised material from their open-cast operation. 

54

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

This  resulted  in  oxidised  tailings  being  blended  into  the 
Phoenix Platinum feedstock during the year under review. The 
metallurgy  of  oxidised  tailings  negatively  affects  the  recovery 
and concentrate grade in the CTRP. This in turn results in poor 
PGE concentrate production.

Management
Bertin Mcleod (37)
Plant Manager: Metallurgy

BTech: Chemical Engineering Management Development Certificate 
Senior Management Development Certificate

12 years of platinum industry experience

Avinash Kandhai (32)
Cost Accountant

BTech: Accounting

Eight years of mining experience and nine years of financial 
experience

John Martin (58)
Plant Engineer 

Diploma (T4): Electrical Engineering

Over 26 years of engineering-related experience

Hendrik Snyman (41)
Manager: Metanza

BEng Metallurgical (Extractive), Certificate in Business Management, 
Certificate in Leadership Programme, Professional Engineer

Over 16 years of metallurgy-related experience

Hector Mapheto (34)
Operations Manager: Metanza

BSc Eng Chemical, Professional Engineer

Nine years of metallurgy-related experience

Daniel Maponya (34)
Site Manager: Fraser

National Diploma: Civil Engineering, Mine Residue Deposits 
Certificate, BTech: Engineering Water

Six years of tailings dams experience

Phoenix Platinum production table

Tonnes processed – 
tailings
Headgrade – tailings

Overall recovery

PGE sold

Average ZAR PGE price 
received

Average USD gold price 
received
ZAR cash cost

ZAR all-in sustaining 
cash costs
ZAR all-in cost

USD cash cost

USD all-in sustaining 
cash cost
USD all-in cost

ZAR cash cost per tonne

Capital expenditure

Average exchange rate

Revenue

Cost of production

All-in sustainable cost 
of production
All-in cost of production

Adjusted EBITDA1

Year ended
30 June

2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013
2014
2013

Units

(t)
(t)
(g/t)
(g/t)
(%)
(%)
(oz)
(oz)
(oz)
(oz)
(USD/oz)
(USD/oz)
(ZAR/oz)
(ZAR/oz)
(ZAR/oz)
(ZAR/oz)
(ZAR/oz)
(ZAR/oz)
(USD/oz)
(USD/oz)
(USD/oz)
(USD/oz)
(USD/oz)
(USD/oz)

2014
(ZAR/t)
(ZAR/t)
2013
2014 (ZAR million)
2013 (ZAR million)
2014
(ZAR/USD)
2013
(ZAR/USD)
2014 (ZAR million)
2013 (ZAR million)
2014 (ZAR million)
2013 (ZAR million)
2014 (ZAR million)
2013 (ZAR million)
2014 (ZAR million)
2013 (ZAR million)
2014 (ZAR million)
2013 (ZAR million)

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

Tailings 
operations

Phoenix 
Platinum

251,182
274,190
3.7
3.7
29
21
7,204
6,480
9,987
9,093
965
1,030
7,723
7,551
7,977
8,632
7,977
8,632
746
855
771
978
771
978

222
178
0.4
2.2
10.35
8.83
71.9
58.9
55.6
48.9
57.5
55.9
57.5
55.9
16.0
6.9

1  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  represented  by  earnings  before  interest,  taxation, 
depreciation and amortisation, bargain purchase gain, impairments and loss 
on disposal of assets held-for-sale.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Administration costs increased by 50.0% to ZAR0.6 million 
(2013: ZAR0.4 million), due to an increase in consulting fees.
•  Security  cost  remained  well  controlled  at  ZAR0.5  million 

(2013: ZAR0.5 million).

•  Electricity  costs  increased  by  12.5%  to  ZAR3.6  million 
(2013: ZAR3.2 million). Phoenix Platinum sources electricity 
from IFM and the effective cost per kWh increased as result 
of IFM no longer benefiting from a historical Eskom rebate.

•  Phoenix  Platinum  was  able  to  achieve  its  maiden  headline 
profit of ZAR3.7 million (2013: ZAR6.4 million headline loss) 
for  the  financial  year,  despite  challenges  highlighted  above 
and the five-month platinum industrial action that occurred 
during the financial year.

Capital expenditure
Total  capital  expenditure  at  Phoenix  Platinum  decreased  to 
ZAR0.4 million (2013: ZAR2.2 million).

Looking ahead
In  July  2014,  IFM  resumed  mining  at  Lesedi  Mine  and  the 
expected tonnages from this sulphide material should improve 
Phoenix Platinum’s production and plant recoveries.

OPERATIONAL
PERFORMANCE (continued)

The year in review
An  improved  performance  at  Phoenix  Platinum  in  the  year 
under review resulted in PGE ounces sold increasing by 11.2% 
to 7,204oz PGE (2013: 6,480oz PGE). Several challenges were 
encountered during November 2013 as a result of furnace ash 
and talc material which was historically deposited by IFM on the 
Buffelsfontein dumps affecting plant recoveries. Furnace ash and 
talc dilutes the final concentrate grade and must be chemically 
modified to prevent a negative effect on the plant recoveries. 
The problem was identified by a process of elimination and by 
metallurgical test work carried out, and an estimated 500 PGE 
ounces were lost during the year under review as a result of this 
contamination. Despite this, Phoenix Platinum was still able to 
improve  its  recoveries  to  29%  (2013:  21%)  and  improve  PGE 
ounce production.

In the year under review, the effective average PGE basket price 
received  increased  by  9.8%  ZAR9,987/oz  (2013:  ZAR9,093/oz). 
Cost per ounce of production increased by 2.3% to ZAR7,723/oz 
(2013: ZAR7,551/oz). This marginal increase in costs was offset by 
improved production. The plant feed decreased during the period 
by 8.4% to 251,182t (2013: 274,190t) as result of the talc and furnace 
ash complications highlight above.

The total cost of production increased by 13.7% to ZAR55.6 million 
(2013: ZAR48.9 million).

The main year-on-year cost contributors were the following:
•  Salary  and  wages  of  9.9%  to  ZAR17.7  million  (2013: 
ZAR16.1  million),  comprising  a  standard  increase  of  7.5% 
granted to the employees in line with the gold operations and 
an incentive bonus scheme for achieving targets and realising 
a profit.

•  Processing  costs  increased  by  16.0%  to  ZAR33.3  million 
(2013: ZAR28.7 million) as result of increased reagent costs 
and consumption to address the talc and furnace ash in the 
tailings  processed,  whilst  additional  processing  costs  were 
incurred due to higher chrome content fees charged during 
the refining process.

56

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I
I

C
C
G
G
E
E
T
T
A
A
R
R
T
T
S
S

T
T
R
R
O
O
P
P
E
E
R
R

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

57

 
 
ABRIDGED MINERAL RESOURCE 
AND MINERAL RESERVE REPORT

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

I

C
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

T
R
O
P
E
R

D
E
G
D
R
B
A

I

R
R
M
&
R
M

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

 
 
 
ABRIDGED MINERAL RESOURCE
AND MINERAL RESERVE REPORT (continued)

SCOPE OF REPORT
This  abridged  version  of  the  Pan  African  Resources’  Mineral 
Resources  and  Mineral  Reserves  Report  2014  (“MR&MR”) 
conforms  to  the  standards  determined  by  the  South  African 
Code  for  the  Reporting  of  Exploration  Results,  Mineral 
Resources  and  Mineral  Reserves  (the  SAMREC  Code,  2007 
edition) and forms part of the Pan African Resources’ Integrated 
Annual Report including the annual financial statements for the 
year  ended  30  June  2014.  The  other  major  document  in  this 
suite  of  reports  is  the  Sustainability  Review  2014.  The  entire 
suite of documents is available in full on (www.panafricanresources.com), 
following publication of Pan African Resources’ annual financial 
statements including a full MR&MR.

The  Mineral  Resource  is  inclusive  of  the  Mineral  Reserve 
component, unless otherwise stated. Information is presented 
either by operation, mine or project, as indicated. The tables and 
graphs used to illustrate developments across the operations of 
Pan African Resources in FY2014 include:
•  Mineral Resource tables by group and commodity;
•  Development sampling results;
•  Mineral Reserve tables by group and commodity;
•  Year-on-year reconciliation of the group’s Mineral Resource;
•  Mineral Reserve modifying factors;
•  Year-on-year reconciliation of the group’s Mineral 

Reserve; and

•  Appointed competent persons.

Matters  on  which  detail  is  provided  in  this  abridged  version 
include  regional  geology,  location,  exploration  drilling  and 
organic ore reserve projects.

Note: Rounding of numbers in this document may result in minor computational 

discrepancies.

REPORTING CODE
The  guiding  principle  in  the  MR&MR  is  to  ensure  integrity, 
transparency and materiality in informing all stakeholders on the 
status of the group’s mineral asset base. Pan African Resources 
uses  the  SAMREC  Code  which  sets  out  the  internationally 
recognised  procedures  and  standards  for  reporting  Mineral 
Resources  and  Mineral  Reserves  in  South  Africa,  developed 
by the South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy as the 
recommended guideline for reserve and resource reporting for 
JSE-listed companies. The group complies with the AIM Rules 
for Mining and Oil and Gas Companies of the LSE.

GOLD
Relationship  between  exploration  results,  Mineral  Resources 
and  Mineral  Reserves  showing  Pan  African  Resources 
attributable resources and reserves as at 30 June 2014.

Increasing level 
of geoscientific 
knowledge and 
confidence

EXPLORATION RESULTS

RESOURCES
Total 33.5Moz Au

RESERVES
Total 10.1Moz Au

Reported as in situ mineralisation estimates

Reported as mineable production estimates

INFERRED
2.1Moz Au
INDICATED
20.8Moz Au
MEASURED
10.6Moz Au

PROBABLE
9.2Moz Au
PROVED
0.9Moz Au

Consideration of mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governance factors 
(the “modifying factors”)

60

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

PGEs
Relationship  between  exploration  results,  Mineral  Resources  and  Mineral  Reserves  showing  Pan  African  Resources  attributable 
Resources and Reserves as at 30 June 2014.

Increasing level 
of geoscientific 
knowledge and 
confidence

EXPLORATION RESULTS

RESOURCES
Total 0.6Moz PGEs

RESERVES
Total 0.5Moz PGEs

Reported as in situ mineralisation estimates

Reported as mineable production estimates

D
E
G
D
R
B
A

I

R
R
M
&
R
M

INFERRED
0.1Moz PEGs
INDICATED
0.4Moz PEGs
MEASURED
0.1Moz PEGs

PROBABLE
0.4Moz PEGs
PROVED
0.1Moz PEGs

Consideration of mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governance factors 
(the “modifying factors”)

PAN AFRICAN RESOURCES’ REPORTING IN 
COMPLIANCE WITH THE SAMREC CODE
To meet the requirement of the SAMREC Code that the material 
reported  as  a  Mineral  Resource  should  have  “reasonable  and 
realistic  prospects  for  eventual  economic  extraction”,  Pan 
African  Resources  has  determined  an  appropriate  cut-off 
grade  which  has  been  applied  to  the  quantified  mineralised 
body. In determining the cut-off grade, Pan African Resources 
uses a gold price of R500,000/kg. At our underground mines, 
the  optimal  cut-off  is  defined  as  the  lowest  grade  at  which 
an  orebody  can  be  mined  such  that  the  total  profits,  under  a 
specified set of mining parameters, are maximised. The Mineral 
Resource  optimiser  tool  that  was  accordingly  developed 
in-house was applied to the Mineral Resource inventory.

The  optimiser  programme  requires  the  following  inputs  to 
convert the Mineral Resource to the Mineral Reserve:
•  the database inventory of all mineral resource blocks;
•  an assumed gold price – ZAR400,000/kg;
•  planned production rates for each mine;
•  MCF;
•  plant recovery factors, and
•  planned cash operating costs and other efficiency factors, 
which are calculated using historical achievements as 
a baseline.

The Mineral Reserves represent that portion of the Measured 
and  Indicated  Mineral  Resources  above  cut-off  in  the  LOM 
plan,  and  have  been  estimated  after  consideration  of  the 
modifying  factors  affecting  extraction.  A  range  of  disciplines 
has  been  involved  at  each  mine  in  the  LOM  planning  process 
including geology, surveying, planning, mining engineering, rock 
engineering, metallurgy, financial management, HR management 
and environmental management.

Phoenix  Platinum,  BTRP  and  the  ETRP  are  optimised  on  a 
100% extraction plan on their Mineral Reserves. No selectivity 
was  applied  on  tonnages  and  thus  no  cut-off  grades  were 
determined.

The  competent  person  for  Pan  African  Resources,  Mr  Barry 
Naicker,  the  group  Mineral  Resource  Manager,  signs  off  the 
MR&MR  for  the  group.  He  is  a  member  of  the  South  African 
Council  for  Scientific  Professions  (400234/10).  Mr  Naicker 
has  13  years  of  experience  in  economic  geology  and  mineral 
resource management.

He is based at 1st Floor, The Firs, cnr Cradock and Biermann 
Avenues, Rosebank, 2196, Gauteng.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

61

 
 
ABRIDGED MINERAL RESOURCE
AND MINERAL RESERVE REPORT (continued)

1.  GOLD

Group Mineral Resource
The total Mineral Resource for the group decreased from 35.1 million ounces (Moz) in June 2013 to 33.5Moz in June 2014 – 
a gross annual decrease of 1.6Moz, or 4.5%. Of this variance, a decrease of 1.9Moz can be attributed to Evander Mines and an 
increase of 0.3Moz to Barberton Mines.

As at 30 June 2014

Category

Mineral Resource

Measured
Indicated
Inferred

Pan African Resources

Total

Tonnes
(million)

6.3
277.3
42.7

326.3

Grade
(g/t)

10.67
2.23
7.74

3.20

Contained gold

Kg

66,958
645,929
330,126

1,043,013

Moz

2.1
20.8
10.6

33.5

The 0.3Moz positive variance in contained gold at Barberton Mines was a result of adding new surface resources and extending 
the MRC orebody on Fairview Mine.

The total decrease in Mineral Resource can be attributed to a lower gold price and inflationary cost drivers in the reporting 
of the 2014 Mineral Resources.

Group Mineral Reserve
Pan African Resources’ Mineral Reserve increased from 9.2Moz in June 2013 to 10.1Moz in June 2014 – a gross annual increase of 
0.9Moz, or 9.8%. Of this variance, 0.6Moz increase can be attributed to Barberton Mines and a 0.3Moz increase to Evander Mines.

As at 30 June 2014

Category

Mineral Reserve

Proved
Probable

Pan African Resources

Total

Tonnes
(million)

3.8
83.6

87.4

Grade
(g/t)

7.38
3.41

3.58

Contained gold

Kg

27,826
286,103

313,929

Moz

0.9
9.2

10.1

The total increase in the Mineral Reserve can be attributed to the conversion of Mineral Resources of Evander No. 8 – 26 level 
and at Barberton the Fairview Mine extension of MRC orebody and the inclusion of New Consort and Sheba Mine tailings dams.

GROUP – GOLD 2014

9.8%

Mineral Resource

Mineral Reserve

(4.5%)

62

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

 
 
2.  PGE 4E

Group Mineral Resource
The group’s total Mineral Resource PGEs decreased from 0.7Moz in June 2013 to 0.6Moz in June 2014 – a gross annual decrease 
of 0.1Moz or 14%.

As at 30 June 2014

Category

Tonnes
(million)

Grade
(g/t)

Contained PGEs
Kg

Moz

Mineral Resource

Measured
Indicated
Inferred

Pan African Resources

Total

1.8
3.3
0.9

6.0

2.58
3.56
3.05

3.19

4,559
11,574
2,833

18,966

0.1
0.4
0.1

0.6

D
E
G
D
R
B
A

I

R
R
M
&
R
M

Group Mineral Reserve
Pan  African  Resources’  Mineral  Reserve  PGEs  increased  from  0.3Moz  in  June  2013  to  0.5Moz  in  June  2014  –  a  gross  annual 
increase of 0.2Moz or 67%. This significant increase can be attributed to the re-stating of the modifying factors in the Mineral 
Reserve of Phoenix Platinum.

As at 30 June 2014

Category

Mineral Reserve

Proved
Probable

Pan African Resources

Total

Tonnes
(million)

1.8
3.2

5.0

Grade
(g/t)

2.58
3.56

3.21

Contained PGEs
Kg

Moz

4,559
11,574

16,133

0.1
0.4

0.5

GROUP – PGEs 2014

67%

Mineral Resource

Mineral Reserve

(14%)

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

63

 
 
 
 
ABRIDGED MINERAL RESOURCE
AND MINERAL RESERVE REPORT (continued)

GROUP RECONCILIATION – MINERAL RESOURCE AND MINERAL RESERVE 2013 – 2014
1.  GOLD

MINERAL RESOURCE

Ounces
40,000,000

35,000,000

30,000,000

25,000,000

20,000,000

15,000,000

10,000,000

5,000,000

0

2013

Ounces

35,130,000

MINERAL RESERVES

Depletion

(197,200)

Gold price

(1,056,000)

Cost 

(704,000)

Exploration

Methodology

Acquistion

360,100

–

–

2014

33,500,000

Ounces
12,000,000

10,000,000

8,000,000

6,000,000

4,000,000

2,000,000

0

Ounces

2013

9,200,000

Depletion

(167,200)

Economics

(5,300)

Exploration

360,100

Methodology

389,400

Organic

323,000

2014

10,100,000

2.  PGEs
MINERAL RESOURCE

Ounces
800,000

700,000

600,000

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

0

2013

Ounces

685,614

MINERAL RESERVES

Depletion

(22,357)

PGM Basket Price

(75,263)

Cost 

–

Exploration

Methodology

–

–

Organic

21,746

2014

609,117

Ounces
600,000

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

0

Ounces

2013

252,792

Depletion

(9,643)

Gold price

–

Cost 

–

Exploration

Methodology

Acquistion

–

264,938

9,659

2014

517,746

64

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

GROUP STRATEGY – MINERAL RESOURCE AND MINERAL RESERVE
Pan African Resources has an exceptional asset base and attractive growth opportunities, both in established projects and brownfield 
exploration prospects. Strategy in this regard is based on global best practice in MRM to aggressively explore and develop projects, 
that will become next generation long-term business units.

This strategy includes:
•  improving the conversion of Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve by accessing, developing and exploiting underground 

orebodies and surface assets

•  unlocking the value of major organic projects and
•  identifying new expansion opportunities to sustain growth

The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve underpin the enterprise value of Pan African Resources, and position the group to realise 
its four strategic pillars as below.

D
E
G
D
R
B
A

I

R
R
M
&
R
M

•  Average gold price realised
•  Total gold cash cost
•  Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation

•  Attributable profit
•  Earnings per share

•  Proactive, strong 
relationships with 
regulators, organised 
labour and communities

•  Appropriate 

remuneration practices

•  Compliance with all 

relevant South African 
labour legislation
•  Compliance with 

Mining Charter and 
implementation of social 
and labour plans

PROFITABLE

SUSTAINABLE

STAKEHOLDER

GROWTH

•  Cash generative
•  Conservative gearing
•  Attractive dividend
•  No long-

term hedging 
arrangements

•  Continual low cash 
cost gold production

•  Environmentally 

sustainable mining

•  Organic (achieved within existing 

infrastructure)

•  Replacement projects for depleting projects
•  Brownfield projects
•  Accretive acquisitions

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

65

 
 
ABRIDGED MINERAL RESOURCES
AND MINERAL RESERVE REPORT (continued)

PROFITABLE

SUSTAINABLE

Pan African Resources’ mineral deposits are located in geological 
terrains that are described as world-class quality mineral assets 
with  high  grade  and  significant  production  tonnage  profiles, 
enabling operational and profitable delivery to maximise value 
to stakeholders.

Applying  the  MRM  framework  of  survey,  geology,  resource 
estimation and mine planning, the focus is to optimise the all-in 
cost margin and maximise earnings and returns to shareholders. 
This  requires  a  clear  understanding  of  the  nature  of  the 
orebody,  its  resource  inventory  and  the  ability  to  effectively 
exploit its mineral endowment profitably. Effective LOM plans 
are designed to execute mining methods that are safe and low 
cost, which in turn enables optimal cut-off grades to yield the 
desired financial margins.

STAKEHOLDER

The  group’s  strategy  of  investing  in  large,  long-life  mines  and 
operations  means  that  Pan  African  Resources  operates  on 
extended  time  horizons.  This  long-term  vision  provides 
the  opportunity  to  plan  and  implement  projects  to  deliver 
sustainable  contribution  to  social  wellbeing,  environmental 
stewardship  and  economic  prosperity.  Pan  African  Resources 
is pleased to report zero production stoppages due to labour 
issues  during  the  year  under  review.  This  positively  impacted 
the  realisation  of  targeted  grade  tonnage  profiles  at  each  of 
the operations.

The  group  is  committed  to  complying  with  the  Mineral  and 
Petroleum  Resources  Development  Act  and  achieving  the 
objectives of the Mining Charter. In this regard, it continues to 
engage with stakeholders both within and outside the group.

MRM at Barberton Mines, Evander Mines and Phoenix Platinum 
plays  a  strategic  role  in  converting  a  mineral  asset  from  an 
initial Inferred Resource at the exploration phase to a Proved 
Reserve  at  the  production  stage,  and  ultimately  to  a  saleable 
product. The diligent application of this methodology allows for 
greenfield, brownfield, near-mine and organic growth projects 
to be realised and economic value add to deliver a sustainable 
business model.

Brownfield  exploration  aims  to  grow  or  sustain  the  value 
of  our  existing  operations.  It  capitalises  on  projects  in  which 
we  have  already  made  significant  investment.  The  acquisition 
of  Evander  Mines  comprised  a  substantial  brownfield  gold 
Mineral Resource inventory of 21.3Moz. Pan African Resources 
is  diligently  developing  these  assets  to  increase  the  economic 
value of the company. Recent brownfield successes include the 
accretive earnings of BTRP for the year under review and the 
current construction of ETRP.

GROWTH

A key objective is to create value by growing the MR&MR – the 
major asset of the group. This is driven by an active acquisition 
strategy, a well-defined exploration programme, innovation in 
both geological/resource modelling, optimal mine planning and 
continual optimisation of the asset portfolio.

In  the  current  year,  the  acquisition  of  Evander  Mines  has 
propelled  Pan  African  Resources  to  a  mid-tier  status  through 
the significant increase in its mineral asset. The group’s Mineral 
Reserve increased by 9.5%, resulting in all operations increasing 
their respective LOM production profiles.

66

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Project lifecycle of mineral assets at Pan African Resources

Exploration project

Development 
project

Mine construction

Proved

Probable

Measured

Indicated

Mineral
Resources

Reconnaissance

Inferred

Rolspruit

Evander South

Elikhulu

Poplar

PRE-FEASIBILITY
STUDY

E
U
L
A
V
T
C
E
J
O
R
P

Mine 
production

Mineral
Reserves

Barberton Mines

Evander 8 Shaft

Phoenix Platinum

ETRP

PROJECT
COMMISSIONING

BTRP

Evander 7 Shaft No.3 Decline

D
E
G
D
R
B
A

I

R
R
M
&
R
M

DESK TOP
STUDY

DISCOVERY

CONFIDENCE

(A function of the amount of knowledge on a mineral resource/property and
the degree of probability of it being brought to account)

RESOURCES AND RESERVES

RESOURCES

RESERVES

Increasing level 
of geoscientific 
knowledge and 
confidence

Reported as in situ mineralisation 
estimates

INFERRED

INDICATED

MEASURED

Reported as mineable in situ, 
ROM and saleable estimates

PROBABLE
Mineable in situ ROM, saleable

PROVED
Mineable in situ ROM, saleable

Consideration of mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governance factors 
(the “modifying factors”)

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

67

 
 
 
ABRIDGED MINERAL RESOURCE
AND MINERAL RESERVE REPORT (continued)

The evolution of a project from initial testing to commissioning can take 12 to 18 months or longer, and involves a series of study 
stages to reach investment approval and implementation.

We distinguish the group from our peers by having a clear focus on growth and only mining resources that must be profitable in all parts 
of the price cycle, in order to deliver long-term economic value to Pan African Resources. The graph on the previous page demonstrates 
the group’s mineral assets within the value chain and how value is realised through projects such as the BTRP and ETRP.

Group organic growth
The operations’ robust LOM plans support the group business plans. Current exploration drilling as well as accessing and developing 
of the orebody were aggressively maintained during the year. The strategy of converting Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve was 
progressed  by  moving  organic  projects  further  up  the  mining  value  chain  towards  commissioning.  The  tables  below  reflect  the 
progress of near-mine growth projects that have contributed ounces to the Mineral Resource for the year.

Exploring the orebody – exploration drilling

Operation

Total metres

Number of
 boreholes

Average 
channel width
 (cm)

Number of 
intersections 
above cut-off

Average
 grade
 (g/t)

Total 
expenditure
(Rm)

Barberton Mines
Evander Mines
Phoenix Platinum

11,993
732
–

150
22
–

121
22
–

93
–
–

24.52
14.65
–

7.9
0.54
–

Accessing the orebody – on-reef development

Operation

Barberton Mines
Evander Mines
Phoenix Platinum

Developing the orebody – capital ore reserve projects: 

Project

Barberton Mines
Sheba – pillar development
Sheba – Edwin Bray to Thomas and Joe’s Luck area
Fairview – 11 Level Royal Reef
Fairview – 1# ore reserve opening
Fairview – 3 Shaft deepening
Fairview – 62 Level
New Consort – 40 Level
New Consort – 50 Level Decline west
New Consort – MMR pillar development
New Consort – 3 Shaft
Sheba Western Cross

Evander Mines
2 Decline 24 – 25 Level
25 A block ventilation

68

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Total on-reef development 
(metres)

Average grade
 (g/t)

1,656
1,015
–

2014 
(metres)

2013 
(metres)

2012 
(metres)

351
171
Equipping
154
–
295
193
–
173
–
–

686
925

317
102
0.1
179
228
601
252
150
129
253
71

554
124

–
303
–
–
109
–
267
197
–
–
–

778
– 

4.31
43.11
–

Potential 
resource
 target (oz)

2,006
13,286
17,000
14,821
1,600
552,253
10,000
26,000

(new target area) 

900
44,263

1,200,000

D
D
E
E
G
G
D
D
R
R
B
B
A
A

I
I

R
R
R
R
M
M
&
&
R
R
M
M

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

69

 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE

70

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

 
E
E
C
C
N
N
A
A
N
N
R
R
E
E
V
V
O
O
G
G

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

71

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
•  Executive team bolstered

•  New independent non-executive 

director appointed

•  Group Procurement Manager appointed

•  Corporate office procurement policy formalised 

and approved

•  All board and subcommittee charters post year-

end

•  Improved operational reporting to head office 

and the board

•  Group SHECQ Charter approved (facilitates 

reporting to the board)

The  board  acknowledges  that  applying  good  corporate 
governance  principles  is  a  dynamic  responsibility  in  line  with 
developments  in  the  UK,  South  Africa  and  internationally. 
Pan  African  Resources’  board  is  committed  to  responsibility, 
accountability, fairness and transparency in accordance with the 
King III Report, the UK Code and applicable laws, reflecting in 
integrity  in  all  business  dealings.  The  board  aims  to  integrate 

this responsible corporate citizenship into the group’s business 
strategy, audits and assessments and to embed sound corporate 
governance  practices  into  daily  operations  and  processes 
throughout the group.

The  standards  of  disclosure  relating  to  corporate  governance 
at  the  group  are  regulated  by  the  UK  Companies  Act  2006, 
the Companies Act, AIM Rules, the JSE Listings Requirements 
and King III. In addition, the board has considered the principles 
of  corporate  governance  contained  in  the  UK  Code  and  the 
guidance published by the Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in  England  and  Wales  (commonly  known  as  the  Turnbull 
Report)  concerning  the  internal  control  requirements  of  the 
Combined Code.

In line with King III’s “apply or explain” approach, the directors 
will continue to state the extent to which the company applies 
good  corporate  governance  principles  to  create  and  sustain 
value for stakeholders over the short, medium and long term, 
and to explain any non-application.

To  optimally  manage  its  application  of  King  III,  the  company 
has  adopted  the  IoDSA  Governance  Assessment  Instrument, 
allowing for the maintenance of a register recording its progress 
in  applying  the  principles  of  King  III  as  well  as  the  JSE  Listings 
Requirements.

(Please see Chapter 2 compliance on page 79 and the full King 
III checklist on (www.panafricanresources.com).

72

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Pan African Resources’ governance structure

BOARD

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Ron Holding (CEO)
Cobus Loots (FD)

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Keith Spencer (Chairman)
Hester Hickey
Thabo Mosololi
Rob Still (resigned 1 July 2014)
Rowan Smith (appointed 8 September 2014) 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Phuthi Mahanyele (Deputy Chairperson)

BOARD 
SUBCOMMITTEES

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE
Keith Spencer (Chairman)
Rob Still (resigned 1 July 2014)
Rowan Smith (appointed 8 September 2014)

SHEQC COMMITTEE
Keith Spencer (Chairman)
Ron Holding (CEO)
Hester Hickey

AUDIT COMMITTEE
Hester Hickey (Chairman)
Thabo Mosololi
Rob Still (resigned 1 July 2014)
Keith Spencer

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Phuthi Mahanyele (Chairman)
Rob Still (resigned 1 July 2014) 
Thabo Mosololi
Rowan Smith (appointed 8 September 2014)

EXCO

OPSCO

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Ron Holding (CEO)
Cobus Loots (FD)
Anaki Karigeni (COO)
Andre van den Bergh (Executive HR)

Casper Strydom (GM Barberton Mines)
Manny da Silva (GM Evander Mines)
Bertin Mcleod  (Plant Manager: Metallurgy Phoenix Platinum)
Neal Reynolds (Group Financial Controller)
Mandla Ndlozi (Group SHEQC )
Barry Naicker (Mineral Resource and Reserve Manager)
Wayne Allen (Group Consulting Engineer)

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

73

Our  board  reflects  a  balance  of  executive  and  non-executive 
directors, the majority of whom are independent as required. 
More  importantly,  the  board  reflects  significant  experience  in 
mining and related activities, adding depth to board discussions 
with a wealth of industry knowledge.

the 

responsibilities  of 

The 
independent  non-executive 
Chairman and the CEO, and the remaining non-executive and 
executive directors, are strictly separated to ensure checks and 
balances in decision-making. No single director is positioned to 
exercise unfettered decision-making, which protects against the 
influence  of  possible  personal  interests  and  thereby  ensures 
that the interests of all stakeholders are represented and taken 
into account.

The  Chairman  provides  independent  board  leadership  and 
guidance  and  facilitates  suitable  deliberation  on  all  matters 
requiring the board’s attention. He further ensures the board 
operates efficiently and as a unit. The CEO and FD supported 
by  the  EXCO  are  accountable  for  strategy  implementation 
and  day-to-day  operational  decisions  and  business  activities. 
Non-executive directors are not involved in the daily operations 
of the company.

A formal board charter is in place to regulate the parameters 
within which the board operates and to ensure the application 
of good corporate governance in compliance with the group’s 
Code of Conduct. The charter was reviewed in the year under 
review and will be adopted in the current year. A copy of the 
board  charter  is  available  from  the  group  company  secretary 
on request.

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE (continued)

The board

The board is responsible and accountable for the performance 
and affairs of the group, and has full control over all subsidiaries 
and  operations.  It  acts  as  the  focal  point  for  and  custodian  of 
our  corporate  governance.  In  doing  so,  it  ensures  the  group 
remains a responsible corporate citizen, cognisant of the impact 
our  operations  may  have  on  the  environment  and  society  in 
which  we  operate,  while  acting  in  accordance  with  our  own 
Code of Conduct.

At report date our unitary board comprised seven directors:

Executive directors

Ron Holding (CEO)

Non-executive director

Cobus Loots (FD)

Phuthi Mahanyele 
(Deputy Chairperson)

Independent non-executive 
directors

Keith Spencer (Chairman)1
Hester Hickey

Thabo Mosololi

Rowan Smith (appointed on 
8 September 2014)

1.  Keith  Spencer  is  an  independent  non-executive  director  as  per  the  King  III 

requirement, but a non-executive director as per the AIM rules.

Changes to the board during the year were as follows:

•  Ron  Holding  was  appointed  CEO  with  effect  9  September 
2013 (having served as Joint Interim CEO with Cobus Loots)

•  Busi Sitole resigned as FD with effect 30 September 2013
•  Cobus Loots was appointed FD with effect 1 October 2013
•  Thabo  Mosololi  was  appointed  independent  non-executive 

director with effect 9 December 2013

•  Rob Still resigned as an independent non-executive director 

with effect 1 July 2014

•  Rowan  Smith  was  appointed  on  8  September  2014  as  an 

independent non-executive director.

74

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

The  board  meets  quarterly  with  additional  meetings  as  and  when  necessary.  Attendance  at  board  and  committee  meetings  is 
set out below:

Keith 
Spencer

Phuthi 
Mahanyele

Hester 
Hickey

Ron 
Holding

Cobus 
Loots

Thabo 
Mosololi

Rob 
Still

Board meetings
29/08/2013
24/10/2013 (conference call)
06/12/2013
14/02/2014
29/05/2014

Audit Committee meetings
01/07/2013
11/09/2013
13/02/2014

Remuneration Committee meeting
19/8/2013

SHEQC Committee meetings
15/08/2013
30/08/2013
07/11/2013
13/02/2014
21/05/2014

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

In addition to these meetings, adhoc meetings and calls are held on a regular basis. Not all of these are recorded above.
The Nomination Committee meetings are held jointly with the board meetings.

BOARD COMMITTEES
We have an established Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee, Nominations Committee and SHEQC Committee to assist 
the board in discharging its collective responsibility of corporate governance. The SHEQC Committee serves as a Social and Ethics 
Committee  in  terms  of  the  Companies  Act  requirements.  All  committees  have  satisfied  their  responsibilities  during  the  year  in 
compliance with their formal charters. All charters were reviewed during the year and will be adopted in their revised form in the 
current year. (A copy of committee charters is available from the group company secretary on request.)

Audit Committee 

Remuneration Committee  Nominations Committee

SHEQC Committee

Members

Hester Hickey 
(Chairman)

Phuthi Mahanyele 
(Chairman)

Keith Spencer (Chairman)

Rob Still 

Thabo Mosololi, 
Keith Spencer, Rob Still

Thabo Mosololi, Rob Still

By invitation:

External auditors

Internal auditors

Ron Holding 

Cobus Loots 

Financial executives

Executives invited to the 
meeting:

Ron Holding 

Cobus Loots 

Andre van den Bergh 
(Group HR Executive)

Keith Spencer 
Hester Hickey 
Ron Holding 

Executives on the 
committee:

Anaki Karigeni (COO) 

Mandla Ndlozi (Group 
SHEQC Manager)

Andre van den Bergh 
(Group HR Executive)

General managers

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

75

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE (continued)

Audit Committee 

Remuneration Committee  Nominations Committee

SHEQC Committee

Independence

4/4

2/3

3/3

N/A

Mandate

Keith Spencer is 
considered an 
independent director in 
terms of King III and as 
such by the company. 
As a result of historical 
share options issued 
during 2007, the UK 
Companies Act does 
not consider Keith 
Spencer independent.

The Audit Committee 
is responsible for 
ensuring that the 
financial performance, 
position and prospects 
of the group are 
properly monitored, 
controlled and reported 
on and for meeting the 
auditors and reviewing 
their reports relating to 
accounts and internal 
controls.

The Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee is 
not independent as required 
by the King III and the JSE 
Listings Requirements. 

Nevertheless, the board is 
satisfied that the interests 
of the executive directors 
and employees can be 
fairly and adequately met, 
this point notwithstanding, 
and that the Chair’s 
contribution outweighs the 
legislative interpretation of 
independence.

The Remuneration 
Committee reviews 
the performance of 
the executive directors 
and determines their 
remuneration and the basis 
of their service agreements 
with due regard to the 
interests of shareholders. 
It also determines the 
payment of any bonuses 
to executive directors 
and the grant of options 
to employees, including 
executive directors, under 
the group’s share option 
scheme, as well as short- or 
long-term incentives. 

Activities during 
the year

Reviewed and 
appointed a company 
secretary

Reviewed the annual salary 
and wage increases granted 
to all employees

The Nominations Committee is 
required to review the composition 
of the board and board committees 
and to make recommendations 
to the board in this regard. The 
appointment of directors is a 
transparent and formal process 
governed by the committee’s 
mandate and terms of reference as 
well as the board charter. 

With regard to composition of the 
board, the committee ensures that 
its size, diversity and demographics 
make for an effective board and that 
it is structured to ensure a wide 
range of skills, views, knowledge 
and experience in order to guide 
the group to meet our strategic 
objectives. 

The committee also ensures that 
a formal succession plan for key 
executive directors is in place, and 
that induction and ongoing training 
and development of directors 
continues.

Appointment of Ron Holding as 
CEO and Cobus Loots as FD.

Nominated new independent non-
executive directors, Thabo Mosololi 
and Rowan Smith. 

Reviewed group succession strategy.

The SHEQC Committee 
is the cornerstone of 
ensuring the group 
maintains its social licence 
to operate. (See page 89 
for an abbreviated 
Sustainability Report 
(responsibility of the 
SHEQC Committee), 
which is available in full at 
www.panafricanresources.com)

Reviewed and updated 
charter to include 
quality

Going forward, the function of the Nominations Committee will be performed by the board, as a whole.

76

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

BOARD PROCESSES
Rotation of directors
In terms of King III and the group’s MOI, one-third of the board’s 
non-executive directors must retire from office at each AGM 
on a rotation basis. The directors to retire are those who have 
been longest in office since their last election. Retiring directors 
may  make  themselves  available  for  re-election  provided  that 
they remain eligible as required by the MOI and in compliance 
with the AIM Rules and JSE Listings Requirements. Accordingly, 
Cobus  Loots,  Hester  Hickey  and  Thabo  Mosololi,  will  retire 
by rotation at the upcoming AGM, and being eligible, will offer 
themselves for re-election.

A brief CV of each director standing for election at the AGM is 
contained  in  this  Integrated  Annual  Report.  The  Nominations 
Committee, having assessed the performance of those directors 
who are due for re-election, makes a formal recommendation 
for re-election to the board and shareholders.

Reviews
An annual effectiveness evaluation is undertaken in respect of 
the board and the Audit Committee, both from a self-evaluation 
and independent evaluation perspective. The evaluations in the 
year found the board and Audit Committee to be satisfactorily 
effective,  subject  to  the  caveat  that  the  composition  of  the 
board and all its committees would benefit from the inclusion of 
one more independent non-executive director. Thabo Mosololi 
was subsequently appointed, as above. The Audit Committee 
further performed an assessment of the independence of each 
independent non-executive director, as above.

Share dealings
All  group  employees  above  Patterson  Grading  D  (which 
includes  operational  management,  EXCO  and  OPSCO  )  with 
access  to  financial  and  any  other  price-sensitive  information 
are  prohibited  from  dealing  in  Pan  African  Resources’  shares 
during “closed periods”, as defined by the AIM and JSE rules, or 
while the company is trading under cautionary. An appropriate 
communication  is  sent  to  all  such  employees  alerting  them 
that  the  company  is  entering  a  closed  period.  Should  any  of 
the  relevant  employees  wish  to  trade  Pan  African  Resources’ 
shares,  written  permission  must  be  obtained  from  either  the 
CEO  or  FD  and  confirmed  with  the  South  African  and  UK-
based corporate advisors prior to the trade taking place. There 
were no contraventions of this policy during the year.

Succession planning
Succession  planning  for  the  board,  management  team  and 
senior executives falls to the board, assisted by the Nominations 
Committee.  The  committee  regularly  reviews  the  group’s 
succession  strategy.  Succession  plans  are  in  place  for  the 
incumbent key executives, with an informal “on-the-job” mentor 
programme for identified successors supporting this process.

identifies, 

New appointments
interviews  and 
The  Nominations  Committee 
proposes  potential  candidates  to  the  board.  The  board 
evaluates each individual in the context of the board as a whole 
– the objective remains having a board that can best perpetuate 
our  success  and  represent  shareholder  interests  through  the 
exercise of sound judgement using its diversity of experience. 
The  company  ensures  all  new  directors  are  informed  of  the 
JSE  and  AIM  rules  with  the  assistance  of  the  UK  Nomad  and 
JSE  sponsor,  given  that  all  appointees  are  accomplished  board 
directors  and  familiar  with  the  fiduciary  duties  expected  of 
them.  However,  new  appointees  are  provided  with  the  latest 
annual  and  interims  results,  Integrated  Annual  Report  and 
minutes of previous board meetings. It is intended that a formal 
induction programme will be introduced in the short term.

Ongoing development
All directors receive ongoing training on relevant matters and 
in  addition,  directors  who  are  chartered  accountants  comply 
with SAICA CPD requirements. The UK-based Nomad ensures 
that  the  directors  remain  up  to  date  with  AIM  regulations, 
while the South African sponsor ensures the same vis-à-vis the 
JSE Listings Requirements. The company secretary and Chair of 
the  Audit  Committee  are  further  responsible  for  keeping  the 
board  abreast  of  new  legislation,  recommendations  and  best 
practice.

SUPPORT FUNCTIONS
Independent advice
All  independent  non-executive  directors  have  unrestricted 
access  to  management  at  any  time  as  well  as  to  the  groups’ 
external  auditor.  Further,  all  directors  are  entitled  to  seek 
independent  professional  advice  on  any  matters  pertaining  to 
the group as they deem necessary and at the group’s expense.

Company secretary
Pan  African  Resources  outsources  the  company  secretarial 
function.  St  James’  Corporate  Services  Limited  has  been  the 
group’s  company  secretary  since  8  July  2008.  The  company 
secretary advises the board of any relevant regulatory changes 
and/or updates.

Specifically  the  company  secretary  keeps  record  of,  inter  alia, 
shareholder  registers,  meeting  attendance  registers,  meeting 
minutes,  resolutions,  directors’  declarations  of  personal 
interest(s),  all  notices  and  circulars  issued  by  the  company, 
directors  training,  guidance  on  directors’  duties  and  good 
governance  and  assistance  of  evaluation  of  board  and  board 
committees  performance.  He  is  well  versed  in  all  relevant 
updates to current legislation and regulation and is responsible 
for advising the board in this regard. 

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

77

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE (continued)

Further, he reviews the rules and procedures applicable to the 
conduct  of  the  board.  To  this  end  he  will  involve,  wherever 
necessary,  the  sponsor,  Nomad  and  other  relevant  advisers/
experts to ensure that the directors have adequate information 
to sufficiently discharge their responsibilities in the best interests 
of the company.

The  appointment  and  removal  of  the  company  secretary  is  a 
matter for the board as a whole. The Audit Committee review 
the company secretary’s qualifications and competence.

The  board 
is  comfortable  that  the  company  secretary 
St James’s Corporate Services Limited maintains an arm’s length 
relationship with the board at all times and is sufficiently qualified 
and  skilled  to  act  in  accordance  with,  and  update  directors  in 
terms of the recommendations of the King III Report and other 
relevant local, UK and international regulations and legislation.

Advisers
One Capital is the company’s appointed sponsor in accordance 
with the JSE Listings Requirements. One Capital is responsible 
for ensuring that the company is at all times guided and advised 
as to the application of the JSE Listings Requirements (as above).

The  group’s  Nomad  and  joint  broker  in  the  UK  is  Canaccord 
Genuity.  Peel  Hunt  also  acted  as  joint  broker  during  the 
reporting  period,  with  their  contract  having  been  terminated 
in July 2014.

IT GOVERNANCE
Recognising  the  importance  of  this  aspect  to  sustainability, 
the  group  is  currently  in  the  process  of  implementing  an  IT 
governance framework, which will be governed by an IT charter, 
to  be  formalised,  adopted  and  rolled  out  in  the  current  year. 
Niel  Symington,  part  of  the  finance  team,  will  assume  the 
responsibilities of chief information officer.

To  date  each  operation  has  formal  business  continuity  and 
disaster management plans in place, which are the responsibility 
of the respective general managers.

LEGAL COMPLIANCE
The group complies with the following Acts and regulations:

UK company
•  UK Bribery Act
•  UK Companies Act 2006

SA company
•  South African Companies Act 2008
•  Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003

78

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Taxation
•  Income Tax Act
•  Value Added Tax Act
•  Customs and Excise Act
•  Transfer Duty Act
•  Estate Duty Act
•  Securities Transfer Tax Act
•  Securities Transfer Tax Administration Act

Labour
•  Skills Development Act, 1998
•  Skills Development Levies Act
•  Unemployment Insurance Act, 2001
•  Unemployment Insurance Contributions Act
•  Basic Conditions of Employment Act, 1997
•  Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases 

Act, 1993

•  Employment Equity Act, 1998
•  Labour Relations Act, 1995
•  Manpower Training Act, 1981
•  Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act, 1973
•  Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993

Minerals and energy
•  Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996
•  Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty (Administration) 

Act, 2008

•  Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, 2008
•  National Energy Act, 2008
•  National Nuclear Regulator Act, 1999
•  Nuclear Energy Act, 1999
•  Precious Metals Act, 2005

Safety and security
•  Disaster Management Act, 2002
•  Explosives Act, 2003
•  Firearms Control Act, 2000
•  National Radioactive Waste Disposal Institute Act, 2008
•  Prohibition or Restriction of Certain Conventional Weapons 

Act, 2008

•  Protection from Harassment Act, 2010

Water
•  National Water Act, 1998
•  Water Services Act, 1997

KING III APPLICATION
King III, Chapter 2 as below:

Principle 
number Description

Chapter 2: Boards and directors

Compliance

The board should act as the focal 
point for and custodian of corporate 
governance.

The board should appreciate that 
strategy, risk, performance and 
sustainability are inseparable.

The board should provide effective 
leadership based on an ethical 
foundation.

The board should ensure that the 
company is and is seen to be a 
responsible corporate citizen.

The board is the focal point and custodian of corporate governance for 
Pan African Resources. In accordance with the board charter and Code of 
Conduct, the board is committed to the highest standards of corporate 
governance.

In accordance with the board charter and all committee terms of reference 
reviewed according to King III, the board is responsible for aligning the 
strategic objectives, vision and mission with performance and sustainability 
considerations. The group’s formalised risk management process takes into 
account the full range of risks including strategic and operational risk, as well 
as performance and sustainability. 

The board provides effective leadership and is committed to the highest 
standards of ethical conduct. See “Ethical Leadership” on page 38.

See 2.1 above.

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

The board should ensure that the 
company’s ethics are managed effectively.

A Code of Conduct is in place and extends to the all group operations. See 
“Ethical Leadership” on page 38.

The board should ensure that 
the company has an effective and 
independent Audit Committee.

The board is satisfied that the Audit Committee is independent and 
effective. The committee’s Chairman is Keith Spencer, an independent non-
executive director as per King III requirements. Keith Spencer is considered 
a non-executive director per the AIM rules. The committee further consists 
of two independent non-executive directors.

The board should be responsible for the 
governance of risk.

The board’s Audit Committee has conducted an evaluation of risk and is 
satisfied with the effective management of risk

The board should be responsible for 
information technology (IT) governance. 

The board is addressing IT governance in its corporate governance practices 
and will be implementing an IT governance framework including a charter 
during financial year 2015.

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9

The board should ensure that the 
company complies with applicable laws 
and considers adherence to non-binding 
rules, codes and standards.

2.10

The board should ensure that there is an 
effective risk-based internal audit.

2.11

The board should appreciate that 
stakeholders’ perceptions affect the 
company’s reputation.

The board ensures that the company complies with applicable laws and 
considers adherence to non-binding rules, codes and standards. The South 
African sponsor and external auditor and UK Nomad are responsible 
for monitoring compliance. The directors take cognisance of legislation, 
regulation and best practice.

The Audit Committee has oversight of internal audit by approval of the 
internal audit plan and review of the reporting of any findings on a regular 
basis. The internal audit function currently outsourced to BDO has direct 
access to the Chair of the Audit Committee and internal audit are invited to 
attend each Audit Committee meeting.

The board recognises the importance of developing and nurturing positive 
and stable relationships with stakeholders as a key driver of business 
success, as articulated in its key business pillars as described on page 16. 
(Also see Stakeholder engagement on page 30.)

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

79

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE (continued)

Principle 
number Description

Compliance

The board continues to ensure that the Integrated Annual Report 
endeavours to provide a true view of the group’s commitment to financial, 
social, governance, economic and environmental value creation, although 
the sustainability information in the Integrated Annual Report is not 
independently assured. 

The board is responsible for maintaining a sound system of internal controls 
to safeguard shareholders’ investment and group assets. Nothing has come 
to the attention of the directors during the year that would have caused/has 
caused a material breakdown in the system of internal controls.

The board acknowledges its role as a steward on behalf of the shareholders. 

The board monitors the company’s solvency and liquidity. Business rescue 
has not been required. 

The Chairman, Keith Spencer, is an independent non-executive Chairman 
for JSE purposes and the roles of CEO and Chairman are clearly defined 
and separated.

The board should appoint the CEO and establish a framework for the 
delegation of authority. 

After the appointment of Rowan Smith, the board comprises a majority 
(five) of non-executive directors, four of whom are independent 
non-executive directors. 

The responsibilities of the Chairman and CEO, and those of other non-
executive and executive directors, are clearly separated to ensure a balance 
of power and prevent any one director from exercising unfettered powers 
of decision-making. The Chairman provides leadership to the board in 
all deliberations ensuring independent input, and oversees its efficient 
operation. The CEO is responsible for proposing, updating, implementing 
and maintaining the strategic direction of Pan African Resources as well as 
ensuring appropriately supervised and controlled daily operations. In this 
regard, the CEO is assisted by the FD. 

The independent non-executive directors and non-executive director are 
high merit individuals who objectively contribute a wide range of industry 
skills, knowledge and experience to the board’s decision-making process. 
These directors are not involved in the daily operations of the company. 

The entire board participates in a formal and transparent process for the 
appointment of new board members, including the CEO. The Nominations 
Committee recommends suitable candidates to the board following a 
vetting process, which takes into account a candidate’s skills offering, 
experience and interests such as diversity. 

2.12

The board should ensure the integrity of 
the company’s Integrated Annual Report.

2.13

2.14

2.15

2.16

2.17

2.18

The board should report on the 
effectiveness of the company’s system of 
internal controls.

The board and its directors should act in 
the best interests of the company. 

The board should consider business 
rescue proceeding or other turnaround 
mechanisms as soon as the company is 
financially distressed as defined in the 
Companies Act.

The board should elect a Chairman 
of the board who is an independent 
non-executive director. The CEO of the 
company should not also fulfil the role of 
Chairman of the board.

The board should appoint the CEO and 
establish a framework for the delegation 
of authority.

The board should comprise a balance of 
power, with a majority of non-executive 
directors. The majority of non-executive 
directors should be independent.

2.19

Directors should be appointed through 
a formal process.

80

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Principle 
number Description

Compliance

2.20

2.21

2.22

2.23

2.24

2.25

2.26

2.27

The induction of and ongoing training 
and development of directors should be 
conducted through formal processes.

The board should be assisted by a 
competent, suitably qualified and 
experienced company secretary.

All directors receive ongoing general training with the assistance of SAICA 
(in reference to qualified Chartered Accountants), the UK Nomad, the 
South African sponsor, the company secretary and the Chair of the Audit 
Committee. The induction programme is managed and controlled by the 
Nomad and South African sponsor.

The company secretary function is outsourced to St James’ Corporate 
Services Limited, represented by Phil Dexter, who is not a director of Pan 
African Resources. The company secretary is accountable to the board as a 
whole and accordingly maintains an arm’s length relationship with the board 
and its directors. The appointment and removal of the company secretary 
is a matter for the board as a whole. The Audit Committee reviews the 
company secretary’s qualifications and competence. 

The board is comfortable that the company secretary maintains an arm’s 
length relationship with the board at all times and is sufficiently qualified 
and skilled to act in accordance with, and update directors in terms of the 
recommendations of the King III Report and other relevant local, UK and 
international regulations and legislation.

The evaluation of the board, its 
committees and the individual directors 
should be performed every year.

An annual effectiveness evaluation is undertaken in respect of the board 
and the Audit Committee, both from a self-evaluation and independent 
evaluation perspective.

The board should delegate certain 
functions to well-structured committees 
but without abdicating its own 
responsibilities.

The board delegates certain functions without abdicating its own 
responsibilities to the following committees: 

•  Audit Committee;

•  Remuneration Committee; 

•  Nominations Committee; and

•  SHEQC Committee.

A governance framework should be 
agreed between the group and its 
subsidiary boards.

The wholly-owned subsidiary directors are executives employed within the 
group, and authority is delegated to these executives is governed by the 
group’s authority framework.

Companies should remunerate directors 
and executives fairly and responsibly.

Companies should disclose the 
remuneration of each individual director 
and certain senior executives.

The group’s remuneration philosophy reflects Pan African Resources’ 
commitment to best practice. The Remuneration Committee determines 
the remuneration policy on executive and senior management 
remuneration in line with the group’s remuneration philosophy. A detailed 
remuneration report is contained in the Integrated Annual Report on 
page 84. 

The remuneration of directors is disclosed in the Integrated Annual Report 
on page 146.

Shareholders should approve the 
company’s remuneration policy.

Shareholders consider and endorse, by way of a non-binding advisory vote, 
the company’s remuneration policy at the AGM. 

The full King III checklist is available at www.panafricanresources.com.

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

81

RISK
MANAGEMENT

We recognise that the ongoing and effective management of business risk is vital to Pan African Resources’ continued growth and 
success.

The system of internal controls and monitoring relating to risk is designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute assurance as to 
the integrity and reliability of the financial statements. Further, the systems are designed to manage rather than eliminate applicable 
risks, safeguard and verify the accountability of the group’s assets and to identify and minimise significant fraud, potential liability, loss 
and material misstatement while complying with applicable laws and regulations.

The identification of risks is informed by the external environment, and the nature of the individual operations’ activities.

A formal risk management process is in place, as below:

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

AUDIT COMMITTEE

INTERNAL AUDIT 
FUNCTION

EXECUTIVE 
MANAGEMENT

Executive management 
implements operational 
controls to ensure the 
validity, accuracy and 
completeness of financial 
information. They demand 
that each employee assumes 
responsibility for conducting 
him/herself in accordance 
with established policies and 
procedures, to minimise the 
potential occurrence of any 
risk event and constantly 
to seek opportunities to 
improve performance and 
efficiencies.

This committee reports 
directly to the board and 
has several responsibilities 
including internal control, 
internal audit, risk 
management and assurance.

The internal audit function is 
outsourced to BDO, which 
evaluates the effectiveness 
and general compliance of 
controls aimed at addressing 
risks within the group.

The committee meets at 
least three times a year 
(attendance is outlined 
on page 75) and makes 
recommendations to the 
board, which retains ultimate 
responsibility, with regard 
to risk tolerance levels. It 
also works closely with the 
internal audit function and 
approves and reviews the 
internal audit plan and its 
execution.

On an ongoing basis 
the committee works 
closely with the executive 
management team as well as 
the external auditors.

The board of the company 
is ultimately responsible for 
the management of risk. In 
this endeavour, the directors 
are assisted by the Audit 
Committee. The board 
regularly reviews the risk 
reports from the operations, 
ensuring that the appropriate 
risk management programmes 
and monitoring of progress 
against key risk indicators are 
being effectively implemented. 
The board, together with 
executive management, 
is also responsible for the 
identification of strategic 
risks and opportunities. 
Strategic workshops are 
conducted to evaluate risks 
and opportunities, confirm 
or amend group strategy and 
establish strategic actions for 
the forthcoming period.

Controls and actions to 
mitigate strategic risks can 
be implemented at the level 
of individual operations, 
across a group discipline (HR 
for example) or at executive 
management level.

82
82

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014
Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

E
E
C
C
N
N
A
A
N
N
R
R
E
E
V
V
O
O
G
G

OPERATIONS

EXTERNAL AUDIT 
FUNCTION

JSE AND AIM

The company is compliant 
with the JSE Listings 
Requirements and AIM Rules.

Initiatives to mitigate risks at 
operational level are designed 
to ensure continuous, safe 
and responsible production 
of gold and PGEs. Risks 
are identified at risk 
workshops and in strategy 
session. Each of the group’s 
operations maintains a risk 
register, which includes risk 
identification, risk mitigating 
factors and responsibilities. 
The group’s key risks are set 
out on page 21.

External audit reports on the 
fair presentation of financial 
information on a statutory 
reporting level in compliance 
with IFRS as adopted by the 
EU and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation, UK Companies 
Act 2006 and the Companies 
Act. The board, assisted 
by the Audit Committee, 
evaluates the effectiveness 
and independence of the 
external auditors – the 
South African and UK firm of 
Deloitte & Touche.

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014
Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

83
83

REMUNERATION
REPORT

The  Remuneration  Committee  assists  the  board  in  ensuring 
that group remuneration and recruitment are aligned with the 
overall business strategy, with the aim of enabling Pan African 
Resources to attract and retain personnel who will create long-
term value for all stakeholders.

The  committee  is  an  independent  and  objective  body,  which 
monitors and strengthens the credibility of the group’s executive 
remuneration system. It reviews the performance of the CEO, 
executives and senior management and sets the scale, structure 
and basis of their remuneration and the terms of their service 
agreements. It also considers and makes recommendations to 
the board on remuneration packages and policies in this regard.

All  executive  directors  have  employment  contracts  with  the 
company  and  are  remunerated  by  the  company  for  services 
performed.

Pan African Resources’ remuneration philosophy seeks to reward 
executive directors and other senior management for individual 
and  group  performance.  It  recognises  that  these  individuals 
have the ability to significantly impact the performance of the 
group, in both the short and longer terms. Executive directors 
and  other  senior  management  carry  significant  responsibility, 
legal and otherwise, and appropriate skills are difficult to attract 
and  retain  in  what  is  increasingly  a  challenging  environment. 
It is therefore critical that remuneration achieves, inter alia:
•  Attracts the “right” senior staff
•  Incentivises key staff to perform and then measures and 

rewards performance

•  Retains critical skills

In  order  to  achieve  these  objectives,  the  Remuneration 
Committee,  in  consultation  with  and  with  oversight  from  the 
board,  retains  flexibility  in  terms  of  how  it  incentivises  and 
rewards performance.

REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

Remuneration

Key features

Criteria for eligibility

•  Reviewed annually against 

Employment at the group

Basic salary and 
benefits

Short-term 
incentives

competitive market data and 
analysis (PwC Remchannel Survey)

•  Paid annually at corporate level
•  Paid semi-annually at operations
•  Measured objectively against the 
group’s performance or personal 
contribution 

Executive directors

Collective KPIs account for 40% of assessment. These are based on 
the group’s gold sold (ounces), costs of production and safety targets 
– objective measurements based on the group’s actual achievements 
against the set business plan for the financial year.

Individual KPIs account for 60% of assessment and are specific to the 
employee concerned.

EXCO/OPSCO

Collective KPIs account for 50% of assessment. These are based on 
the group’s gold sold (ounces), costs of production and safety targets 
– objective measurements based on the group’s actual achievements 
against the set business plan for the financial year.

Individual KPIs account for 50% of assessment and are specific to the 
employee concerned.

Operational management

Collective KPIs account for 80% of assessment. These are based on 
gold sold (ounces), costs of production and safety targets – objective 
measurements based on the group’s actual achievements against the 
set business plan for the financial year.

Individual KPIs account for 20% of assessment and are specific to the 
employee concerned. 

The main objective of the group Equity Share Option Plan and Share 
Appreciation Bonus Plan is to appropriately incentivise select employees 
who are employed at a managerial level within the group, to ensure 
retention of key skills required for the group’s ongoing profitable 
performance and growth, and to align management interests with those 
of shareholders. 

Share options (for 
further detail see 
page 135, and/ 
or contact the 
company secretary)

•  The Equity Share Option Plan 
•  Pan African Resources group Share 

Appreciation Bonus Plan

84

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

E
E
C
C
N
N
A
A
N
N
R
R
E
E
V
V
O
O
G
G

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

85

OUR
IMPACTS

86

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

S
S
T
T
C
C
A
A
P
P
M
M

I
I

R
R
U
U
O
O

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

87

 
 
VALUE ADDED 
STATEMENT (UNAUDITED)

NOTE: The report below constitutes a summary of the key points explained more fully in our full Sustainability Report available on 
our website at www.panafricanresources.com.

Revenue from all operations
Paid to suppliers for material and services

Value added
Income from investments***

Total value created

Value distribution
Employees costs
Capital providers

Finance costs
Dividends to

Central and local government

Company taxation
Skills development levy

CSI**
Reinvested in group to maintain and develop operations

Depreciation and amortisation
Retained profits

Value added ratios
Average number of employees****
Revenue per employee
Value created per employee
CSI – % of profit after tax (%)

30 June
2014
ZAR million

30 June*
2013
ZAR million

2,608.8
(738.2)

1,870.6
8.5

1,879.1

852.6
255.1

14.8
240.3

131.1

120.8
10.3

19.0
621.3

169.2
452.1

1,848.1
(386.2)

1,461.9
9.8

1,471.7

618.4
17.4

17.4
–

172.4

167.9
4.5

21.6
641.9

83.0
558.9

1,879.1

1,471.7

4,425
0.6
0.4
4.2

4,345
0.4
0.3
3.9

As previously reported in the prior year.
CSI includes education, food and water security, and poverty alleviation projects.
Income from investments includes interest received and share of associate losses and losses on disposal of assets held-for-sale.

* 
** 
***  
****  Average number of permanent group employees throughout the year, which included four months of Evander Mines employees in the prior year.

88

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

For the full Sustainability Report 

please refer to our website

www.panafricanresources.com

SUSTAINABILITY
DRIVE

SHEQC COMMITTEE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The SHEQC Committee’s responsibilities encompass monitoring 
and regulating the impact of the group on its stakeholders, and 
thus its social licence to operate. The committee serves as the 
Social and Ethics Committee as required by the Companies Act.

Health and Safety
Pan  African  Resources  is  committed  to  continually  improving 
its  occupational  health  and  safety  performance  and  strives  to 
reduce the risk of exposure associated with unhealthy or unsafe 
conditions in the workplace.

Pan  African  Resources  is  committed  to  conducting  its  mining 
operations  in  strict  compliance  with  the  mining  licence 
conditions set by the DMR and the MHSA and other relevant 
regulations.  This  compliance  is  driven  by  the  group  SHEQC 
Manager,  Mandla  Ndlozi,  within  the  group  philosophy  of 
continuous improvement. Ultimate responsibility for the group’s 
SHEQC  performance  rests  with  the  board  and  radiates  from 
the board down through the group. 

(See  Pan  African  Resources  Sustainability  Report  at  www.panafricanresources.
com for further details.)

During the year under review a formal integrated SHEQC Policy 
and  charter  were  approved  and  implemented,  extending  to 
safety, health, environment, quality and communities.

The committee comprises independent non-executive directors 
Keith  Spencer,  who  chairs  the  committee,  and  Hester  Hickey. 
It  further  comprises  CEO  Ron  Holding,  COO  Anaki  Karigeni, 
group  SHEQC  Manager  Mandla  Ndlozi,  Executive  HR  Andre 
van den Bergh and the General Manager of each operation.

The  committee  has  free  and  unrestricted  access  to  the 
company’s management, employees and the findings of outside 
consultants  in  all  matters  pertaining  directly  or  indirectly  to 
SHEQC concerns.

The  committee  meets  at  least  four  times  a  year.  Details  of 
meeting attendance are set out on page 75.

The role of the committee includes specifically to:
•  Develop the framework, policies and guidelines for 

SHEQC management.

•  Review the policies and performance of the group and the 

ongoing implementation of such policies.

•  Monitor SHEQC risks and liabilities at head office, all 

operations of the group and any managed subsidiaries and 
significant investments.

•  Monitor key indicators on accidents and incidents and 
ensure such information is communicated to other 
companies managed by or associated with the company.
•  Consider substantive national regulatory and technical 

developments in the SHEQC fields.

•  Facilitate participation, co-operation and consultation on 
SHEQC matters with relevant stakeholders, including but 
not limited to, governments, national and international 
organisations, other companies and other SHEQC bodies.

(For further details please see the Pan African Resources Sustainability Report at 
www.panafricanresources.com.)

Environment
Pan African Resources is committed to responsible stewardship 
of  natural  resources  and  the  ecological  environment  and 
accordingly to eliminating or minimising the negative impacts of 
our  operations.  Environmental  management  is  well  integrated 
into management practices throughout the group.

The  group  is  steadfast  in  its  commitment  to  enhancing  its 
approach through processes, practices and techniques to avoid, 
reduce  or  control  the  creation,  emission  or  discharge  of  any 
type of pollutant or waste and to reduce adverse environmental 
impacts.

The  group  acknowledges  that  with  the  pending  introduction 
of  a  national  carbon  tax,  environmental  monitoring  must  be 
enhanced and developed to extend to an accurate and complete 
determination of its emissions.

(For  further  details  please  see  Pan  African  Resources  Sustainability  Report  at 
www.panafricanresources.com.)

Quality
Pan  African  Resources  is  committed  to  the  highest  standards 
of  quality  and  endeavours  to  meet  the  requirements  of  its 
stakeholders in this regard, in order to continue creating value. 
Effective communication with relevant stakeholders is therefore 
a vital element of quality management.

To  achieve  this,  the  group  drives  continuous  improvement  at 
operations  by  providing  adequate  and  appropriate  resources 
and  relevant  training  and  development  to  its  employees  and 
contractors. Quality is further monitored through regular audits.

Communities
Pan  African  Resources  strives  to  minimise  potentially  negative 
social  impacts  while  promoting  opportunities  for  the  local 
communities in its areas of operation. To this end it endeavours 
to monitor, measure and manage its social and economic impacts.

The  group’s  operations  engage  in  a  range  of  development 
and  community  relations  activities,  which  aim  to  ensure  the 
self-sustainable  welfare  of  communities.  Management  at  the 
mines  are  proactive  in  building  and  maintaining  stakeholder 
relationships with the local communities and have forged close 
working relationships with ward councillors and local leaders.

(For  further  details  please  see  Pan  African  Resources  Sustainability  Report  at 
www.panafricanresources.com.)

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

89

S
T
C
A
P
M

I

R
U
O

 
SHEQC COMMITTEE
REPORT

SAFETY AND HEALTH

SAFETY HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
•  11% improvement in LTIFR

•  12% improvement in RIFR

In terms of this, Pan African Resources has increased its focus 
on  the  behaviour  and  attitude  of  employees  towards  health 
and safety.

The group safety trend for LTIFR was ahead of set targets, and 
the  TIFR  has  improved  by  27%  from  13.42  to  9.75.  The  RIFR 
regressed  due  to  the  fatalities  as  explained  above.  The  group 
FIFR regressed to 0.30 compared to 0.22 in the prior year.

•  Continued alignment and standardising of safety 

across operations

LTIFR AND RIFR

)
s
r
u
o
h

n
a
m
n
o

i
l
l
i

m

r
e
p

s
e
t
a
R
(

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

LTIFR

Target

RIFR

Target

6.26

7.54

2.02

2.43

2.91

5.80

1.62

2.11

3.63

4.94

1.94

1.73

2.74

4.41

1.63

1.65

2.97

3.92

1.52

1.45

•  Alignment of safety risk assessment process 

across operations

•  Improvement on incident and accident reporting 

system within the group

•  Applying lessons learnt from individual incidents 

across the group

Safe mining is a business imperative and an underpin of one 
of the group’s four key strategic pillars. Pan African Resources 
therefore expends considerable effort in promoting a safe and 
healthy work environment, aiming for world-class standards 
and zero injuries. The group’s enabling culture, wherein 
employees at all levels are encouraged to engage freely around 
SHEQC matters, is conducive to achieving this objective.

All  the  group’s  operations  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
the MHSA.

Regretfully  Pan  African  Resources  reported  four  fatalities  in 
FY2014. Three occurred at Barberton Mines and one at Evander 
Mines,  of  which  three  were  FOG  incidents  and  the  fourth 
involved  a  TMM.  Subsequent  to  these  incidents  the  following 
precautionary measures were enforced:
•  A group FOG strategy was implemented.
•  The Barberton Mines Safety Action Plan which focusses on 

“Journey to Zero Tolerance” was reviewed and 
re-implemented.

•  All TMM operators and underground employees underwent 

first aid training/awareness.

90

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

 
 
 
 
TRIFR

)
s
r
u
o
h

n
a
m
n
o

i
l
l
i

m

r
e
p

s
e
t
a
R
(

25
25

20
20

15
15

10
10

5
5

0
0

2010

LTIFR

20.95

Target

21.09

2011

16.51

18.24

2012

15.34

16.33

2013

13.42

13.98

2014

9.75

11.97

FIFR

)
s
r
u
o
h

n
a
m
n
o

i
l
l
i

m

r
e
p

s
e
t
a
R
(

0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0,0

FIFR

HEALTH HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
•  Decline in diagnosed Sporotrichosis at 

Barberton Mines

Pan African Resources recognises that mining as a profession 
carries inherent health risks. Effectively managing associated 
conditions and diseases is a direct investment by the group in 
its people and therefore in our long-term sustainability.

The group provides a work environment that minimises health 
risks  by  ensuring  adequate  surveillance  of  workplaces  and 
employees, promoting work practices that are conducive to the 
long-term  wellbeing  of  employees  and  providing  appropriate 
and adequate healthcare facilities and resources.

Management  of  the  “Big  6”  diseases:  namely,  HIV/AIDS,  TB, 
diabetes,  hypertension,  silicosis  and  NIHL  and  the  “Big  7”  at 
Barberton Mines, which includes Sporotrichosis, are monitored 
at  an  operational  level  and  reported  to  the  group  SHEQC 
Committee.

2010

0.19

2011

0

2012

0.48

2013

0.22

2014

0.30

S
T
C
A
P
M

I

R
U
O

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR
PEOPLE

HIGHLIGHTS FY2014
•  Zero incident of labour unrest

•  Largely stable workforce

•  Ongoing improvement initiatives in 

people management

•  114 new jobs created at Barberton Mines

•  Evander Mines concluded industry-first two-year 

wage agreement

People are a primary driver of the group’s four-pillar business 
strategy  and  we  see  our  employees  as  fundamental  to  the 
sustainability of the business. Andre van den Bergh – the group’s 
Executive: HR – assisted by all management is responsible for 
our employee relations and overseeing initiatives in this regard.

Our  operations  are  controlled  by  mining  rights  and  each  has 
devised a SLP, which has been submitted to the DMR.

The group has a commendable employee average turnover rate 
of 6.8%. The workforce is largely stable and continually benefits 
from  improvement  initiatives  at  the  operations,  such  as  the 
medical  aid  scheme  that  was  launched  at  Barberton  Mines  in 
the year.

114 new jobs were created in FY2014 through the commissioning 
of the BTRP.

The  group  is  committed  to  providing  equal  opportunity  for 
individuals in all aspects of employment. The group gives every 
consideration  to  applications  for  employment  by  disabled 
persons where the requirements of the job may be adequately 
filled by a disabled person. Where existing employees become 
disabled, it is the group’s policy, wherever practicable, to provide 
continuing  employment  under  similar  terms  and  conditions 
and  to  provide  training,  career  development  and  promotion, 
wherever appropriate.

Skills development and training
Pan African Resources is committed to skills development and 
spent ZAR20.1 million on training for the year. Barberton Mines 
and  Evander  Mines  have  onsite  accredited  training  centres 
offering  a  range  of  occupational  skills  training  programmes, 
while Phoenix Platinum provides on-site training or outsources 
this where applicable. Learnership programmes are also in place 
at the operations.

92

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

Labour relations
Pan  African  Resources  complies  with  all  applicable  legislation 
and  bargaining  arrangements  and  in  addition,  each  operation 
has a strategic, proactive and consultative engagement process 
with unions and employees. Notwithstanding a volatile labour 
situation  in  the  South  African  mining  sector  in  the  year,  the 
group did not experience a single incident of organised labour 
unrest  at  any  operation,  which  we  attribute  to  the  success  of 
the above.

At Barberton Mines NUM represents 80% of the labour force. 
UASA  represents  the  officials,  artisans  and  miners.  Although 
Barberton  Mines  is  not  a  member  of  the  Chamber  of  Mines, 
it nonetheless uses many of its policies as guidance for its own 
procedures and policies. However, the mine conducts its own 
wage  negotiations,  which  were  successfully  concluded  during 
the  year  without  incident.  Barberton  Mines  currently  has  the 
presence of AMCU on the mine, although the union does not 
meet the recognition criteria at Barberton Mines there remains 
a risk of future industrial action regarding recognition.

At Evander Mines NUM represents 90% of the workforce, with 
UASA representing 8.5%.

100%  of  the  workforce  is  covered  by  collective  bargaining 
agreements. The mine is a member of the Chamber of Mines 
and in July 2013, was the first in the industry to sign a two-year 
wage agreement.

Phoenix  Platinum  employs  four  individuals,  all  in  management 
positions.  The  operations  at 
the  processing  plant  are 
outsourced to a specialist metallurgical company, Metanza, who 
is responsible for further employment at the operation.

The  group  has  committed  substantial  investment  to  upgrade 
and convert old hostels into single accommodation and family 
units, which is well underway at Evander Mines. In line with the 
Mining Charter scorecard, Barberton Mines recruits only from 
its labour setting – an area of high unemployment. The majority 
of Barberton Mines’ employees live off-mine.

Pan  African  Resources  recognises  that  it  has  a  responsibility 
beyond its own employees in the wider employment context. 
Accordingly,  wherever  possible  and  beyond  Barberton  Mines, 
the  group  employs  from  and  upskills  the  local  communities 
which surround its operations.

CSI
Our  CSI  focus  is  on  the  empowerment  of  the  communities 
surrounding  our  operations,  with 
specific  beneficiaries 
negotiated with local economic fora. The group targets 1% of 
NPAT for contribution to these beneficiaries, in addition to the 
per operation contributions.

Transformation
Pan  African 
genuine 
transformation  that  permeates  the  group  is  critical  for  the 
sustainability of its business in South Africa.

acknowledges 

integrating 

that 

In  August  2009  Shanduka  exchanged  its  shareholding  of  26% 
in  Barberton  Mines  for  21%  of  Pan  African  Resources  and 
further  acquired  an  additional  5%  in  the  group  from  Metorex 
for  cash,  taking  the  black-owned  and  managed  Shanduka  to  a 
26% shareholding in Pan African Resources. Black ownership in 
the group is therefore in line with Mining Charter requirements. 
Shanduka’s current shareholding at 30 June 2014 is 23.8%.

Shanduka is as a black-owned investment holding company with 
interests in a diverse portfolio of listed and private companies 
primarily  in  the  resources  and  food  and  beverage  industries. 
Its  investments  are  spread  across  South  Africa,  Mozambique, 
Mauritius, Ghana and Nigeria.

A  total  of  93.2%  of  the  group’s  4,426  average  number  of 
employees are black.

Keith Spencer
Chairman: SHEQC Committee

16 September 2014

S
S
T
T
C
C
A
A
P
P
M
M

I
I

R
R
U
U
O
O

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

93

 
 
ANNUAL
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audit Committee report 

Directors' report 

Independent auditor's report (UK) 

Independent auditor's report (SA) 

Certificate of the Company Secretary 

Consolidated and Company statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated and Company statement of financial position 

Consolidated and Company statement of changes in equity 

Consolidated and Company statement of cash flows 

Notes to the financial statements 

94

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

96

98

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

I
I

L
L
A
A
C
C
N
N
A
A
N
N
F
F

I
I

S
S
T
T
N
N
E
E
M
M
E
E
T
T
A
A
T
T
S
S

L
L
A
A
U
U
N
N
N
N
A
A

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014

95

 
 
 
 
AUDIT
COMMITTEE REPORT

Financial statements

accounting practices and internal control

Based on the available and communicated information, together 
with  discussions  with  the  independent  external  auditor,  the 
committee  is  satisfied  that  there  was  no  material  breakdown  in 
the  internal  accounting  controls  during  the  financial  year  under 
review.  The  committee  reviewed  the  auditor’s  report  to  those 
charged  with  governance  and  can  report  that  there  were  no 
material issues requiring immediate additional attention. The value 
added  issues  raised  are  receiving  the  appropriate  attention  to 
ensure increased effectiveness in all areas of financial and business 
systems and controls. 

On behalf of the Audit Committee

HH Hickey
Chairperson: Audit Committee

16 September 2014

The  committee  has  evaluated  the  group  and  company  financial 
statements  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  and,  based  on  the 
information provided to the committee, considers that the group 
and  company  complies,  in  all  material  respects,  with  the 
requirements of the Companies Act and IFRS. The requirements 
from  King  III  are  continuously  being  assessed  and  improved  on 
with significant issues resolved.

external auditor

The committee nominated  Deloitte LLP as the statutory auditor 
and Deloitte & Touche SA for JSE reporting requirement purposes, 
for reappointment as external auditors of Pan African Resources.

The committee satisfied itself through enquiry that the external 
auditors  are  independent  as  defined  by  the  UK  Companies  Act 
2006 and the standards stipulated by the auditing profession.

The Audit Committee, in consultation with executive management, 
agreed to the terms of engagement. The audit fee for the external 
audit  has  been  considered  and  approved  for  the  2014  financial 
year-end, taking into consideration such factors as the timing of 
the audit, the extent of the work required and the scope.

The  committee  approved  a  non-audit  services  policy  which 
determines  the  nature  and  extent  of  any  non-audit  services 
which Deloitte & Touche may provide to the company. The policy 
allows for limited tax and corporate governance advice as well as 
the provision of reporting accountant services in relation to capital 
market transactions.

Fd 

The  directors  have  considered  the  functioning  of  Pan  African 
Resources’  financial  department  and  believe  that  it  functions 
effectively, with the required controls and systems in place.

The committee has assessed and is satisfied that the FD, Cobus 
Loots,  has  the  appropriate  skill,  expertise  and  experience  as 
required by the JSE Listings Requirement 3.84(h).

internal auditor

The committee plays an oversight role of internal audit by approval 
of  the  internal  audit  plan  and  review  of  the  reporting  of  any 
findings on a regular basis. The committee satisfied itself that the 
internal  audit  function  is  independent  and  has  the  necessary 
resources, standing and authority to discharge its duties. The Head 
of Internal Audit has direct access to the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee and internal auditors are invited to attend each Audit 
Committee meeting.

96

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014DIRECTORS’
STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  adequate  accounting 
records  that  are  sufficient  to  show  and  explain  the  group’s 
transactions,  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the 
financial  position  of  the  group,  and  ensure  that  the  financial 
statements  comply  with  the  UK  Companies  Act  2006.  They 
are  also  responsible  for  safeguarding  the  assets  of  the  company 
and  therefore  for  taking  reasonable  steps  for  the  prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the company’s 
website. 

The directors are responsible for preparing the integrated annual 
report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulations.

Company  law  requires  the  directors  to  prepare  such  financial 
statements  for  each  financial  year  in  accordance  with  IFRS  as 
adopted  by  the  EU  and  Article  4  of  the  IAS  Regulation.  
The directors have also chosen to prepare the parent company 
financial  statements  under  IFRS  as  adopted  by  the  EU.  Under 
company law, the directors must not approve the accounts unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs  and  of  the  profit  or  loss  of  the  group  for  that  period. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination 
of  financial  statements  may  differ  from  legislation  in  other 
jurisdictions.

In  preparing  these  financial  statements,  the  IAS  requires  that 
directors:

•	 Properly	select	and	apply	accounting	policies.
•	 Present	information,	including	accounting	policies,	in	a	manner	
that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information.

•	 Provide	 additional	 disclosures	 when	 compliance	 with	 the	
specific requirements in IFRS are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events 
or  conditions  on  the  entity’s  financial  position  and  financial 
performance.

•	 Make	an	assessment	of	the	group’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	going	

concern.

97

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDIRECTORS’
REPORT

The directors present their annual report and the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2014.

principal activities

The group’s principal activity during the year was gold and PGE 
mining. A full review of the activities of the business and of future 
prospects  is  contained  in  the  CEO’s  report  that  accompanies 
these  financial  statements,  with  financial  and  non-financial  KPIs 
shown on page 26.

results and dividends 

The results for the year are disclosed in the consolidated statement 
of  comprehensive  income  on  page  103.  The  salient  features  of 
these results can be found on page 12.

The Pan African Resources board of directors previously stated 
the  company’s  policy  is  to  pay  an  annual  dividend,  and  have 
therefore proposed to declare a dividend in respect of the 2014 
financial year subject to the approval of the shareholders at the 
next AGM. Currently, with the satisfactory results from Barberton 
Mines  and  Evander  Mines,  the  board  remains  committed  to 
continue with the company’s dividend policy and had resumed the 
dividend payment as proposed in the 2013 financial year.

The board has proposed a dividend of approximately ZAR258.0 
million (GBP14.5 million1) for the 2014 financial year, equating to 
ZAR0.1410 per share (0.7898p per share1), resulting in a dividend 
cover of 1.8 times.  

The proposed final dividend is calculated on 1,829,994,763 issued 
shares currently outstanding and is to be approved by shareholders 
at the forthcoming AGM of the company. 

Note 1: The GBP proposed dividend was calculated based on an exchange rate 
of ZAR17.85:1. The UK shareholders are to note that a revised exchange rate 
will  be  communicated  prior  to  final  approval  at  the  AGM.  Therefore  the 
proposed dividend is approximately 0.7898p per share.

policy For payment oF creditors

It is the company’s policy to settle all agreed transactions within 
the terms established with suppliers. The company’s target credit 
days are 60 days.

risk management

The  key  business  risks  to  which  the  company  is  exposed  have 
been considered and addressed under the operational review of 
each business segment. Refer to page 48 for gold operations and 
page 54 for PGE operations. 

A separate risk committee is not considered necessary, as this role 
is  fulfilled  by  the  board,  its  sub-committees  and  executive 
management. The identification and management of critical risks is 
a strategic focus area for executive management, reviewed on a 
monthly basis and, together with action plans, reported regularly 
to  the  board.  Executive  management  has  the  ability  to  call  for 

emergency board meetings, should the need arise. Risk registers 
for each business segment are in place. The board has reviewed 
the  current  risks  to  the  business  and,  at  the  time  of  reporting, 
believes  that  the  current  business  risks  do  not  exceed  the  risk 
appetite of the group. 

Residual risks include the current South African labour market and 
associated  union  rivalry,  USD  gold  price,  USD/ZAR  exchange 
rate,  and  government  and  regulatory  frameworks,  as  well  as 
unforeseen natural disasters. 

The board believes that the current processes of identifying and 
dealing with risks are effective.

internal control

The board is responsible for maintaining a sound system of internal 
controls to safeguard shareholders’ investment and group assets. 
The  directors  monitor  the  operation  of  internal  controls.  The 
objective of the system is to safeguard group assets, ensure proper 
accounting  records  are  maintained  and  that  the  financial 
information used within the business and for publication is reliable. 
Any such system of internal control can only provide reasonable 
but not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Internal  financial  control  procedures  undertaken  by  the  board 
include:

•	 review	of	monthly	financial	reports	and	monitoring	performance;
•	 review	 of	 internal	 audit	 reports	 and	 follow-up	 action	 of	

weaknesses	identified	by	these	reports;

•	 review	of	competency	and	experience	of	senior	management	

staff;

•	 prior	approval	of	all	significant	expenditure,	including	all	major	

investment	decisions;	and

•	 review	and	debate	of	treasury	and	other	policies.

The  board  has  reviewed  the  operation  and  effectiveness  of 
the  group’s  system  of  internal  control  for  the  financial  year  and 
the period up to the date of approval of the financial statements.

political donations
The board confirms that no political donations were made and no 
political  expenditure  was  incurred  during  the  current  or  prior 
year. 

going concern

The board confirms that the business is a going concern and that 
it  has  reviewed  the  business’  working  capital  requirements  in 
conjunction with its future funding capabilities for at least the next 
12 months, and has found them to be adequate. The group has a 
revolving credit facility with Nedbank Limited, ABSA Limited and 
Rand Merchant Bank. The group at 30 June 2014 had unutilised 
RCF 
facilities  of  ZAR600  million  and  cash  on  hand  of 
ZAR101.2 million to assist in funding working capital requirements. 

98

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014Management  are  not  aware  of  any  material  uncertainties  which 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern. Should the need arise the group can cease most 
exploration and capital activities, and by doing so conserve cash. 

•	 each	director	has	taken	all	the	steps	that	he/she	ought	to	have	
taken as a director in order to make him/herself aware of any 
relevant  audit  information  and  to  establish  that  the  group’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

events aFter tHe reporting period

Rob  Still  resigned  as  a  non-executive  director  with  effect  from 
1 July 2014.

Rowan  Smith  was  appointed  as  an  independent  non-executive 
director, with effect from 8 September 2014.

On  29  August  2014,  Barberton  Mines  implemented  a  broad-
based employee ownership scheme (ESOP). A newly established 
employee  trust  will  own  5%  of  the  issued  share  capital  of 
Barberton Mines. The transaction was fully vendor financed on a 
notional basis by Barberton Mines, the preference share funding 
attracts market related returns and dilution effect to Pan African 
Resources is limited.

Peel Hunt LLP acted as joint broker during the year. With effect 
from 1 July 2014 the contract with FinnCap Ltd was terminated.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with S418 of the UK Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP and Deloitte & Touche South African have expressed 
their willingness to continue in office as auditors, and a resolution 
to reappoint it will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

approval oF Financial statements

The board of directors therefore approves the Integrated Report 
and associated Financial Statements.

By order of the board,

Post year end Bell Pottinger were appointed as investor relations 
consultants.

ron Holding
CEO 

directors

The following were directors during the year under review:

16 September 2014

KC Spencer (Chairman)*

P Mahanyele (Deputy chairman)

YB Sitole (resigned effective 30 September 2013)

JAJ Loots (FD) (appointed 1 October 2013)

RG Still (resigned 1 July 2014 subsequent to the financial year end)

HH Hickey

RA Holding (CEO) (appointed 9 September 2013)

T Mosololi (appointed 9 December 2013)

*  Independent  non-executive  director  per  King  III,  whilst  a  non-

executive director per AIM rules.

auditors

Deloitte  LLP  has  been  appointed  as  the  statutory  auditor  and 
Deloitte & Touche South Africa has been appointed as auditor for 
JSE reporting requirements until the conclusion of the next AGM.

Each of the persons who are directors at the date of approval of 
this annual report confirms that:

•	 so	far	as	each	director	is	aware,	there	is	no	relevant	information	

of	which	the	group’s	auditors	are	unaware	of;

99

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S
REPORT (UK)

independent auditor’s report to tHe memBers oF 
pan aFrican resources plc

opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the financial statements:

•	 give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	the	group’s	and	of	the	
parent company’s affairs as at 30 June 2014 and of the group’s 
and	the	parent	company’s	profit	for	the	year	then	ended;

•	 have	 been	 properly	 prepared	 in	 accordance	 with	 IFRSs	 as	

adopted	by	the	European	Union;	and

•	 have	 been	 prepared	 in	 accordance	 with	 the	 requirements	 of	

the Companies Act 2006.

opinion on other matter prescribed by the companies act 2006
In our opinion the information given in the Strategic Report and 
the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

matters on which we are required to report by exception
We  have  nothing  to  report  in  respect  of  the  following  matters 
where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

•	 adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	the	parent	
company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been 
received	from	branches	not	visited	by	us;	or

•	 the	parent	company	financial	statements	are	not	in	agreement	

with	the	accounting	records	and	returns;	or

•	 certain	disclosures	of	directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	

are	not	made;	or

•	 we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	

require for our audit.

timothy Biggs Fca (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
London, United Kingdom

16 September 2014

We have audited the financial statements of Pan African Resources 
PLC  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  which  comprise  the 
Consolidated  and  Company  Statement  of  Comprehensive 
Income,  the  Consolidated  and  Company  Statement  of  Financial 
Position, the Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements, 
the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity 
and the related notes 1 to 39. The financial reporting framework 
that  has  been  applied  in  their  preparation  is  applicable  law  and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union.

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state 
to  the  company’s  members  those  matters  we  are  required  to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To 
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility  to  anyone  other  than  the  company  and  the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

respective responsibilities of directors and auditor
As  explained  more  fully  in  the  Directors’  Responsibilities 
Statement,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion 
on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK  and  Ireland).  Those 
standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s 
Ethical Standards for Auditors.

scope of the audit of the financial statements
An  audit  involves  obtaining  evidence  about  the  amounts  and 
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance  that  the  financial  statements  are  free  from  material 
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to 
the  group’s  and  the  parent  company’s  circumstances  and  have 
been	 consistently	 applied	 and	 adequately	 disclosed;	
the	
reasonableness  of  significant  accounting  estimates  made  by  the 
directors;	and	the	overall	presentation	of	the	financial	statements.	
In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information 
in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies with the 
audited financial statements and to identify any information that is 
apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing 
the  audit.  If  we  become  aware  of  any  apparent  material 
misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for 
our report.

100

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated and separate financial statements 
present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  and 
separate  financial  position  of  Pan  African  Resources  PLC.  as  at 
30  June  2014,  and  its  consolidated  and  separate  financial 
performance  and  consolidated  and  separate  cash  flows  for  the 
year  then  ended  in  accordance  with  International  Financial 
Reporting Standards.

deloitte & touche
Registered Auditor

Per: MLE Tshabalala
Partner

16 September 2014

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S
REPORT (SA)

to tHe sHareHolders oF pan aFrican resources plc

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  and  separate  financial 
statements of Pan African Resources PLC. set out on pages 103 to 
157,  which  comprise  the  statements  of  financial  position  as  at 
30  June  2014,  and  the  statements  of  comprehensive  income, 
statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows for 
the  year  then  ended,  and  the  notes,  comprising  a  summary  of 
significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

directors’ responsibility for the consolidated and separate 
Financial statements
The company’s directors are responsible for the preparation and 
fair  presentation  of  these  consolidated  and  separate  financial 
statements  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards and for such internal control as the directors determine 
is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  consolidated  and 
separate  financial  statements  that  are  free  from  material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated 
and  separate 
financial  statements  based  on  our  audit. 
We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International 
Standards on Auditing. Those standards require that we comply 
with  ethical  requirements  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated and 
separate financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence 
about  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  and 
separate  financial  statements.  The  procedures  selected  depend 
on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks 
of material misstatement of the consolidated and separate financial 
statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk 
assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the 
entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated and 
separate financial statements in order to design audit procedures 
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose 
of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  entity’s 
the 
internal  control.  An  audit  also 
appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness 
of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the overall presentation of the consolidated and separate financial 
statements.

includes  evaluating 

101

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCERTIFICATE
OF THE COMPANY SECRETARY

I  hereby  certify  that  Pan  African  Resources  has  lodged  with  the  Registrar  of  Companies  all  such  returns  as  are  required  of  a  public 
company in terms of the UK Companies Act 2006. All such returns are true, correct and up to date.

st James’s corporate services limited
16 September 2014

102

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENT OF
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the year ended 30 June 2014

revenue
Gold sales
Platinum sales
Realisation costs

on-mine revenue
Gold cost of production
Platinum cost of production
Mining depreciation

mining profit
Other expenses
Bargain purchase gain
Loss in associate
Loss on disposal of asset held for sale
Impairments
Royalty costs

net income before finance income  
and finance costs
Finance income
Finance costs

profit before taxation
Taxation

profit after taxation

group

company

30 June 2014
 (audited)
£

30 June 2013
 (audited)
£

30 June 2014
 (audited)
£

30 June 2013
 (audited)
£

 150,288,898
 4,262,160
 (349,454)

 154,201,604
(103,099,110)
 (3,294,975)
 (10,023,361)

 37,784,158
 (1,449,853)
 –
 (173,177)
 (11,848)
 –
 (2,019,066)

 34,130,214
 687,185
 (878,064)

 33,939,335
 (7,154,742)

 129,277,438
 4,257,512
 (226,738)

 133,308,212
 (67,646,119)
 (3,535,046)
 (5,998,267)

 56,128,780
 (5,652,226)
 24,114,255
 (152,312)
 (586,138)
 (16,143,604)
 (3,198,622)

 54,510,133
 1,454,659
 (1,257,696)

 54,707,096
 (12,133,063)

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 (565,499)
 –
 (173,177)
 –
 –
 –

 (738,676)
 168,877
 (31)

 (569,830)
 145,372

 –
 (3,229,348)
 –
 (152,312)
 (586,138)
 (18,058,860)
 –

 (22,026,658)
 1,079,235
 –

 (20,947,423)
 289,876

 26,784,593

 42,574,033

 (424,458)

 (20,657,547)

notes

4
4

5
5
16,17

8
39
19
36
10

4
9

10
13

other comprehensive income  
(net of taxes):
items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit 
and loss
Other movements
Foreign currency translation differences

total comprehensive income  
for the year

profit attributable to:
Owners of the parent

total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent

Earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

 (5,529)
 (25,378,975)

 –
 (20,228,836)

 –
 1,071,988

 –
 (1,596,822)

 1,400,089

 22,345,197

 647,530

 (22,254,369)

 26,784,593

 26,784,593

 42,574,033

 42,574,033

 (424,458)

 (20,657,547)

 (424,458)

 (20,657,547)

 1,400,089

 1,400,089

 22,345,197

 22,345,197

 647,530

 647,530

 (22,254,369)

 (22,254,369)

14
14

 1.47
 1.46

 2.63
 2.62

–
–

–
–

103

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENT OF
FINANCIAL POSITION

at 30 June 2014

group

company

30 June 2014
 (audited)
£

30 June 2013
 (audited)
£

30 June 2014
 (audited)
£

30 June 2013
 (audited)
£

notes

assets
non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment and mineral rights
Other intangible assets
Deferred taxation
Goodwill
Investments
Investments in associate
Rehabilitation trust fund

current assets
Inventories
Receivables from other group companies
Current tax asset
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Non-current assets held for sale

total assets

eQuity and liaBilities
capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium
Translation reserve
Share option reserve
Retained income
Realisation of equity reserve
Merger reserve
Other reserves

16
17
29
18
19
19
20

21
35
26
22
23

36

24

 185,375,968
 214,330
 366,567
 21,000,714
 –
 1,009,545
 15,458,291

 209,489,677
 340,484
 312,798
 21,000,714
 –
 1,199,071
 16,973,713

 70,950
 23,108
 366,567
 –
 122,007,254
 1,009,429
 –

 85,141
 –
 267,281
 –
 122,007,254
 1,182,606
 –

 223,425,415

 249,316,457

 123,477,308

 123,542,282

 5,341,128
 –
 854,568
 11,696,380
 5,618,323

 23,510,399

 –

 6,595,740
 –
 1,479,339
 13,904,416
 4,768,916

 26,748,411

 213,191

 –
 22,455,618
 147,911
 60,426
 1,803,545

 24,467,500

 –

 –
 12,524,940
 –
 1,221,443
 3,304,949

 17,051,332

 –

 246,935,814

 276,278,059

 147,944,808

 140,593,614

 18,299,947
 94,792,516
 (47,545,320)
 1,154,891
 114,106,005
 (10,701,093)
 (10,705,308)
 (5,529)

 18,228,342
 94,515,562
 (22,166,345)
 1,031,955
 102,005,124
 (10,701,093)
 (10,705,308)
 –

 18,299,947
 94,792,516
 (5,682,886)
 1,016,661
 1,116,204
 –
 1,560,000
 –

 18,228,342
 94,515,562
 (6,754,874)
 897,658
 16,224,374
 –
 1,560,000
 –

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

 159,396,109

 172,208,237

 111,102,442

 124,671,062

total equity

Non-current liabilities
Long-term provisions
Long-term liabilities
Deferred taxation

current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current portion of long-term liabilities
Payable to other group companies
Current tax liability

 159,396,109

 172,208,237

 111,102,442

 124,671,062

27
28
29

25
28
35
26

 12,033,167
 8,141,317
 43,353,577

 14,821,152
 11,132,960
 54,049,440

 63,528,061 

 80,003,552 

 –
 153,721
 –

153,721

 17,219,749
 4,754,803
 –
 2,037,092

 23,202,052
 864,218
 –
 –

 803,607
 560,882
 35,324,156
 –

 24,011,644

 24,066,270

 36,688,645

 –
 390,681
 –

390,681

 1,758,875
 –
 13,772,996
 –

 15,531,871

total equity and liabilities

 246,935,814

 276,278,059

 147,944,808

 140,593,614

104

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014£

l
a
t
o
t

,

5
5
6
5
2
6
2
0
1

,

,

5
5
2
4
1
6
0
5

,

)
0
5
6
1
(

,

)
3
7
2
2
0
5

,

,

3
(

,

7
9
1
5
4
3
2
2

,

3
5
0
7
2
1

,

–

9
5
5

,

8
4
3

,

7
3
2
8
0
2
2
7
1

,

,

9
8
0
0
0
4
1

,

,

)
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
1
(

,

,

6
3
9
2
2
1

£

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

)
9
2
5
5
(

,

r
e
h
t
o

s
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

£

r
e
g
r
e
m

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

£

£

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

y
t
i
u
q
e

e
m
o
c
n

i

f

o

n
o
i
t
a
s
i
l
a
e
r

d
e
n
i
a
t
e
r

,

)
8
0
3
5
0
7
0
1
(

,

,

)
3
9
0
1
0
7
0
1
(

,

,

1
4
7
2
3
4
9
5

,

£

e
r
a
h
s

n
o
i
t
p
o

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

,

2
0
9
4
0
9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

,

)
8
0
3
5
0
7
0
1
(

,

,

)
3
9
0
1
0
7
0
1
(

,

–

–

)
0
5
6
1
(

,

3
3
0
4
7
5

,

,

2
4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

,

)
9
0
5
7
3
9
1
(

,

,

)
6
3
8
8
2
2
0
2
(

,

–

3
5
0
7
2
1

,

–

–

–

,

4
2
1
5
0
0
2
0
1

,

,

3
9
5
4
8
7
6
2

,

,

)
2
1
7
3
8
6
4
1
(

,

–

–

–

–

,

5
5
9
1
3
0
1

,

–

,

6
3
9
2
2
1

–

–

–

–

)
5
4
3

,

6
6
1
2
2
(

,

,

)
5
7
9
8
7
3
5
2
(

,

–

–

–

)
3
7
2
2
0
5

,

,

3
(

6
3
5

,

8
6
8

,

6
4

–

–

–

–

,

9
1
7
5
4
7
3

,

,

9
9
2
9
4
1
1
5

,

,

3
2
6
2
8
4
4
1

,

,

2
6
5
5
1
5
4
9

,

,

2
4
3
8
2
2
8
1

,

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4
5
9
6
7
2

,

5
0
6
1
7

,

2
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

p
u
o
r
g

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l

a
t
o
T

s
t
s
o
c

e
u
s
s
i

e
r
a
h
S

s
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

r
e
h
t
O

s
e
r
a
h
s

f

o

e
u
s
s
I

e
m
o
c
n

i

–

t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
e
s
a
b

e
r
a
h
S

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

r
o

f

e
g
r
a
h
c

3
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l

a
t
o
T

s
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

r
e
h
t
O

s
e
r
a
h
s

f

o

e
u
s
s
I

e
m
o
c
n

i

–

t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
e
s
a
b

e
r
a
h
S

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

r
o

f

e
g
r
a
h
c

i

d
a
p

s
d
n
e
d
v
D

i

i

£

£

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t

e
r
a
h
s

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

i

m
u
m
e
r
p

£

e
r
a
h
s

l
a
t
i
p
a
c

,

9
0
1
6
9
3
9
5
1

,

)
9
2
5

,

5
(

)
8
0
3

,

5
0
7

,

0
1
(

)
3
9
0
1
0
7

,

,

0
1
(

5
0
0

,

6
0
1
4
1
1

,

1
9
8

,

4
5
1
1

,

)
0
2
3

,

5
4
5
7
4
(

,

6
1
5

,

2
9
7

,

4
9

,

7
4
9
9
9
2

,

8
1

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

,

4
3
9
7
0
7
9
9

,

,

5
5
2
4
1
6
0
5

,

)
3
7
2
2
0
5

,

,

3
(

,

)
9
6
3
4
5
2
2
2
(

,

–

,

5
1
5
5
0
1

9
5
5

,

8
4
3

2
6
0
1
7
6

,

,

4
2
1

0
3
5
7
4
6

,

)
2
1
7

,

3
8
6

,

4
1
(

3
0
0
9
1
1

,

2
4
4

,

2
0
1
1
1
1

,

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

,

0
0
0
0
6
5
1

,

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0
0
0

,

0
6
5
1

,

0
0
0

,

0
6
5
1

,

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

,

5
1
5
5
0
1

–

,

1
2
9
1
8
8

,

6
3

,

3
4
1
2
9
7

,

)
2
5
0
8
5
1
5
(

,

–

–

,

)
7
4
5
7
5
6
0
2
(

,

–

–

–

–

)
2
2
8

,

6
9
5
1
(

,

,

9
9
2
9
4
1
1
5

,

–

–

)
3
7
2
2
0
5

,

,

3
(

6
3
5

,

8
6
8

,

6
4

–

–

–

,

9
1
7
5
4
7
3

,

,

3
2
6
2
8
4
4
1

,

2
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l

a
t
o
T

s
t
s
o
c

e
u
s
s
i

e
r
a
h
S

s
e
r
a
h
s

f

o

e
u
s
s
I

y
n
a
p
m
o
c

–

t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
e
s
a
b

e
r
a
h
S

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

r
o

f

e
g
r
a
h
c

e
m
o
c
n

i

4
7
3

,

4
2
2

,

6
1

8
5
6
7
9
8

,

)
4
7
8

,

4
5
7

,

6
(

2
6
5

,

5
1
5

,

4
9

2
4
3

,

8
2
2

,

8
1

3
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

–

–

)
8
5
4
4
2
4
(

,

)
2
1
7

,

3
8
6

,

4
1
(

–

–

–

–

–

3
0
0
9
1
1

,

–

–

–

–

,

8
8
9
1
7
0
1

,

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4
5
9
6
7
2

,

5
0
6
1
7

,

e
v

i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

l

a
t
o
T

s
t
s
o
c

e
u
s
s
i

e
r
a
h
S

s
e
r
a
h
s

f

o

e
u
s
s
I

e
m
o
c
n

i

i

d
a
p

s
d
n
e
d
v
D

i

i

–

t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
e
s
a
b

e
r
a
h
S

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

r
o

f

e
g
r
a
h
c

4
0
2

,

6
1
1
1

,

1
6
6

,

6
1
0
1

,

)
6
8
8

,

2
8
6

,

5
(

6
1
5

,

2
9
7

,

4
9

,

7
4
9
9
9
2

,

8
1

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

t
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

105

F
O
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
Y
N
A
P
M
O
C
D
N
A
D
E
T
A
D
L
O
S
N
O
C

I

I

Y
T
U
q
E
N

I

S
E
G
N
A
H
C

4
1
0
2

e
n
u

J

0
3

d
e
d
n
e

r
a
e
y

e
h
t

r
o

f

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF
CASHFLOWS

for the year ended 30 June 2014

net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

38

 22,170,353 

 48,265,537 

 (14,345,011)

 (757,723)

group

company

notes

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

investing activities

Additions to property, plant and equipment and 
mineral rights

Net cash outflows from the acquisition of Evander Mines
Additions to other intangible assets
Investments acquired
Loans (to)/from subsidiaries
Proceeds on disposals of assets
Funding of the rehabilitation trust fund

net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings
Borrowings repaid
Loans from subsidiaries
Shares issued
Share issue costs

16

 (21,461,839)

 (27,566,533)

 (37,748)

 (12,542)

17

28
28

24

 – 
 (38,617)
 – 
 – 
 145,366 
 – 

 (96,006,400)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 10,555 
 359,172 

 – 
 (25,359)
 – 
 (9,930,678)
 1,120 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 (72,026,895)
 9,415,791 
 – 
 – 

 (21,355,090)

 (123,203,206)

 (9,992,665)

 (62,623,646)

 22,955,725 
 (22,431,453)
 – 
 348,559 
 – 

 34,763,874 
 (22,545,100)
 – 
 50,614,255 
 (3,502,273)

 – 
 (233,386)
 21,551,160 
 348,559 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 50,614,255 
 (3,502,273)

net cash from financing activities

 872,831 

 59,330,756 

 21,666,333 

 47,111,982 

net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

 1,688,094 
 4,768,916 
 (838,687)

 (15,606,913)
 19,782,179 
 593,650 

 (2,671,343)
 3,304,949 
 1,169,939 

 (16,269,387)
 17,812,893 
 1,761,443 

cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

23

 5,618,323 

 4,768,916 

 1,803,545 

 3,304,949 

106

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the year ended 30 June 2014

1  general inFormation

Pan African Resources is a company incorporated in England and 
Wales under the Companies Act 2006. The company has a dual 
primary listing on the AIM of the LSE and JSE. The nature of the 
group’s  operations  and  its  principal  activities  relate  to  gold  and 
PGE  mining  and  exploration  activities.  The  financial  statements 
are presented in Pounds Sterling. Foreign operations are included 
in  accordance  with  the  policies  set  out  below.  The  individual 
financial  results  of  each  group  company  are  maintained  in  their 
functional currencies, which are determined by reference to the 
primary economic environment in which it operates.

For  the  purpose  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the 
results and financial position of each group company is expressed 
in Pounds Sterling. The financial statements have been prepared 
on the going concern basis.

The financial statements have also been prepared in accordance 
with the IFRS adopted by the EU and South Africa.

2  accounting policies
Basis of preparation and general information
The  annual  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  under  the 
historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments which 
are stated at fair value. The principal accounting policies are set 
out below and are consistent in all material respects with those 
applied in the previous year, except where otherwise indicated.

Historic reverse acquisition
On 31 July 2007 the company acquired 74% of Barberton Mines in 
a  share-for-share  transaction.  IFRS3  ‘Business  Combinations’ 
defines the acquirer in a business combination as the entity that 
obtains control. Accordingly, the combination was accounted for 
as a reverse acquisition.

going concern
The  financial  position  of  the  group,  its  cash  flows  and  liquidity 
position are described in these financial statements. In addition, 
note 30 to the financial statements includes the group’s objectives, 
policies	 and	 processes	 for	 managing	 its	 capital;	 its	 financial	 risk	
management	objectives;	details	of	its	financial	instruments	and	its	
exposure  to  credit,  foreign  currency,  commodity  price,  interest 
rate and liquidity risk.

Management is not aware of any material uncertainties which may 
cast significant doubt on the group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. Based on the current status of the group’s finances, the 
directors have formed a judgement, at the time of approving the 
financial statements, that there is a reasonable expectation that 
the  group  has,  or  will  have,  adequate  resources  to  enable  the 
group  to  continue  to  meet  its  financial  commitments  for  the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly, the directors continue to adopt 
the  going  concern  basis  in  preparing  the  financial  statements. 
Further details are provided in the going concern section of the 
Directors’ report.

new and revised iFrs’s not yet adopted.
The group applies all applicable IFRS in preparation of the financial 
statements. Consequently, all IFRS statements adopted by the EU 
that  were  effective  at  30  June  2014  and  are  relevant  to  its 
operations have been applied.

At  the  date  of  authorisation  of  these  financial  statements,  the 
following standards and interpretations, which have been applied 
in these financial statements, for the first time, were in issue and 
effective as at 30 June 2014.

new and revised international financial reporting standards in 
issue but not yet effective 
The company has not applied the following new and revised (or 
amended)  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  that  have 
been issued but are not yet effective. 

new and revised iFrs’s

effective date

IFRS 1

IFRS 1

IFRS 7

First-time adoption of international Financial reporting standards 
– Amendments for government loan with a below-market rate of 
interest when transitioning to IFRSs
First-time adoption of international Financial reporting standards 
– Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2009-2011 
Cycle (repeat application, borrowing costs)
Financial instruments: disclosures – Amendments enhancing 
disclosures about offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial instruments

IFRS 9
IFRS 10 consolidated Financial statements
IFRS 10 consolidated Financial statements – Amendments to transitional 

IFRS 11
IFRS 11

guidance
Joint arrangements
Joint arrangements – Amendments to transitional guidance

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

107

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014IFRS 12 disclosure of interests in other entities
IFRS 12 disclosure of interests in other entities – Amendments to 

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

IFRS 13
IAS 1

IAS 16

IAS 19
IAS 27
IAS 28
IAS 32

IAS 34

transitional guidance
Fair value measurement
presentation of Financial statements – Amendments resulting from 
Annual Improvements 2009 – 2011 Cycle (comparative information)
property, plant and equipment – Amendments resulting from 
Annual Improvements 2009 – 2011 Cycle (servicing equipment)
employee Benefits
separate Financial statements
investments in associates
Financial instruments: presentation – Amendments resulting from 
Annual Improvements 2009 – 2011 Cycle (tax effect of equity 
distributions
interim Financial reporting – Amendments resulting from Annual 
Improvements 2009 – 2011 Cycle (interim reporting of segment 
assets)

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following standards and interpretations, which have not been applied in 
these financial statements, were in issue and not yet effective as at 30 June 2014. 

new and revised iFrs’s

effective date

IFRS 2

IFRS 3

IFRS 3

IFRS 7

IFRS 8

IFRS 9

Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2010 – 2012 
Cycle (definition of ‘vesting condition’)
Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2010 – 2012 
Cycle (accounting for contingent consideration)
Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2011 – 2013 
Cycle (scope exception for joint ventures)
Deferral of mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 and amendments to 
transition disclosures
Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2010 – 2012 
Cycle (aggregation of segments, reconciliation of segment assets)
Original issue (classification and measurement of financial assets)

IFRS 9

Accounting for financial liabilities and derecognition

IFRS 9

Deferral of mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 and amendments to 
transition disclosures

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Contains no stated effective date and includes 
consequential amendments which remove the 
mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 (2010) and IFRS 9 
(2009), leaving the effective date open but allowing 
each version of the standard to be available for 
application
Contains no stated effective date and includes 
consequential amendments which remove the 
mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 (2010) and IFRS 9 
(2009), leaving the effective date open but allowing 
each version of the standard to be available for 
application
Contains no stated effective date and includes 
consequential amendments which remove the 
mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 (2010) and IFRS 9 
(2009), leaving the effective date open but allowing 
each version of the standard to be available for 
application

108

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014IFRS 9

IFRS 9

Reissue to incorporate a hedge accounting chapter and permit the 
early application of the requirements for presenting in other 
comprehensive income the ‘own credit’ gains or losses on financial 
liabilities designated under the fair value option without early 
applying the other requirements of IFRS 9

Finalised version, incorporating requirements for classification and 
measurement, impairment, general hedge accounting and 
derecognition.
Note: IFRS 9 (2014) supersedes IFRS 9 (2009), IFRS 9 (2010) and 
IFRS 9 (2013), but these standards remain available for application if 
the relevant date of initial application is before 1 February 2015.

IFRS 10 Amendments for investment entities
IFRS 11

Amendment requiring the acquirer of an interest in a joint 
operation in which the activity constitutes a business, as defined in 
IFRS 3 Business Combinations, to apply all of the principles on 
business combinations accounting in IFRS 3 

Contains no stated effective date and includes 
consequential amendments which remove the 
mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 (2010) and IFRS 9 
(2009), leaving the effective date open but allowing 
each version of the standard to be available for 
application
Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 
January 2018

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016

IFRS 12 Amendments for investment entities
IFRS 13 Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2011 – 2013 

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Cycle (scope of the portfolio exception in paragraph 52)

IFRS 14 Original issue
IFRS 15 Original issue
IAS 16

Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2010 – 2012 
Cycle (proportionate restatement of accumulated depreciation on 
revaluation)
Amendments resulting from clarification of acceptable methods of 
depreciation and amortisation (Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38)
Amendments to include ‘bearer plants’ within the scope of IAS 16 
rather than IAS 41
The narrow scope amendments apply to contributions from 
employees or third parties to defined benefit plans.  The objective 
of the amendments is to simplify the accounting for contributions 
that are independent of the number of years of employee service, 
for example, employee contributions that are calculated according 
to a fixed percentage of salary.
Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2010 – 2012 
Cycle (management entities)
Amendments for investment entities
Amendments reinstating the equity method as an accounting 
option for investments in in subsidiaries, joint ventures and 
associates in an entity’s separate financial statements
 Amendments regarding the sale or contribution of assets between 
an investor and its associate or joint venture
Amendments to application guidance on the offsetting of financial 
assets and financial liabilities
Amendments resulting from Recoverable Amount Disclosures

IAS 16

IAS 16

IAS 19

IAS 24

IAS 27
IAS 27

IAS 28

IAS 32

IAS 36

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014

109

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014IAS 38

IAS 38

IAS 39
IAS 40

Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2010-2012 
Cycle (proportionate restatement of accumulated depreciation on 
revaluation)
Amendments resulting from clarification of acceptable methods of 
depreciation and amortisation (Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38)
Amendments for novations of derivatives
Amendments resulting from Annual Improvements 2011-2013 Cycle 
(interrelationship between IFRS 3 and IAS 40)

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2016

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014
Annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014

IFRIC 21 Original issue

Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014

change in ownership interest
In terms of IAS 27, changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a 
subsidiary that do not result in a change of control are accounted 
for as equity transactions.

investment in associate
An associate is an entity over which the group and the company 
have  significant  influence  and  that  is  neither  a  subsidiary  nor  an 
interest in a joint venture.

In the company’s separate financial statements, an investment in 
associate  is  stated  at  fair  value  less  impairment  losses,  if  any. 
An  investment  in  associate  is  accounted  for  in  the  consolidated 
financial statements using the equity method of accounting. The 
investment in associate in the consolidated balance sheet is initially 
recognised  at  fair  value  and  adjusted  thereafter  for  the  post 
acquisition  change  in  the  group’s  share  of  net  assets  of  the 
investment.

property, plant and equipment
Mining assets
Mining assets, including mine development costs and mine plant 
facilities, are recorded at cost less provision for impairment and 
accumulated depreciation.

Expenditure  incurred  after  feasibility  stage  to  develop  new  ore 
bodies, to define mineralisation in existing ore bodies, to establish 
or  expand  productive  capacity  and  expenditure  designed  to 
maintain productive capacities, is capitalised within capital under 
construction until commercial levels of production are achieved. 
Capital  under  construction  is  not  depreciated.  All  revenue 
generated during the commissioning phase is capitalised back to 
the property, plant and equipment as per IAS16.

Mineral and surface rights
Mineral and surface rights are recorded at cost less provision for 
impairment and accumulated depreciation.

The  impact  of  the  adoption  of  the  above  standards  and 
interpretations still needs to be considered, but is not expected to 
have a material impact on the financial results.

Basis of consolidation
The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  financial 
statements of the company and entities controlled by the company 
(its subsidiaries) to 30 June each year. Control is achieved where 
the company has the power to govern the financial and operating 
policies of an investee enterprise so as to obtain benefits from its 
activities. The results of the subsidiaries acquired or disposed of 
during  the  year  are  included  in  the  consolidated  Statement 
of Comprehensive Income from the effective date of acquisition 
or  up  to  the  effective  date  of  disposal,  as  appropriate.  Inter-
company  transactions  and  balances  between  group  entities  are 
eliminated on consolidation.

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using 
the  purchase  method.  The  cost  of  a  business  combination  is 
measured  as  the  aggregate  of  the  fair  values  (at  the  date  of 
exchange)  of  assets  given,  liabilities  incurred  or  assumed,  and 
equity instruments issued by the group in exchange for control of 
the  acquiree.  The  acquiree’s  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and 
contingent  liabilities  that  meet  the  conditions  for  recognition 
under IFRS 3 Business Combinations are recognised at their fair 
values at the acquisition date, except for non-current assets (or 
disposal groups) that are classified as held-for-sale in accordance 
with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held-for-Sale and Discontinued 
Operations, which are recognised and measured at fair value less 
costs-to-sell.

Goodwill  arising  on  acquisitions  is  recognised  as  an  asset,  and 
initially  measured  at  cost,  being  the  excess  of  the  cost  of  the 
business combination over the group’s interest in the net fair value 
of  the  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities 
recognised. If, after reassessment, the group’s interest in the net 
fair  value  of  the  acquiree’s  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and 
contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business combination, 
the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss. The interest 
of minority shareholders in the acquiree is initially measured at the 
minority’s proportion of net fair value of the assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities recognised.

110

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014Land
Land is shown at cost and is not depreciated.

Gain or loss on disposal or retirement of assets.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of 
property,  plant  and  equipment  is  determined  as  the  difference 
between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and is recognised in profit or loss.

depreciation
Mining  assets,  mineral  and  surface  rights  mining  assets,  mine 
development  costs,  mineral  and  surface  rights  and  plant 
mine  facilities  are  depreciated  over  the  estimated  life  of  mine 
(‘LOM’)  to  their  residual  values  using  the  units-of-production 
method based, on estimated proven and probable ore reserves.

Other mining plant and equipment is depreciated on the straight-
line  basis  over  the  shorter  of  the  LOM  or  their  estimated 
useful lives.

depreciation of non-mining assets
Buildings  and  other  non-mining  assets  are  recorded  at  cost  and 
depreciated on the straight-line basis over their expected useful 
lives, which vary between three to ten years.

research, development, mineral exploration and evaluation 
costs
Research, development, mineral exploration and evaluation costs 
are  expensed  in  the  year  in  which  they  are  incurred  until  they 
result in projects that the group:

•	 Evaluate	as	being	technically	or	commercially	feasible;

•	 Has	sufficient	resources	to	complete	development;	and

•	 Can	demonstrate	will	generate	future	economic	benefits

Once these criteria are met, all directly attributable development 
costs  and  ongoing  mineral  exploration  and  evaluation  costs  are 
capitalised  within  other  intangible  assets.  Capitalisation  of  
pre-production expenditure ceases when the mining property is 
capable of commercial production.

Capitalised pre-production expenditure is assessed for impairment 
in accordance with the group accounting policy stated below.

impairment (except for goodwill)
At each Statement of Financial Position date, the group reviews 
the  carrying  amounts  of  its  tangible  and  intangible  assets  to 
determine whether there is any indication that those assets have 
suffered  an  impairment  loss.  If  any  such  indication  exists,  the 
recoverable amount of the asset being the higher of fair value less 
costs to sell or value in use is estimated in order to determine the 
extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to 
estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the group 
estimates  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit 
(“CGU”)  to  which  the  asset  belongs.  Impairment  losses  are 
immediately recognised as an expense. A reversal of an impairment 
loss is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

goodwill
Goodwill  arising  on  consolidation  represents  the  excess  of  the 
cost of acquisition over the group’s interest in the fair value of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary, associate or jointly-
controlled  entity  at  the  date  of  acquisition.  Goodwill  is  initially 
recognised  as  an  asset  at  cost  and  is  subsequently  measured  at 
cost less accumulated impairment losses.

For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  goodwill  is  allocated  to 
each of the group’s CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies 
of the combination. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated 
are  tested  for  impairment  annually,  or  more  frequently  when 
there  is  an  indication  that  the  CGU  may  be  impaired.  If  the 
recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount 
of the CGU, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the 
carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to 
the other assets of the CGU, pro rata on the basis of the carrying 
amount of each asset in the CGU. An impairment loss recognised 
for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period. On disposal of 
a subsidiary, associate or jointly-controlled entity, the attributable 
amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit 
or loss on disposal.

taxation
The charge for current tax is based on the results for the year as 
adjusted  for  items  which  are  non-deductible  or  disallowed.  It  is 
calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the Statement of Financial Position date.

Deferred tax is accounted for using the liability method in respect 
of  temporary  differences  arising  from  differences  between  the 
carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements 
and  the  corresponding  tax  basis  used  in  the  computation  of 
taxable profit. In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised 
for all taxable temporary differences, and deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will 
be available against which deductible temporary differences can 
be  utilised.  Such  assets  and  liabilities  are  not  recognised  if  the 
temporary  difference  arises  from  goodwill  or  from  the  initial 
recognition  (other  than  a  business  combination)  of  other  assets 
and  liabilities  in  a  transaction,  which  affects  neither  tax  nor 
accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to 
apply  to  the  period  when  the  asset  is  realised  or  the  liability  is 
settled, based on tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the Statement of Financial Position date. 
The  measurement  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  reflects 
the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which 
the  group  expects,  at  the  reporting  date,  to  recover  or  settle 
the  carrying  amount  of  its  assets  and  liabilities.  Deferred  tax  is 
charged or credited to the Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
except  when  it  relates  to  items  credited  or  charged  directly  to 
equity,  in  which  case  the  deferred  tax  is  also  recorded  within 
equity,  or  where  they  arise  from  the  initial  accounting  for  a 

111

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014business combination. In a business combination, the tax effect is 
taken  into  account  in  calculating  goodwill  or  in  determining  the 
excess  of  the  acquirer’s  interest  in  the  net  fair  value  of  the 
acquiree’s  identifiable  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities 
over the cost of the business combination.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each 
Statement  of  Financial  Position  date  and  reduced  to  the  extent 
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be 
available to allow all or parts of the assets to be recovered.

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount 
of  associated  VAT,  unless  VAT  incurred  is  not  recoverable  from 
the taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the 
cost  of  acquisition  of  the  asset  or  as  part  of  the  expense. 
Receivables  and  payables  are  stated  inclusive  of  the  amount  of 
VAT receivable or payable. The net amount of VAT recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other 
receivables  or  payables  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
financial position.

provisions
Provisions  are  recognised  when  the  group  has  a  legal  or 
constructive obligation resulting from past events, it is probable 
that  an  outflow  of  resources  embodying  economic  benefits  will 
be  required  to  settle  the  obligation  and  a  reliable  estimate  can 
be made of the amount of the obligation.

The  amount  recognised  as  a  provision  is  the  best  estimate  of 
the  consideration  required  to  settle  the  present  obligation  at 
the Statement of Financial Position date, taking into account the 
risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a 
provision  are  expected  to  be  received  from  a  third  party,  the 
receivable  is  recognised  as  an  asset  if  it  is  virtually  certain  that 
reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable 
can be measured reliably.

lease assets
The group leases certain property plant and equipment. A lease is 
classified as a finance lease if it transfers substantially all the risks 
and rewards incidental to ownership to the group. Other leases 
are classified as operating leases.

Finance lease assets are capitalised at the lease’s commencement 
at  the  lower  of  the  fair  value  of  the  leased  property  and  the 
present value of the minimum lease payments.

operating leases
Operating  lease  payments  are  recognised  as  an  expense  on  a 
straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the 
amounts recognised as an expense and the contractual payments 
are recognised as an operating lease liability.

Foreign currencies
Transactions  in  currencies  other  than  the  functional  currency 
of  the  relevant  subsidiary  are  initially  recorded  at  the  rates 
of  exchange  ruling  on  the  dates  of  the  transactions.  Monetary 
assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  such  other  currencies  are 
translated at the rates ruling at the Statement of Financial Position 
date. Profits and losses arising on exchange are recorded in the 
Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income.  In  order  to  hedge  its 
exposure  to  foreign  exchange  risks,  the  group  may  enter  into 
forward  contracts.  On  consolidation,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of 
the group’s foreign operations are translated into Pounds Sterling 
at  exchange  rates  ruling  at  the  Statement  of  Financial  Position 
date.  Income  and  expense  items  are  translated  at  the  average 
exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences arising from 
the translation of foreign operations are classified as equity and 
are recognised as income or expenses in the period in which the 
operation is disposed of. Translation differences on foreign loans 
to  subsidiaries  which  are  classified  as  equity  loans  are  also 
accounted for as equity.

inventories
Inventories  include  the  gold  bullion  on  hand,  PGE  concentrate, 
gold or PGE in process and consumable stores.

Bullion on hand and PGE concentrate are valued at the lower of 
cost, determined on a weighted-average basis, and net realisable 
value. Costs include direct mining costs and mine overheads.

Gold or PGE in process inventories represent materials that are 
currently in the process of being converted to a saleable gold or 
PGE product. The gold or PGE in process inventories are valued 
only if they are reliably measurable and are valued at the average 
cost of the material fed to process plus the in-process conversion 
costs.

Consumable stores are valued at the lower of cost, determined on 
a  weighted  average  basis,  and  estimated  net  realisable  value. 
Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all 
estimated  costs  of  completion  and  costs  to  be  incurred  in 
marketing,  selling  and  distribution.  Obsolete  and  slow-moving 
consumable stores are identified and are written down to their 
economic or realisable values.

retirement and pension benefits
Payments  to  defined  contribution  retirement  benefit  plans  are 
charged as an expense as they fall due. Payments made to state-
managed  schemes  are  dealt  with  as  defined  contribution  plans 
where the group’s obligations under the schemes are equivalent 
to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit plan 
and are charged as an expense as they fall due.

post-retirement benefits other than pension
Historically  Barberton  Mines  and  Evander  Mines  provided 
retirement benefits by way of medical aid scheme contributions 
for  certain  employees.  The  practice  has  been  discontinued  for 

112

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014some  years.  The  net  present  value  of  estimated  future  costs  of 
company  contributions  towards  medical  aid  schemes  for  these 
retirees  is  recorded  as  a  provision  on  the  group  Statement  of 
Financial  Position.  The  provision  is  reviewed  annually  with 
movements  in  the  provision  recorded  in  the  Statement  of 
Comprehensive Income.

equity participation plan
Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured 
at  the  fair  value  of  the  equity  instruments  at  the  grant  date. 
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the 
vesting period, based on the group’s estimate of equity instruments 
that will eventually vest. At each Statement of Financial Position 
date,  the  group  revises  its  estimate  of  the  number  of  equity 
instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of the 
original  estimates,  if  any,  is  recognised  in  the  Statement  of 
Comprehensive Income such that the cumulative expense reflects 
the  revised  estimate,  with  corresponding  adjustments  to  the 
equity-settled employee benefits reserve.

cash participation plan
Cash-settled share-based payments to employees are measured 
at the fair value of the cash instruments at the grant date. The fair 
value determined at the grant date of the cash-settled share based 
payments  is  expensed  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  vesting 
period, based on the company’s estimate of cash instruments that 
will eventually vest. At each Statement of Financial Position date, 
the company revises its estimate of the number of cash instruments 
expected  to  vest.  The  impact  of  the  revision  of  the  original 
estimates, if any, is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income  such  that  the  cumulative  expense  reflects  the  revised 
estimate,  with  corresponding  adjustments  to  the  cash-settled 
employee benefits liability.

provision for environmental rehabilitation costs
Long-term  environmental  obligations  are  based  on  Barberton 
Mines, Evander Mines and Phoenix Platinum environmental plans, 
in  compliance  with  current  environmental  and  regulatory 
requirements. The provision is based on the net present value of 
the  estimated  cost  of  restoring  the  environmental  disturbance 
that has occurred up to the Statement of Financial Position date. 
Increases  due  to  additional  environmental  disturbances  are 
capitalised and amortised over the remaining lives of the mines. 
The  estimated  cost  of  rehabilitation  is  reviewed  annually  and 
adjusted  as  appropriate  for  changes  in  legislation  or  technology. 
Cost estimates are not reduced by the potential proceeds from 
the sale of assets or from plant clean up at closure.

contributions to rehabilitation trust
to  a  dedicated  environmental 
Contributions  are  made 
rehabilitation  trust  to  fund  the  estimated  cost  of  rehabilitation 
during and at the end of the life of the group’s mines. The trust’s 
assets  are  recognised  separately  on  the  Statement  of  Financial 
Position  as  non-current  assets  at  fair  value.  Interest  earned  on 

funds invested in the environmental rehabilitation trust is accrued 
on  a  time  proportion  basis  and  credited  to  the  provision  for 
environmental rehabilitation costs.

provision for decommissioning costs
The  group  provides  for  decommissioning  costs  other  than 
rehabilitation  costs,  if  any,  when  the  directors  have  prepared  a 
detailed plan for closure of the particular operation, the remaining 
life of which is such that significant changes to the plan are unlikely, 
and the directors have raised a valid expectation in those affected 
that it will carry out the closure by starting to implement that plan 
or announcing its main features to those affected by it.

revenue recognition
Sales represents the value of minerals sold, excluding value-added 
tax,  and  is  recognised  when  goods  are  delivered  and  risk  and 
reward  has  passed,  and  is  measured  at  the  fair  value  of  the 
consideration received or receivable. Interest income is accrued 
on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at 
the  interest  rates  applicable,  which  is  the  rate  that  exactly 
discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life 
of the financial asset to that asset’s net carrying amount. Dividend 
income  from  investments  is  recognised  when  the  shareholders’ 
rights  to  receive  payment  have  been  established.  Revenue  is 
recognised when the buyer takes title, provided that:

(a)	it	is	probable	that	delivery	will	be	made;

(b) the  item  is  on  hand,  identified  and  ready  for  delivery  to  the 

buyer	at	the	time	the	sale	is	recognised;

(c) the  buyer  specifically  acknowledges  the  deferred  delivery 

instructions;	and

(d) the usual payment terms apply.

loans and receivables
Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed or 
determinable  payments  and  that  are  not  quoted  in  an  active 
market are classed as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables 
are  measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest 
method, less impairment if necessary. Interest income is recognised 
by  applying  the  effective  interest  rate,  except  for  short-term 
receivables, when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

impairment of financial assets
Financial assets, other than those at Fair Value Through Profit and 
Loss (“FVTPL”), are assessed for indicators of impairment at each 
Statement of Financial Position date. Financial assets are impaired 
where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more 
events  that  occurred  after  the  initial  recognition  of  the  financial 
asset, the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have 
been negatively impacted.

derecognition of financial assets
The group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual 
rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers 
the  financial  asset  and  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of 

113

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014ownerships  of  the  asset  to  another  entity.  If  the  group  neither 
transfers  nor  retains  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of 
ownership  and  continues  to  control  the  transferred  asset,  the 
group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated 
liability  for  amounts  it  may  have  to  pay.  If  the  group  retains 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred 
financial asset, the group continues to recognise the financial asset 
and  also  recognises  a  collateralised  borrowing  for  the  proceeds 
received.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments issued by the group
Classification as debt or equity
Debt  and  equity  instruments  are  classified  as  either  financial 
liabilities  or  as  equity  in  accordance  with  the  substance  of  the 
contractual arrangement.

Equity instruments
An  equity  instrument  is  any  contract  that  evidences  a  residual 
interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. 
Equity  instruments  issued  by  the  group  are  recorded  at  the 
proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities
Financial  liabilities  are  classified  as  either  financial  liabilities  at 
FVTPL or “other financial liabilities”.

Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Financial  liabilities  are  classified  as  at  FVTPL  where  the  financial 
liability is either held-for-trading or it is designated as at FVTPL.

A financial liability is classified as held-for-trading if:

•	 It	has	been	incurred	principally	for	the	purpose	of	repurchasing	

in	the	near	future;	or

•	 It	is	part	of	an	identified	portfolio	of	financial	instruments	that	
the group manages together and has a recent actual pattern of 
short-term	profit-taking;	or

•	 It	is	a	derivative	that	is	not	designated	and	effective	as	a	hedging	

instrument.

A  financial  liability  other  than  a  financial  liability  held-for-trading 
may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:

•	 Such	 designation	 eliminates	 or	

significantly	

measurement  or 
otherwise	arise;	or

recognition 

inconsistency 

reduces	 a	
that  would 

•	 The	financial	liability	forms	part	of	a	group	of	financial	assets	or	
financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance 
is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the group’s 
documented  risk  management  or  investment  strategy,  and 
information  about  the  grouping  is  provided  internally  on  that 
basis;	or

•	 It	forms	part	of	a	contract	containing	one	or	more	embedded	
derivatives, and IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement permits the entire combined contract (asset or 
liability) to be designated as at FVTPL.

Financial  liabilities  at  FVTPL  are  stated  at  fair  value,  with  any 
resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss. The net gain or 
loss recognised in profit or loss incorporates any interest paid on 
the financial liability. The group has no financial liabilities classified 
as FVTPL.

Other financial liabilities
Other  financial  liabilities  are  initially  valued  at  fair  value  and 
subsequently  measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective 
interest  method,  with  interest  recognised  on  an  effective  yield 
basis.

The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of  calculating  the 
amortised  cost  of  a  financial  liability  and  of  allocating  interest 
expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the 
rate that discounts the estimated future cash payments through 
the  expected  life  of  the  financial  liability  or,  where  appropriate, 
a shorter period.

Derecognition of financial liabilities
The group derecognises financial liabilities only when the group’s 
obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire.

Derivative financial instruments
In the ordinary course of its operations, the group may enter into 
a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure 
to  commodity  prices,  volatility  of  interest  rates  and  foreign 
exchange rate risk.

Derivatives are initially recognised at cost at the date a derivative 
contract  is  entered  into  and  are  subsequently  re-measured  to 
their  fair  value  at  each  Statement  of  Financial  Position  date. 
The  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognised  in  Statement  of 
Comprehensive  Income  immediately  unless  the  derivative  is 
designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event 
the  timing  of  the  recognition  in  Statement  of  Comprehensive 
Income  depends  on  the  nature  of  the  hedge  relationship.  A 
derivative  is  presented  as  a  non-current  asset  or  a  non-current 
liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 
12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 
12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or 
current liabilities.

Hedge accounting
The  group  may  designate  certain  hedging  instruments,  which 
include derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in 
respect of foreign currency risk, as either fair value hedges, cash 
flow hedges, or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. 
Hedges  of  foreign  exchange  risk  or  firm  commitments  are 
accounted for as cash flow hedges. At the inception of the hedge 
relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the 
hedging  instrument  and  the  hedged  item,  along  with  its  risk 
management  objectives  and  its  strategy  for  undertaking  various 
hedge  transactions.  Furthermore,  at  the  inception  of  the  hedge 
and  on  an  ongoing  basis,  the  group  documents  whether  the 

114

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is effective 
in  offsetting  changes  in  fair  values  or  cash  flows  of  the  hedged 
item.

Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of any derivatives that are designated and 
qualify  as  fair  value  hedges  are  recorded  in  profit  or  loss 
immediately,  together  with  any  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the 
hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk. The change 
in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedging  instrument  and  the  change  in 
the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognised in 
the  line  of  the  Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income  relating  to 
the  hedged  item.  Hedge  accounting  is  discontinued  when 
the group revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for hedge accounting. The adjustment to the carrying amount of 
the hedged item arising from the hedged risk is amortised to profit 
or loss from that date.

Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of any derivatives 
that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are deferred in 
equity.  The  gain  or  loss  relating  to  the  ineffective  portion  is 
recognised  immediately  in  profit  or  loss,  and  is  included  in  the 
“other gains and losses” line of the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income. Amounts deferred in equity are recycled in profit or loss 
in  the  periods  when  the  hedged  item  is  recognised  in  profit  or 
loss, in the same line of the Statement of Comprehensive Income 
as  the  recognised  hedged  item.  However,  when  the  forecast 
transaction  that  is  hedged  results  in  the  recognition  of  a  
non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses 
previously  deferred  in  equity  are  transferred  from  equity  and 
included  in  the  initial  measurement  of  the  cost  of  the  asset  or 
liability. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the group revokes 
the  hedging  relationships,  the  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is 
sold,  terminated,  or  exercised,  or  no  longer  qualifies  for  hedge 
accounting. Any cumulative gain or loss deferred in equity at that 
time  remains  in  equity  and  is  recognised  when  the  forecast 
transaction  is  ultimately  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.  When  a 
forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative 
gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised immediately 
in profit or loss.

cash and cash equivalents
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash-on-hand  and  demand 
deposits, and other short-term highly-liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to 
an insignificant risk of changes in value.

non-current assets held-for-sale
A  non-current  asset  is  designated  as  held-for-sale  when  its 
carrying  amount  will  be  recovered  principally  through  a  sale 
transaction  rather  than  through  continuing  use  and  the  asset  is 
available for immediate sale in its present condition and the sale is 

highly probable. A sale is considered highly probable if management 
is  committed  to  a  plan  to  sell  the  non-current  asset,  an  active 
divestiture programme has been initiated, the non-current assets 
is marketed at a price reasonable to its fair value and the disposal 
is expected to be completed within one year from classification. 
Non-current assets held-for-sale are stated at lower of carrying 
value and fair value less cost to sell and are reviewed for impairment 
at each subsequent reporting date.

At  the  time  of  classification  as  held-for-sale,  these  assets  are 
reviewed for impairment. The impairment charged to the income 
statement is the excess of the carrying value of the non-current 
asset and its expected net selling price (fair value less costs to sell). 
At  each  subsequent  reporting  date,  the  carrying  values  are 
reassessed  for  possible  impairment.  A  reversal  of  impairment  is 
recognised for any subsequent increase in net selling price but not 
in  excess  of  the  cumulative  impairment  loss  already  recognised. 
No depreciation is provided on non-current assets from the date 
they are classified as held-for-sale.

segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the 
internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. 
The  chief  operating  decision-maker,  who  is  responsible  for 
allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating 
segments,  has  been  identified  as  the  Pan  African  Resources’ 
executive committee. Management has determined the operating 
segments  of  the  group  based  on  the  reports  reviewed  by  the 
executive  committee  that  are  used  to  make  strategic  decisions. 
The  executive  committee  considers  the  business  principally 
according to the nature of the products and service provided, with 
the segment representing a strategic business unit. The reportable 
operating  segments  derive  their  revenue  primarily  from  mining, 
extraction, production and selling of gold and 6PGEs.

3 

 critical accounting estimates 
and Judgements

In preparing the annual financial statements in terms of IFRS, the 
group’s  management  is  required  to  make  certain  judgements, 
estimates  and  assumptions  that  may  materially  affect  reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial 
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expense 
during the reported year and the related disclosures. The estimates 
and judgements are based on historical experience, current and 
expected  future  economic  conditions  and  other  factors.  Actual 
results may differ from these estimates.

critical accounting estimates and judgements made by 
management
The following judgements, that have the most significant effect on 
the  amounts  recognised  in  the  financial  statements,  have  been 
made  by  management  in  the  process  of  applying  the  group’s 
accounting policies:

115

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014•	 Estimates	 made	 in	 determining	 the	 present	 obligation	 of	
including  decommissioning  and 
environmental  provisions 
rehabilitation  (this  includes  the  scope  and  timing  of  work 
required,	the	related	costs	and	the	discount	rate	used);

•	 Estimates	 made	 in	 determining	 the	 recoverable	 amount	 of	
assets,  this  includes  the  estimation  of  cash  flows  and  the 
discount  rates  used  (including 
levels, 
commodity	price	and	costs);

future  production 

•	 Estimates	made	in	determining	the	life	of	the	mines:

•	 The	 LOM	 is	 determined	 from	 development	 plans	 based	 on	
mine  management’s  estimates  and  includes  total  mineral 
reserve and a portion of the mineral resource. These plans are 
updated  from  time  to  time  and  take  into  consideration  the 
actual  current  cost  of  extraction,  as  well  as  certain  forward 
projections. These projections are reviewed by the board.

•	 Estimates	made	of	legal	or	constructive	obligations	resulting	in	
the  raising  of  provisions,  and  the  expected  date  of  probable 
outflow of economic benefits to assess whether the provision 
should	be	discounted;	and

•	 Estimates	of	mineral	resources	and	ore	reserves	in	accordance	
with the SAMREC Code (2000) for South African properties. 
Such  estimates  relate  to  the  category  for  the  resource 
(measured, indicated or inferred), the quantum and the grade.

•	 Estimates	of	the	recoverability	of	goodwill	and	intangible	assets;

•	 Estimates	of	the	fair	value	of	assets	at	acquisition	are	made	in	
accordance  with  IFRS  and  take  into  account  the  replacement 
value	of	assets;

•	 Estimates	 involved	 in	 feasibility	 studies	 related	 to	 exploration	
and growth projects and hence the recoverability of any related 
capital	expenditure;	and

•	 Estimates	 made	 in	 determining	 the	 fair	 values	 of	 assets	 and	
liabilities at acquisition in terms of IFRS 3 business combinations 
to recognise goodwill or gains on bargain purchases.

116

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 20144

revenue

Gold sales
Platinum sales

Finance income

5

cost oF production
gold cost of production
Salaries and wages
Mining
Processing
Engineering and technical services
Electricity
Security
Inventory valuation adjustment
Administration and other

platinum cost of production
Salaries and wages
Mining
Other plant operation costs
Electricity
Refining	costs

group

company

year ended
 30 June 2013
£

year ended
 30 June 2014
£

year ended
 30 June 2013
£

year ended
 30 June 2014
£

 150,288,898 
 4,262,160 

 154,551,058 
 687,185 

 129,277,438 
 4,257,512 

 133,534,950 
 1,454,659 

 155,238,243 

 134,989,609 

 (48,504,902)
 (11,303,131)
 (11,468,725)
 (8,921,246)
 (14,817,185)
 (2,339,247)
 (358,291)
 (5,386,383)

 (33,352,148)
 (10,020,621)
 (4,460,161)
 (5,165,876)
 (8,993,056)
 (3,476,653)
 – 
 (2,177,604)

 (103,099,110)

 (67,646,119)

 (824,052)
 (973,840)
 (1,127,674)
 (205,782)
 (163,627)

 (973,776)
 (655,780)
 (1,544,243)
 (219,661)
 (141,586)

 (3,294,975)

 (3,535,046)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 168,877 

 168,877 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 1,079,235 

 1,079,235 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

117

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 20146

segmental analysis

A segment is a distinguishable component of the group that is engaged in providing products or services in a particular business 
sector or segment, which is subject to risks and rewards that are different to those of other segments. The group’s business activities 
were conducted through five business segments:

•	 Barberton	Mines,	located	in	Barberton	South	Africa,	derives	revenue	from	the	sale	of	gold	to	a	single	customer,	Rand	Refinery	

Pty Ltd (“Rand Refinery”).

•	 Evander	Gold	Mining	Pty	Ltd	and	Evander	Gold	Mines	Ltd	(“Collectively	known	as	Evander	Mines”),	located	in	Evander	South	

Africa, derive revenue from the sale of gold to a single customer, Rand Refinery.

•	 Phoenix	Platinum,	located	in	the	North	West	province	in	South	Africa,	derives	revenue	from	the	sale	of	PGE	concentrate	to	

Western Platinum Ltd (a subsidiary of Lonmin PLC).

•	 Corporate	office	and	growth	projects,	which	includes	Auroch	investments,	derives	revenue	from	management	fees	resulting	from	
providing  management  services  and  administration  to  other  group  companies.  Management  fee  income  is  disclosed  in  other 
expenses (Refer to note 8).

•	 Pan	African	Resources	Funding	Company	Pty	Ltd,	previously	known	as	Firefly	Investments	248	Pty	Ltd	(“Funding	Company”).

The EXCO reviews the operations in accordance with the disclosures presented below.

 2014

revenue
Gold sales**
Platinum sales
Realisation costs

on-mine revenue
Cost of production
Depreciation

 Barberton 
mines 
 £

 evander 
mines 
 £

 phoenix 
platinum 
 £

 89,520,058 
 – 
 (269,403)

 60,768,840 
 – 
 (80,051)

 – 
 4,262,160 
 – 

 89,250,655 
 60,688,789 
 (48,989,722)  (54,109,388)
 (5,558,837)
 (3,905,925)

 4,262,160 
 (3,294,975)
 (558,599)

 corporate 
office and 
growth 
projects 
 £

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 Funding 
company*** 

 £

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

mining profit
Other expenses*
Bargain purchase
Loss from associate
Loss on disposal of asset held for sale
Impairment costs
Royalty costs

 36,355,008 
 (1,704,438)
 – 
 – 
 (11,848)
 – 
 (2,185,136)

 1,020,564 
 857,879 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 166,070 

net income/(loss) before finance 
income and finance costs
Finance income
Finance costs

profit/(loss) before taxation
Taxation 

 32,453,586 
 173,405 
 (35,333)

 2,044,513 
 344,903 
 (7,743)

 32,591,658 
 (8,969,604)

 2,381,673 
 1,828,847 

 408,586 
 (20,576)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 388,010 
 – 
 – 

 388,010 
 (172,379)

 – 
 (566,710)
 – 
 (173,177)
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 (16,008)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 (739,887)
 168,877 
 (31)

 (16,008)
 – 
 (834,957)

 (571,041)
 145,372 

 (850,965)
 13,022 

 group 
 £

 150,288,898 
 4,262,160 
 (349,454)

 154,201,604 
 (106,394,085)
 (10,023,361)

 37,784,158 
 (1,449,853)
 – 
 (173,177)
 (11,848)
 – 
 (2,019,066)

 34,130,214 
 687,185 
 (878,064)

 33,939,335 
 (7,154,742)

profit/(loss) after taxation

 23,622,054 

 4,210,520 

 215,631 

 (425,669)

 (837,943)

 26,784,593 

*  Other expenses exclude inter-company management fees and dividends.
**	 All	gold	sales	were	made	in	the	Republic	of	South	Africa	and	the	majority	of	revenue	(more	than	90%)	was	generated	from	a	single	customer,	Rand	Refinery.
***	 The	Funding	Company	was	established	during	the	2013	financial	year	with	effect	from	1	March	2013.

118

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 2013

revenue
Gold sales**
Platinum sales
Realisation costs

on-mine revenue
Cost of production
Depreciation

mining profit
Other expenses*
Bargain purchase
Loss from associate
Loss on disposal of asset held for sale
Impairment costs
Royalty costs

net income/(loss) before finance 
income and finance costs
Finance income
Finance costs

 Barberton 
mines 
 £

 evander 
mines 
 £

 phoenix 
platinum 
 £

 97,564,881 
 – 
 (179,270)

 31,712,557 
 – 
 (47,468)

 – 
 4,257,512 
 – 

 97,385,611 
 (47,739,505)
 (3,000,640)

 31,665,089 
 (19,906,614)
 (2,056,566)

 4,257,512 
 (3,535,046)
 (941,061)

 corporate 
office and 
growth 
projects 
 £

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 Funding 
company*** 

 £

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 46,645,466 
 (2,188,879)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (2,450,476)

 9,701,909 
 (8,783)
 24,114,255 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (748,146)

 (218,595)
 (221,604)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (2,495,480)
 – 

 – 
 (3,231,154)
 – 
 (152,312)
 (586,138)
 (13,648,124)
 – 

 – 
 (1,806)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 group 
 £

 129,277,438 
 4,257,512 
 (226,738)

 133,308,212 
 (71,181,165)
 (5,998,267)

 56,128,780 
 (5,652,226)
 24,114,255 
 (152,312)
 (586,138)
 (16,143,604)
 (3,198,622)

 42,006,111 
 77,463 
 (107,810)

 33,059,235 
 283,229 
 (296,888)

 (2,935,679)
 – 
 – 

 (17,617,728)
 1,093,967 
 – 

 (1,806)
 – 
 (852,998)

 54,510,133 
 1,454,659 
 (1,257,696)

profit/(loss) before taxation
Taxation 

 41,975,764 
 (11,408,506)

 33,045,576 
 (962,917)

 (2,935,679)
 (24,863)

 (16,523,761)
 286,257 

 (854,804)
 (23,034)

 54,707,096 
 (12,133,063)

profit/(loss) after taxation

 30,567,258 

 32,082,659 

 (2,960,542)

 (16,237,504)

 (877,838)

 42,574,033 

*  Other expenses exclude inter-company management fees and dividends.
**	 All	gold	sales	were	made	in	the	Republic	of	South	Africa	and	the	majority	of	revenue	(more	than	90%)	was	generated	from	a	single	customer,	Rand	Refinery.
***	 The	Funding	Company	was	established	during	the	2013	financial	year	with	effect	from	1	March	2013.

119

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 20146

segmental analysis (continued)

2014
segmental assets 
(total assets excluding goodwill)
Segmental liabilities
Goodwill
Net assets (excluding goodwill)
Capital expenditure

2013
segmental assets 
(total assets excluding goodwill)
Segmental liabilities
Goodwill
Net assets (excluding goodwill)
Capital expenditure

 Barberton 
mines 
 £

 evander 
mines 
 £

 phoenix 
platinum 
 £

 corporate 
office and 
growth 
projects 
 £

 Funding 
company*** 

 £

 group 
 £

 57,519,959   152,476,424 
 62,144,046 
 23,135,981 
 – 
 21,000,714 
 90,332,378 
 34,383,978 
 12,468,962 
 8,944,360 

 12,427,761 
 622,536 
 – 
 11,805,225 
 24,027 

 3,482,325 
 1,519,598 
 – 
 1,962,727 
 63,107 

 28,631 
 117,544 
 – 
 (88,913)
 – 

 225,935,100 
 87,539,705 
 21,000,714 
 138,395,395 
 21,500,456 

 63,530,231 
 25,018,515 
 21,000,714 
 38,511,716 
 22,886,611 

 172,971,365 
 65,569,101 
 – 
 107,402,264 
 4,506,501 

 13,897,511 
 320,175 
 – 
 13,577,336 
 160,879 

 4,867,060 
 2,151,222 
 – 
 2,715,838 
 12,542 

 11,178   255,277,345 
 11,010,809   104,069,822 
 21,000,714 
 (10,999,631)  151,207,523 
 27,566,533 

 – 

–

***	 The	Funding	Company	was	established	during	the	2013	financial	year	with	effect	from	1	March	2013.

All assets are held within South Africa, with the exception of Auroch which is a company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange 
(“ASX”), with assets held in Mozambique. The segmental assets and liabilities above, exclude inter-company balances.

Capital  expenditure  comprises  of  additions  to  property  plant  and  equipment  and  mineral  rights  and  intangible  assets  (Refer  to 
note 16 and 17).

7 operating leases

At the financial year-end, the group and company had outstanding commitments under non-cancellable operating leases, mainly in 
respect of office equipment, security cameras, building rentals and compressors, which fall due as follows:

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Not later than one year
Later than one year and no later than five years 

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an 
expense in the year:

Leases are negotiated for an average term of three to five years.

 144,090 
 101,713 

 109,462 
 96,609 

 245,803 

 206,071 

 62,432 
–

 62,432 

 92,191 
 73,210 

 165,401 

 105,768 

 124,554 

 85,535 

 83,222 

Majority of the group’s lease arrangements relate to the copier machines leased out at the mining operations. The only material 
operating lease relates to the Corporate office building, and has the following terms as at 30 June 2014.

Remaining lease term
Escalation rate

Lessor
Monthly lease payments 

 9 months 
8%
 Finlay and
 associates 
 7,128 

120

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 20148 otHer expenses 

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Management fees
Foreign exchange gain/(loss)
Operating leases
Non-mining depreciation
Non-executive directors’ emoluments
Executive directors’ emoluments
Equity settled share option expense (Refer to note 34)
Cash settled share option expense (Refer to note 28)
Auditors’ fees
Salaries head office 
Investor and public relations
New business
Evander Mines transaction costs
Legal fees
Community projects
Profits arising from realised financial instruments (Refer to note 30)
Profit on disposal of assets
Other net income/(expense)

9

Finance income/(costs)
Interest received – bank
Interest income – rehabilitation trust fund

Interest expense – bank
Interest expense – SARS
Interest expense – other

Net finance (costs)/income

 – 
 71,678 
 (105,768)
 (37,342)
 (146,004)
 (615,085)
 (122,936)
 (1,607,709)
 (148,870)
 (1,180,277)
 (126,899)
 (246,000)
 – 
 (28,917)
 (1,125,628)
 2,310,426 
 20,497 
 1,638,981 

 – 
 79,861 
 (124,554)
 (41,197)
 (223,376)
 (1,068,060)
 (127,053)
 (209,465)
 (198,979)
 (2,310,305)
 (249,245)
 (230,304)
 (1,348,819)
 (59,025)
 (1,462,907)
 1,589,595 
 11,768 
 319,839 

 876,777 
 2,958 
 (85,535)
 (37,342)
 (146,004)
 (615,085)
 (119,003)
 (648,426)
 (69,226)
 (1,180,277)
 (126,899)
 (246,000)
 – 
 (14,094)
 – 
 2,310,426 
 – 
 (467,769)

 1,378,483 
 (44,061)
 (83,222)
 (40,154)
 (223,376)
 (1,068,060)
 (105,515)
 (22,903)
 (112,073)
 (2,310,305)
 (249,245)
 (230,304)
 (1,348,819)
 (58,370)
 (310)
 1,589,595 
 – 
 (300,709)

 (1,449,853)

 (5,652,226)

 (565,499)

 (3,229,348)

 272,388 
 414,797 

 687,185 
 (834,957)
 (32,933)
 (10,174)

 1,184,443 
 270,216 

 1,454,659 
 (1,257,696)
 – 
 – 

 168,877 

 1,079,235 

 – 
 168,877 
 (31)
 – 
 – 

 – 
 1,079,235 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 (878,064)

 (1,257,696)

 (31)

 – 

 (190,879)

 196,963 

 168,846 

 1,079,235 

121

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201410

proFit BeFore taxation

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Profit before taxation has been arrived at after charging:
Management fee expense/(income)
  Shanduka Resources Services (Pty) Ltd (Refer to note 35)
  Barberton Mines
  Phoenix Platinum
  Evander Mines
Equity settled share option expense (Refer to note 34)
Cash settled share options expense (Refer to note 28)
Mining depreciation
Impairment costs
Staff costs
Royalty costs
New business
Evander Mines transaction costs
Operating leases

impairment costs
Property, plant and equipment and mineral rights (Refer to note 16)
Phoenix Platinum inter-company investments (Refer to note 35)
Investment in Auroch (Refer to note 19)

11 auditors’ remuneration

Fees payable to the company’s auditors for the audit of the company’s 
annual financial statements
Audit of the consolidated financial statements
Audit of the company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Under provision of audit fee in the prior year

Total audit fees

other services rendered by the auditors
Tax advisory services
Corporate finance services
Other 

Total non-audit fees

 63,084 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 122,936 
 1,607,709 
 10,023,361 
 – 
 50,509,231 
 2,019,066 
 246,000 
 – 
 105,768 

 76,203 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 127,053 
 209,465 
 5,998,267 
 16,143,604 
 36,636,229 
 3,198,622 
 230,304 
 1,348,819 
 124,554 

 – 
 (509,478)
 (29,621)
 (337,678)
 119,003 
 648,426 
 – 
 – 
 1,180,277 
 – 
 246,000 
 – 
 85,535 

 – 
 (1,161,720)
 (216,763)
 – 
 105,515 
 22,903 
 – 
 18,058,860 
 2,310,305 
 – 
 230,304 
 1,348,819 
 83,222 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 6,662,225 
 – 
 9,481,379 

 16,143,604 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 8,327,781 
 9,731,079 

 18,058,860 

 7,911 
 61,315 
 79,644 
 – 

 9,000 
 68,973 
 83,611 
 37,395 

 7,911 
 61,315 
 – 
 – 

 9,000 
 68,973 
 – 
 34,100 

 148,870 

 198,979 

 69,226 

 112,073 

 – 
 – 
 21,271 

 21,271 

 14,000 
 271,491 
 – 

 285,491 

 – 
 – 
 18,434 

 18,434 

 14,000 
 271,491 
 – 

 285,491 

All audit fees were paid within South Africa with the exception of £42,000 (2013: £38,000) which was paid in the United Kingdom. 

122

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201412

staFF costs

group

company

Total average number of employees

 4,426 

 4,345 

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:
Salaries and wages
Other retirement costs (Refer to note 31)

The average number of operating cost employees were:
Corporate 
Evander Mines
Phoenix Platinum
Barberton Mines

Capital employees
Barberton Mines
Evander Mines

13 taxation

Income tax expense
South African normal taxation
– current year
– prior year
Deferred taxation
– current year

Total taxation charge

Profit before taxation
Taxation at the domestic taxation rate of 28% 
(Exempt income)/non-deductible expenses
Under provision/(overprovision) – prior year
Taxation rate differential
Tax effect of utilisation of tax losses

Taxation expense for the year

Effective taxation rates
South African Statutory rate
Taxation rate differential
Non-deductible expenses/(exempt income)
Under provision/(overprovision) – prior year
Tax effect of utilisation of tax losses

Effective taxation rate

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

 45,761,629 
 4,747,602 

 34,179,081 
 2,457,148 

 1,067,424 
 112,853 

 2,225,242 
 85,063 

 50,509,231 

 36,636,229 

 1,180,277 

 2,310,305 

 14 
 2,424 
 4 
 1,690 

 4,132 

189
105

294

 14 
 2,408 
 3 
 1,618 

 4,043 

197
105

302

 14 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 14 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 14 

14
 – 
 – 
 – 

 14 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 14 

 – 
 – 

 8,649,810 
 423,827 

 6,605,516 
 48,535 

 8,064 
 – 

 (1,918,895)

 5,479,012 

 (153,436)

 (289,876)

 7,154,742 

 12,133,063 

 (145,372)

 (289,876)

 33,939,335 
 9,503,014 
 (40,158)
 21,399 
 (2,289,169)
 (40,344)

 54,707,096 
 15,317,987 
 (2,211,489)
 – 
 (973,435)
 – 

 (569,830)
 (159,552)
 133,113 
 (109,391)
 – 
 (9,542)

 (20,947,423)
 (5,865,278)
 5,056,481 
 – 
 – 
 518,921 

 7,154,742 

 12,133,063 

 (145,372)

 (289,876)

 % 
 28.00 
 (6.74)
 (0.12)
 0.06 
 (0.12)

 21.08 

 % 
 28.00 
 (1.78)
 (4.04)
 – 
 – 

 22.18 

 % 
 28.00 
 – 
 (23.36)
 19.20 
 1.67 

 25.51 

 % 
 28.00 
 – 
 (24.14)
 – 
 (2.48)

 1.38 

123

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014There are no significant unrecognised temporary differences associated with undistributed profits of 
overseas  subsidiaries.  South  African  income  tax  on  mining  income  is  determined  according  to  a 
formula which takes into account the profit and revenue from mining operations. South African mining 
taxable income is determined after the deduction of all mining capital expenditure, with the proviso 
that these deductions cannot result in an assessed loss. Capital expenditure amounts not deducted are 
carried forward as unredeemed capital expenditure, to be deducted from future mining income. At 
year-end the group has the following unredeemed capital expenditure carried forward and deductible 
against future profits, held within Phoenix Platinum and Evander Mines (due to the expenditure on the 
ETRP.

Phoenix Platinum 
Evander Mines

30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

6,889,777
7,725,719

8,875,902
 – 

14,615,496

8,875,902

14

earnings per sHare
Basic and diluted earnings per share
Basic and diluted earnings per share are based on the group’s profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent, divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year.

30 June 2014

Weighted 
average 
number 
of shares

net profit
£

earnings
per share
(pence)

net profit
£

30 June 2013

Weighted 
average 
number 
of shares

Basic earnings per share
Share options
Diluted earnings per share

 26,784,593 
 – 
 26,784,593 

 1,827,207,555 
 4,131,619 
 1,831,339,174 

 1.47 
 (0.01)
 1.46 

 42,574,033 
 – 
 42,574,033 

 1,619,756,902 
 6,176,989 
 1,625,933,891 

earnings
per share
(pence)

 2.63 
 (0.01)
 2.62 

Headline earnings per share
Headline earnings per share is based on 
the group’s headline earnings divided by 
the weighted average number of shares 
in issue during the year.
Reconciliation between earnings and 
headline earnings from continuing 
operations:

Earnings as reported
Adjustments:
Impairment costs
Bargain purchase gain
Profit on sale of property, plant and 
equipment and mineral rights
Loss on disposal of asset held for sale

 26,784,593   1,827,207,555 

 1.47 

 42,574,033   1,619,756,902 

2.63

 – 
 – 

 (20,497)
 11,848 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 16,143,604 
 (24,114,255)

 – 
 586,138 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

0.99 
 (1.49)

 – 
0.04 

 2.17 
 (0.01)

 2.16 

Headline earnings per share*
Share options

 26,775,944   1,827,207,555 
 4,131,619 

 – 

 1.47 
 (0.01)

 35,189,520 
 – 

 1,619,756,902 
 6,176,989 

Diluted headline earnings per share

 26,775,944 

 1,831,339,174 

 1.46 

 35,189,520 

 1,625,933,891 

124

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014*  Headline earnings per share is required to be disclosed in terms of the Listing Requirements of the JSE Limited. 

14

earnings per sHare (continued)

Net asset value per share 
Tangible net asset value per share* 

group
(pence)

group
(pence)
30 June 2014 30 June 2013

 8.71 
 3.93 

 9.45 
 3.77 

* 

(Total assets less goodwill, non-current assets held for sale ,non-current liabilities, current liabilities and mineral rights and mining property).

15 dividends

Historically, the board has recommended an annual dividend to shareholders, for approval at the AGM. The board recognises that 
where possible, shareholders require a cash return on their investment. Pan African Resources has now revised and further clarified 
its  dividend  policy,  going  forward  the  company  will  pay  a  progressive  annual  ZAR  dividend.  Any  dividend  recommendation 
and payment, however, will still be dependent on prevailing gold prices and other external factors, as well as the performance of 
and outlook for the group.

The group paid a dividend of ZAR240.3 million (GBP14.7 million) for the 2013 year, equating to ZAR0.1314 per share (0.80p per share).

The board of directors has proposed a dividend of approximately ZAR258.0 million (GBP14.5 million1) for the 2014 financial year, 
equating to ZAR0.1410 per share (0.7898p per share1), resulting in a dividend cover of 1.8 times.

Note 1: The GBP proposed dividend was calculated based on an exchange rate of ZAR17.85:1. The UK shareholders are to note that 
a  revised  exchange  rate  will  be  communicated  prior  to  final  approval  at  the  AGM.  Therefore  the  proposed  dividend  is 
approximately 0.7898p.

16

property, plant and eQuipment and mineral rigHts

mineral 
rights
and mining
property6
£

Building 
and
infra-
structure
£

plant and
machinery
£

capital 
under
construc-
tion
£

shafts and
exploration
£

land1
£

surface 
tailings

 acquired other
£
£

total
£

 188,699

 18,554,630

 1,938,760  16,522,976

 14,653,365  30,725,266

 –  290,406  82,874,102

 2,472,770

 83,465,070  16,223,711  41,574,902

 17,577,384

 –

 –

 –  161,313,837

 –
 –
 –
 –
 (296,288)

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 (715,792)
 – 10,739,524
 765,513  4,322,776
 (5,780)
 (12,452,533)  (2,101,467)  (7,896,994)

 –

 –
(10,739,524)
 19,014,400
 –

 –
 –
 3,451,302
 –
 (4,581,738)  (4,560,735)

 –
 –

 (715,792)
 –
 –
 –
 –  12,542  27,566,533
 (5,780)
 –
 –  (93,620) (31,983,375)

 –

 2,365,181
 –
 –
 (1,315)

 89,567,167  16,826,517  64,541,612  35,923,887  29,615,833
 (40,175)
 3,214,656
 –

 –  11,244,560  9,246,059 (20,450,444)
 7,552,843
 –  4,368,427  6,288,165
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –

 –  209,328  239,049,525
 –
 –
 37,748  21,461,839
 –
 (2,913)
 (1,598)
 –

 –

 (555,247)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 555,247

 –

 –

group
Balance at 30 June 2012
Arising from the acquisition of 
Evander Mines (Refer to note 39)
Reclassification of software costs to 
other intangible assets
Transfer from assets under construction3
Additions
Disposal
Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at 30 June 2013
Transfer from assets under construction
Additions
Disposal
Reclassification to surface tailings 
acquired5

Foreign currency translation reserve

 (393,896)

 (14,919,573)  (3,782,467)  (11,725,625)

 (5,174,758)  (5,132,407)

 –  (37,137)

(41,165,863)

Balance at 30 June 2014

1,969,970

74,092,347 28,657,037 68,350,211

17,851,528 27,657,907

555,247 208,341 219,342,588

125

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 
16

property, plant and eQuipment and mineral rigHts (continued)

mineral 
rights
and mining
property6
£

Building 
and
infra-
structure
£

land1
£

plant and
machinery
£

capital 
under
construc-
tion
£

shafts and
exploration
£

surface 
tailings
 acquired
£

other
£

total
£

 –  (2,979,847)

 (839,880)  (6,699,888)

 –  (9,848,643)

 –

 (94,189)(20,462,447)

 –
 –
 –  (1,004,630)
 –  (4,166,745)
 –
 494,536
 –  (7,656,686)
 –  (1,466,161)
 –
 –
 –
 1,367,397
 –  (7,755,450)

 –

 151,754

 174,105
 (441,816)  (3,147,399)
 –  (2,495,480)
 1,148,749
 (1,129,942)  (11,019,913)
 (2,196,230)  (5,090,610)
 –
 2,155,032
 (3,000,155)  (13,955,491)

 –
 326,017

 –

 –
 1,462

 –
 (18,761)  (1,249,508)
 –
 1,473,432
 (17,299)  (9,624,719)
 (987,036)
 (170,136)
 –
 –
 1,665,158
 6,262
 (181,173)  (8,946,597)

 –

 174,105
 (41,197)  (5,903,311)
 –  (6,662,225)
 24,097  3,294,030
 (111,289)(29,559,848)
 (37,826)  (9,947,999)
 480
 20,881  5,540,747

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
 –  (127,754) (33,966,620)

 480

 2,365,181  81,910,481
1,969,970 66,336,897

 15,696,575  53,521,699  35,906,588  19,991,114
18,711,310
25,656,882 54,394,720

17,670,355

 –
555,247

 98,039 209,489,677
80,587 185,375,968

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –

 –
 –

 –
 –
 –

 210,294
 12,542
 (28,331)

 –  194,505
37,748
 –
 (1,599)
 –
 (34,668)
 –
 195,986
 –

 210,294
 12,542
 (28,331)

 194,505
37,748
 (1,599)
 (34,668)
 195,986

 –
 –
 –

 (84,085)
 (40,154)
 14,875

 –  (109,364)
 (36,638)
 –
 480
 –
 –
 20,486
 –  (125,036)

 (84,085)
 (40,154)
 14,875

 (109,364)
 (36,638)
 480
 20,486
 (125,036)

 –
 –

 85,141
 70,950

 85,141
 70,950

group
Accumulated depreciation
Balance at 30 June 2012
Reclassification of software costs to 
other intangible assets
Charge for the year2
Impairment4
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at 30 June 2013
Charge for the year2
Disposal
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at 30 June 2014
Carrying amount
At 30 June 2013
At 30 June 2014
company
Cost
Balance at 30 June 2012
Additions
Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at 30 June 2013
Additions
Disposals
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at 30 June 2014
company
Accumulated depreciation
Balance at 30 June 2012
Charge for the year
Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at 30 June 2013
Charge for the year
Disposals
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at 30 June 2014
Carrying amount
At 30 June 2013
At 30 June 2014

1	 Details	of	land	is	maintained	in	a	register	held	at	the	offices	of	Barberton	Mines	and	Evander	Mines,	which	may	be	inspected	by	a	member	or	their	duly	authorised	

agents. The group reviews the residual values used for purposes of depreciation calculations annually.

2  A total depreciation charge of £10,023,361 has been recognised in the statement of comprehensive income (2013: £5,998,267). This includes direct mining depreciation 
of £9,911,361 (2013: £5,862,114) and a depreciation charge relating to intangible assets of £112,000 (2013: £136,153) as disclosed in note 17, excluding company 
depreciation charge. Other non-mining depreciation of £37,342 (2013: £41,197), is disclosed in the other (expenses)/income in note 8.

3  Capitalisation of Phoenix Platinum on 1 July 2012 due to reaching steady state production.
4 

In	the	prior	year,	the	group	recorded	an	impairment	charge	of	£6,662,225	in	respect	of	Phoenix	Platinum	due	to	falling	commodity	prices	and	operational	difficulties	
experienced. The impairment was based on its estimated fair value (less disposal costs), using a post tax real discount rate of 16.25% applied to estimated post tax 
cash	flows.	
In	the	prior	year	the	group	purchased	tailings	for	the	BTRP	for	future	processing,	and	originally	classified	the	tailings	as	mineral	rights	and	mineral	property.	The	group	has	
subsequently	re-classified	the	tailings	to	surface	tailings	acquired	which	more	appropriately	discloses	its	nature	and	purpose.
Included within this category are £60.4 million exploration assets (Evander South. Rolspruit, E8, Poplar and Mini-Libra) arising from the acquisition of Evander Mines for 
which the technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting a mineral resource are not yet demonstrable.

5 

6 

126

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201417 otHer intangiBle assets

group

£
30 June 2014

£
30 June 2013

company
£
30 June 2014

£
30 June 2013

software costs
Balance at the beginning of the period
Reclassification of software costs from property plant and 
equipment and mineral rights, (Refer to note 16)
Additions
Current year amortisation
Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at the end of the period

 340,484 

 – 
 38,617 
 (112,704)
 (52,067)

 214,330 

 – 

 – 

 541,687 
 – 
 (136,153)
 (65,050)

 340,484 

 – 
 25,359 
 (704)
 (1,547)

 23,108 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

18 goodWill 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated 
at acquisition to the cash generating units (“CGU’s”) that 
are expected to benefit from that business combination. 
All the group’s goodwill has been allocated to Barberton 
Mines CGU.

Opening and closing balance

 21,000,714 

 21,000,714 

 – 

 – 

The group tests the Barberton Mines goodwill carrying amount annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications 
that goodwill may be impaired. The goodwill carrying amount is not considered to be impaired and the review was performed in 
accordance with the group’s accounting policies.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations. The key assumptions for the value-in-use 
calculations  are  those  regarding  the  discount  rates,  growth  rates  and  expected  changes  to  selling  prices  and  direct  costs  during 
the year. Management estimates the discount rate using post-tax rate of 9.00% (2013: 11.00%) for Barberton Mines, which reflect 
the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGU to the extent not already reflected in 
the cash flows being discounted, an average gold price of R440,000/kg ($1,294/oz) (2013: R400,000/kg ($1261/oz))over the life of 
projects. The life of mine was estimated at 19 years (2013: 17 years) for Barberton Mines at the end of the financial year. Changes in 
selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

127

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201419

investments in suBsidiaries and investments in associate
At 30 June 2014 the company and group held the following shares in subsidiaries and associate:

name of company

Barberton Mines 
Phoenix Platinum 
Auroch Minerals NL5 
Funding company1 
Emerald Panther 
Investments 91 Proprietary 
Limited (“Emerald 
Panther”)2
Pan African Resources 
Management Services 
Company Proprietary 
Limited4 
(at ZAR 1 investment)
Other Investments

country of 
incorporation

principal 
activity

South Africa Mining
South Africa Mining
Australia
South Africa Finance

Exploration 

South Africa

Holding 
company

Management 
services and 
administration

South Africa

group

company

proportion 
of capital 
effectively 
held by 
company

carrying 
amount
 30 June 2014
£

carrying 
amount
 30 June 2013
£

carrying 
amount
 30 June 2014
£

carrying 
amount
 30 June 2013
£

100%
100%
42%
100%

 – 
 – 
 1,009,429 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 1,182,606 
 – 

 45,770,663 
 4,209,696 
 1,009,429 
 263 

 45,770,663 
 4,209,696 
 1,182,606 
 263 

100%

 – 

 – 

 72,026,632 

 72,026,632 

100%

 – 
 116 

 – 
 16,465 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 1,009,545 

 1,199,071   123,016,683   123,189,860 

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Investments reconciliation:
Opening balance
Issue of share in Auroch Minerals NL (“Auroch”)
Loss in associate
Impairment of Investment in Auroch Minerals NL3
Impairment in Phoenix Platinum
Issue of shares in Emerald Panther Investments 91 (Pty) Ltd (“Emerald 
Panther”)/Evander Mines 
Issue of shares in Funding Company
Fair value adjustment 
Other investments

Closing balance

 1,199,071 
 – 
 (173,177)
 – 
 – 

 –   123,189,860 
 – 
 (173,177)
 – 
 – 

 4,501,947 
 (152,312)
 (3,167,029)
 – 

 50,101,244 
 4,501,947 
 (152,312)
 (3,167,029)
 (120,885)

 – 
 – 
 (16,349)
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 16,465 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 72,026,632 
 263 
 – 
 – 

 1,009,545 

 1,199,071   123,016,683   123,189,860 

Funding Company was established for the purpose of providing funding for the groups activities.

1 
2  Emerald Panther is a company acquired to facilitate the acquisition of Evander Mines from Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, and therefore holds the investment 
in Evander Mines. Emerald Panther holds 100% of Evander Gold Mines Ltd and Evander Gold Mining Pty Ltd, which are both incorporated in South Africa, and operate in 
mining.

3  During the prior year the group disposed of its investment in the Manica exploration project to Auroch. The consideration partly comprised a 42% shareholding in Auroch 
which was recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and has been subsequently treated as an investment in associate. The transaction triggered a loss on disposal 
of	£586,138.	At	30	June	2013	the	group	re-measured	the	recoverability	of	both	its	42%	shareholding	and	the	deferred	consideration	and,	due	to	a	significant	fall	in	
the gold price in the prior year and related challenges in the mining and operating environment, recorded a £3.2 million impairment against the carrying value of its 
direct shareholding (based on Auroch’s prior year-end share price, being the best estimate of its fair value)and also fully impaired the £7,024,203 deferred consideration. 
The resulting total impairment charge was £9,481,379.
Pan African Resources Management Services Company Pty Ltd previously known as Clidet 790 Pty Ltd, was acquired within the group. Ordinary shares previously held 
by Evander Gold Mines Ltd where transferred to Pan African Resources PLC. This company was acquired to function as a management and other services provider and 
administrator to the group.
Pursuant to a share sale and purchase greement, dated 27 August 2012, relating to the sale of Manica Gold Projects, certain terms were amended between the 
contract parties and as a result the company made a decision to sell its investment in Auroch Minerals (42% shareholding) for a total consideration of AUD 2,000,000. 
The following proceeds have been received during the year:

5 

4 

128

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014Proceed received on 5 December 2013

Proceeds received on 6 March 2014
Proceeds received on 3 April 2014

aud

Zar

150,000

1,400,560

100,000
100,000

940,430
952,270

350,000

3,293,260

The contract parties concluded that the consideration of AUD 350,000 already received will constitute an option fee income to 
Pan African Resources PLC and shall in no circumstances be refundable. Therefore these proceeds were recognised on the statement 
of comprehensive income.

At year-end, the investment in Auroch is still recognised as an investment in an associate, due to uncertainty of the amended terms 
being fulfilled. Therefore the investment in Auroch will be reported as such until the terms of the sales agreement have been fulfilled.

The remainder of the total consideration is scheduled to be received according to the following time frame:

No later than 30 June 2014 (received on 03 July 2014)
No later than 30 September 2014
No Later than 30 September 2015

20 reHaBilitation trust Fund

Funds held in trust fund (refer to note 27)
Opening balance as at 30 June 2012
Arising from the acquisition of Evander Mines (Refer to 
note 39)
Appreciation earned on the rehabilitation fund
Foreign currency translation reserve

Closing balance as at 30 June 2013
Appreciation earned on the rehabilitation fund
Fair value adjustment
Foreign currency translation reserve

Closing balance as at 30 June 2014

aud

150,000
50,000
1,450,000

Barberton 
mines
£

evander 
mines
£

total
£

 2,662,934 

 – 

 2,662,934 

 – 
 123,839 
 (381,611)

 2,405,162 
 109,193 
 – 
 (407,489)

 16,282,652 
 68,676 
 (1,782,777)

 14,568,551 
 305,604 
 923,188 
 (2,445,918)

 16,282,652 
 192,515 
 (2,164,388)

 16,973,713 
 414,797 
 923,188 
 (2,853,407)

 2,106,866 

 13,351,425 

 15,458,291 

The funds available from contributions are held within Pan African Resources Group Rehabilitation Trust.

The  amounts  are  invested  in  a  number  of  instruments,  including  interest-bearing  short-term  investments  or 
medium-term equity linked notes issued by commercial banks.

The Evander Mines rehabilitation trust fund is currently under transfer from Harmony.

 Refer to note 27 for the associated rehabilitation provision disclosure.

129

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201421

inventories

Consumable stores
Mineral stocks
Gold inventory
Provision for obsolete stock

22 trade and otHer receivaBles

Trade receivables
Other receivables and prepayments
VAT receivable

group

company

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

 2,590,889 
 2,066,648 
 801,828 
 (118,237)

 4,564,282 
 2,276,532 
 – 
 (245,074)

 5,341,128 

 6,595,740 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 8,181,293 
 1,100,114 
 2,414,973 

 10,812,937 
 1,082,911 
 2,008,568 

 11,696,380 

 13,904,416 

 – 
 60,426 
 – 

 60,426 

 1,194,826 
 26,617 
 – 

 1,221,443 

The group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The amounts presented in the statement of financial position 
are net of allowances for doubtful receivables of £35,578 (2013: £36,051) relating to other receivables, estimated by the group’s 
management based on the current economic environment and individual debtor circumstances. The credit risk on liquid funds is 
limited  because  the  counterparties  are  dealt  with  in  accordance  with  the  group’s  credit  policy.  Rand  Refinery  is  the  one  major 
customer that represents more than 5% of the trade receivables balance for the individual gold mining subsidiaries (Barberton Mines 
and Evander Mines), and Western Platinum Ltd (Subsidiary of Lonmin PLC)is the one major customer that represents more than 5% 
of the trade receivables balance of Phoenix Platinum. 

The average credit period is:

Number of days

group

30 June 2014

30 June 2013

22

30

The  ageing  of  trade  receivables  decreased  due  to  improved  cash  collection  initiatives,  especially  from  Evander  Mines.  Although 
overall debtors days improved from the prior year, Phoenix Platinum reported trade receivables of £2.3 million (2013: £1.9 million) 
at  year-end.  This  is  due  to  five  months  PGE  production  from  Phoenix  Platinum  which  was  delivered  to  Western  Platinum  Ltd 
(Subsidiary of Lonmin PLC) prior to year-end, however payment for these deliveries will only be realised in the 2015 financial year, 
as a result of the platinum sector strike delaying the processing of concentrates by Lonmin.

No interest is charged on trade receivables.

Before  accepting  any  new  customers,  the  group  uses  a  credit  bureau  or  performs  a  credit  assessment  to  assess  the  potential 
customer’s  credit  limit  and  credit  quality.  The  group  only  transacts  with  creditworthy  customers  and  large  institutions  within 
South Africa.

The fair value of trade receivables is not materially different from the carrying value presented. Receivables have been pledged as 
security, in terms of the Revolving credit facility.

130

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201423 casH and casH eQuivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the group and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months 
or less. The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents
credit Facilities
The group has the following credit facilities:
Nedbank Limited revolving credit facility*
Rand Merchant bank*
ABSA Bank Limited revolving credit facility*
ABSA Bank Limited overdraft facility (held at Barberton 
Mines)*
ABSA Bank Limited credit card facilities 
Guarantee**
USD trading facility***

group

company

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

 5,618,323 

 4,768,916 

 1,803,545 

 3,304,949 

16,657,413
6,940,589
9,716,824

 999,445 
 83,287 
 2,142,250 
 5,274,847 

 19,986,676 
 – 
 19,986,676 

 1,199,201 
 99,933 
 2,570,414 
 6,329,114 

 41,814,655 

 50,172,014 

 – 
–
 – 

 – 
55,525
 – 
 – 

 55,525 

 – 
–
 – 

–
 66,622 
 – 
 – 

 66,622 

*	

The	group	has	secured	a	five	year	revolving	credit	facility	with	Nedbank	Limited,	ABSA	Bank	Ltd	and	Rand	Merchant	Bank	(Refer	to	Note	28).	The	facility	carries	
an interest rate of the monthly JIBAR rate plus 2.8% margin, and is secured against Barberton Mines, Evander Mines and Phoenix Platinum’s property plant and 
equipment. The revolving credit facility was utilised during the current year, however at year-end, there were no outstanding amounts payable in relation to the facility. 
The ABSA Limited overdraft facility at Barberton Mines remains unsecured and unutilised at year-end. The Barberton Mines overdraft facility attracts interest at prime in 
South Africa. 

**  The guarantees relate to £1,365,525 (2013: £1,638,448) for Eskom (electricity utility) and £776,725 (2013: £931,966) for the DMR.
***  The USD trading facility relates to trading facilities held by Barberton Mines for the purposes of trading USD for ZAR Rand on USD gold sales.

24

sHare capital

group

company

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

2,000,000,000 
(2013: 2,000,000,000) ordinary shares of £0.01 each
Issued and fully paid up 1,829,994,763 
(2013: 1,822,834,263) ordinary shares of £0.01 each

 20,000,000 

 20,000,000 

 20,000,000 

 20,000,000 

 18,299,947 

 18,228,342 

 18,299,947 

 18,228,342 

The following cash issue of shares were made during the year:
During the year under review the following share issues occurred: 

•	 On	09	September	2013	3,000,000	shares	issued	at	5	pence	per	share,	in	relation	to	share	options	exercised.

•	 On	16	October	2013	2,063,000	shares	were	issued	in	relation	to	share	options	exercised	follows;

  1,213,000 shares issued at 5 pence per share,

  850,000 shares issued at 4 pence per share,

•	 On	10	February	2014	282,500	shares	were	issued	at	4	pence	per	share,	in	relation	to	share	options	exercised.

•	 On	20	February	2014	965,000	shares	were	issued	at	4	pence	per	share,	in	relation	to	share	options	exercised.

•	 On	05	June	2014	850,000	shares	were	issued	at	4	pence	per	share	in	relation	to	share	options	exercised.	

Current number of equity settled share options outstanding at 30 June 2014 is 2,622,000 (2013: 9,782,600), excluding the new issue 
of equity options disclosed in note 34.

131

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201425 trade and otHer payaBles

Trade and other payables
Accruals and other payables
VAT payable
Other

Total trade and other payables

The average credit period is:

Number of days

group

company

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

30 June 2014
£

30 June 2013
£

 9,962,167 
 7,231,053 
 26,529 
 – 

 11,514,399 
 10,671,829 
 189,708 
 826,116 

 17,219,749 

 23,202,052 

 – 
 777,079 
 26,528 
 – 

 803,607 

 – 
 743,051 
 189,708 
 826,116 

 1,758,875 

37

59

On the acquisition of the Evander Mines from Harmony, trade payables were effectively paid a month later due to settlement of 
obligations on behalf the Evander Mines by Harmony. Evander Mines took over the settlement of its trading obligation before year-
end, resulting in the decrease of creditors days at year-end.

The fair value of trade payables is not materially different from the carrying value presented.

26 current tax

Current tax asset
Current tax liability

30 June 2014

30 June 2013

30 June 2014

30 June 2013

 854,568 
 2,037,092 

1,479,339
 – 

 147,911 
 – 

 – 
 – 

Current taxes payable and receivable by the group relate to the South African Revenue Service (“SARS”).

27

long-term provisions

Balance at 30 June 2012
Provision arising from acquisition of Evander Mines (Refer 
to note 39)
Provided during the year
Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at 30 June 2013
Provided during the year
Foreign currency translation reserve

Balance at 30 June 2014

group

£

total
£

 3,043,954 

 3,043,954 

 13,325,862 
 359,172 
 (1,907,836)

 14,821,152 
 (340,530)
 (2,447,455)

 13,325,862 
 359,172 
 (1,907,836)

 14,821,152 
 (340,530)
 (2,447,455)

 12,033,167 

 12,033,167 

company

£

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

total
£

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

rehabilitation provision
The provision includes the estimate of the costs of decommissioning and the cost of environmental and other remedial work such 
as  reclamation  costs,  close  down  and  restoration  and  pollution  control.  Estimates  are  made  on  an  annual  basis,  based  on  the 
estimated life of the mine, following which payments are made to a rehabilitation trust set up as required by South African laws and 
regulations. The provision represents the net present value of the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation 
to decommission and rehabilitate environmental disturbances caused by mining operations. These costs are expected to be incurred 
over the following life of mine and rates:

life of mine
Barberton Mines
Evander Mines
Phoenix
Risk free rate

132

30 June 2014

30 June 2013

19
 17 
 28 
8.31%

17
 14 
 20 
7.89%

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201428 long-term liaBilities

cash settled share options*
Opening balance
Expense for the year
Payments during the year
Transfer to current portion 
Foreign currency translation reserve

Closing balance

post-retirement benefits
Opening balance
Arising from the acquisition of Evander Mines (refer to note 39)
Utilised for the year
Foreign currency translation reserve

Closing balance

revolving credit facilities
Opening balance
Drawdowns
Finance costs incurred*
Repayments of capital
Repayments of finance costs
Transfer to current portion
Foreign currency translation reserve

closing balance

*  Finance costs incurred exclude £121,562 (2013: nil), relating to commitment fees 

accrued but not paid at year-end. However these commitment fees are included in the 
statement	of	comprehensive	income	as	finance	costs.

gold loan
Opening balance
Gold loan receipts
Fair value adjustment
Transfer to current portion
Foreign currency translation reserve

closing balance

total

The gold loan has been designated as an instrument to be measured 
at fair value through profit and loss. Gains or losses on re-
measurement to fair value at each reporting period will be reflected 
in the statement of comprehensive income.

current and non-current portions of long-term liabilities
Current portion 
Non-current portion – capital to be paid on maturity

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

 879,254 
 1,607,709 
 (701,871)
 (1,136,372)
 (205,169)

 797,513 
 209,465 
 – 
 – 
 (127,724)

 390,681 
 648,426 
 (233,386)
 (560,882)
 (91,118)

 429,565 
 22,903 
 – 
 – 
 (61,787)

 443,551 

 879,254 

 153,721 

 390,681 

 108,781 
 – 
 184 
 (18,133)

 71,368 
 65,434 
 (11,832)
 (16,189)

 90,832 

 108,781 

 10,144,925 
 11,719,076 
 713,395 

 – 
 34,763,874 
 852,998 
 (21,729,582)  (22,545,100)
 (834,241)
 (864,218)
 (1,228,388)

 (724,899)
 – 
 (122,915)

 – 

 10,144,925 

 – 
11,236,649
128,484
 (3,618,431)
 (139,768)

 7,606,934 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 8,141,317 

 11,132,960 

 153,721 

 390,681 

 4,754,803 
 8,141,317 

 864,218 
 14,839,707 

560,882
153,721

 12,896,120 

 15,703,925 

 714,603 

 – 
 – 

 – 

133

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201428 long-term liaBilities (continued)

terms of the revolving credit facilities
Interest rate:
Interest rate margin:
Term of loan:
Repayment period:
Final repayment date:

Financial covenant limits:

Jibar (quoted at 5.73% at year-end)
2.8%
5 years from 7 March 2013
Full repayment of the outstanding at the end of 5 years.
7 March 2018
The ratio of the net debt to equity must be less than 1:1 (measured on a semi 
annual basis).
The interest cover ratio (Refer to note 30) must be greater than four times (measured 
on a semi annual basis).
The ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA (Refer to note 30), as defined in the agreement, 
must be less than 2.5:1 (measured on a semi annual basis).

Bonds as security for revolving credit facilities:
The following bonds were entered into by the group:

Continuing covering mortgage bond B1534/2013 – Barberton Mines/Bowwood and Main No. 40 Pty Ltd.

Continuing covering mortgage bond B1740/2013 – Evander Mines/Bowwood and Main No. 40 Pty Ltd.

Special notarial bond BN6785/2013 – Barberton Mines/Bowwood and Main No. 40 Pty Ltd.

Special notarial bond BN6912/2013 – Evander Mines/Bowwood and Main No. 40 Pty Ltd.

General notarial bond BN7075/2013 – Barberton Mines/Bowwood and Main No. 40 Pty Ltd.

General notarial bond BN6592/2013 – Evander Mines/Bowwood and Main No. 40 Pty Ltd.

ceded rights as security for the revolving credit facility
Bank accounts

Debts*

Insurance**

Insurance proceeds

The above listed rights are ceded whether actual, prospective or contingent, direct or indirect, whether a claim to payment of money 
or to the performance of any other obligation, and whether or not the said rights and interest were within the contemplation of the 
parties at signature date.

*  All claims which the cedent has or may in future have in respect of agreements entered into or to be entered into by the cedent pursuant to which goods and/or services 

are provided (or to be provided) to or by the cedent, including but not limited to book debts against trade debtors from time to time.
**  All contracts and policies of insurance and re-insurance of any kind which are effected and maintained by or on behalf of the cedent.

terms of the gold loan
During the current financial year, in May 2014, a gold loan transaction of ZAR 200 million was entered into with ABSA Bank Ltd 
as a counterparty. The purpose of this gold loan was to provide funds for the ETRP that is under construction at Evander Mines. 
The gold loan will be repaid quarterly in gold ounces produced from the Evander Mines operation from July 2014 to October 
2017. Refer to terms below.

Effective delivery price per ounce:
Effective delivery price per kg:
Repayment period:
Final repayment date:
Spread over Swap Zero Curve (year-end valuation)
Average discount rate (nominal)

ZAR 12,694
 ZAR 408,129 
3.5 years 
31 October 2017
6.45%
13.04%

134

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014Financial covenant limits:   The ratio of the net debt to equity must be less than 1:1 (measured on a semi-annual basis).

 The  interest  cover  ratio  (Refer  to  note  30)  must  be  greater  than  four  times  (measured  on  a  semi 
annual basis).

 The ratio of Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA (Refer to note 30), as defined in the agreement, must be 
less than 2.5:1 (measured on a semi annual basis).

Security of gold loan 

Security of the gold loan is included in the revolving credit facility security package.

gold loan repayment schedule

delivery date

31 July 2014
31 October 2014
31 January 2015
30 April 2015
31 July 2015
31 October 2015
29 January 2016
29 April 2016
29 July 2016
31 October 2016
31 January 2017
28 April 2017
31 July 2017
31 October 2017

 ounces 
delivered 

 1,207.36 
 1,200.12 
 1,182.01 
 1,164.73 
 1,160.83 
 1,143.97 
 1,131.29 
 1,118.62 
 1,105.94 
 1,093.96 
 1,081.14 
 1,067.07 
 1,055.50 
 1,042.69 

 15,755.23 

group casH-settled sHare options
On  9  May  2011,  the  company  established  a  cash  settled  share  appreciation  right  programme  entitling  selected  executives  and 
employees of the group, as approved by the board of directors and the remuneration committee of the company, to be allocated 
notional shares in the group. These notional shares confers the conditional right on the participant to be paid a cash settlement equal 
to the appreciation in the company share price from the date of allocation to the date of surrender or deemed surrender of notional 
shares. Participation in the share appreciation program is subject to the agreement of a selected participant and acceptance by said 
participant of the rules and regulations governing the share appreciation programme.

The  share  appreciation  settlement  is  determined  no  later  than  the  sixth  anniversary  of  the  date  that  the  notional  shares  are 
allocated. However the participant can elect, subject to approval by the Companies Remuneration Committee, to surrender his/her 
notional shares and receive the share appreciation settlement at a date prior to the sixth anniversary date.

The share appreciation settlement is regarded as remuneration for income tax purposes and thus subject to the deduction of Pay 
As You Earn (“PAYE”) and all other taxes and contributions via the payroll of the company or the relevant subsidiary. These taxes 
are for the account of the participant.

135

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 
 
28 long-term liaBilities (continued)

No share appreciation rights settlements can be made until after the period, calculated from the date the notional shares were 
allocated, of:

•	 two	years	has	elapsed,	in	which	event	not	more	than	25%	of	the	total	number	of	notional	shares	allocated	can	be	surrendered;

•	 three	years	has	elapsed,	in	which	event	not	more	than	50%	of	the	total	number	of	notional	shares	allocated	can	be	surrendered;

•	 four	years	has	elapsed,	in	which	event	all	of	the	notional	shares	allocated	can	be	surrendered;	and

•	 or	any	lesser	amount	of	notional	shares	may	be	surrendered.	Notional	shares	which	a	participant	is	entitled	to	surrender	are	

referred to as “surrenderable notional shares”.

Remco may, by resolution, amend and postpone any of these vesting periods, with the consent of the participant concerned.

The participant is entitled, within a period of 60 days after the date of resignation, to surrender all his/her surrenderable notional 
shares  and  request  the  payment  of  the  share  appreciation  bonus  in  respect  thereof.  If  the  participant  is  subject  to  retirement 
(including  early  retirement  approved  by  the  company  after  the  age  of  55  in  terms  of  company  policy),  retrenchment,  death  or 
permanent disability, the participant or the participants estate is entitled, within a period of six months after the termination date, 
to surrender all his/her surrenderable notional shares and request the payment of the share appreciation settlement in respect 
thereof. 

Details of the share options outstanding during the year, in relation to this scheme, are as follows:

group cash settled share options

Outstanding at 1 July
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited in the year

30 June 2014
Weighted
 average 
exercise price
(rands)

30 June 2013
Weighted 
average 
exercise price
 (rands)

number 
of options

 1.74 
 2.24 
 1.15 
 2.11 

 52,355,077 
 12,742,142 
 (8,195,411)
 (3,625,828)

 1.15 
 2.18 
 1.15 
 1.15 

number 
of options

 31,863,103 
 29,869,622 
 (967,500)
 (8,410,148)

outstanding and exercisable at 30 June 

 1.92 

 53,275,980 

 1.74 

 52,355,077 

Cash settled share options are valued annually at fair value.

These fair values were calculated using the Binomial pricing model. The inputs in the model were as follows:

Weighted average share price
Weighted average exercise/strike price
Expected volatility 
Expected Life
Risk free rate
Expected dividend yield

30 June 2014 30 June 2013

2.58
2.10
2.16
 2.13 
30.00%
45.00%
3 – 6 years
3 – 4 years
7.13 – 7.79% 7.00 – 7.54%
3.50%

4.00%

The group recognised total expenses of £1,738,093 (2013: £209,465) relating to cash-settled share based payments transactions 
during the year.

136

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014vesting schedule 2014

description

grant date

vesting
 period 
(years)

vesting
 period 
(days)

Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3

11 May 2011
11 May 2011
11 May 2011
1 March 2013
1 March 2013
1 March 2013
1 April 2013
1 April 2013
1 April 2013
1 May 2013
1 May 2013
1 May 2013
1 June 2013
1 June 2013
1 June 2013
1 July 2013
1 July 2013
1 July 2013
29 August 2013
29 August 2013
29 August 2013
27 September 2013
27 September 2013
27 September 2013
13 November 2013
13 November 2013
13 November 2013
1 April 2014
1 April 2014
1 April 2014
1 May 2014
1 May 2014
1 May 2014

2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4

 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 

vesting date

11 May 2013
11 May 2014
11 May 2015
1 March 2015
1 March 2016
1 March 2017
1 April 2015
1 April 2016
1 April 2017
1 May 2015
1 May 2016
1 May 2017
1 June 2015
1 June 2016
1 June 2017
1 July 2015
1 July 2016
1 July 2017
29 August 2015
29 August 2016
29 August 2017
27 September 2015
27 September 2016
27 September 2017
13 November 2015
13 November 2016
13 November 2017
1 April 2016
1 April 2017
1 April 2018
1 May 2016
1 May 2017
1 May 2018

valuation 
(Zar)

 1.44 
 1.44 
 1.44 
 0.78 
 0.78 
 0.78 
 0.86 
 0.86 
 0.86 
 0.97 
 0.97 
 0.97 
 0.86 
 0.86 
 0.86 
 0.86 
 0.86 
 0.86 
 0.94 
 0.94 
 0.94 
 0.84 
 0.84 
 0.84 
 0.76 
 0.76 
 0.76 
 0.90 
 0.90 
 0.90 
 0.74 
 0.74 
 0.74 

options
 granted

3,572,511
3,572,511
7,145,022
1,604,717
1,604,717
3,209,434
3,275,055
3,275,055
6,550,110
871,859
871,859
1,743,717
563,864
563,864
1,127,727
245,455
245,455
490,908
1,500,000
1,500,000
3,000,000
221,515
221,515
443,030
168,909
168,909
337,818
727,612
727,612
1,455,220
567,500
567,500
1,135,000

options 
expected 
to vest

3,572,511
3,572,511
7,145,022
1,604,717
1,604,717
3,209,434
3,275,055
3,275,055
6,550,110
871,859
871,859
1,743,717
563,864
563,864
1,127,727
245,455
245,455
490,908
1,500,000
1,500,000
3,000,000
221,515
221,515
443,030
168,909
168,909
337,818
727,612
727,612
1,455,220
567,500
567,500
1,135,000

53,275,980

53,275,980

137

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201428 long-term liaBilities (continued)

vesting schedule 2013

description

grant date

vesting
 period 
(years)

vesting
 period 
(days)

Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Tranche 3

11 May 2011
11 May 2011
11 May 2011
6 March 2013
6 March 2013
6 March 2013
1 April 2013
1 April 2013
1 April 2013
1 May 2013
1 May 2013
1 May 2013
1 June 2013
1 June 2013
1 June 2013

 2 
 3 
 4 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 2 
 3 
 4 
 2 
 3 
 4 

 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 
 731 
 1,096 
 1,461 

vesting date

11 May 2013
11 May 2014
11 May 2015
6 March 2015
6 March 2016
6 March 2017
1 April 2015
1 April 2016
1 April 2017
1 May 2015
1 May 2016
1 May 2017
1 June 2015
1 June 2016
1 June 2017

valuation 
(Zar)

options
 granted

 0.77 
 0.77 
 0.77 
 0.79 
 0.79 
 0.79 
 0.84 
 0.84 
 0.84 
 0.90 
 0.90 
 0.90 
 0.84 
 0.84 
 0.84 

 4,895,739 
 5,863,239 
 11,726,478 
 1,762,450 
 1,762,450 
 3,524,900 
 3,450,157 
 3,450,157 
 6,900,314 
 1,276,730 
 1,276,730 
 2,553,461 
 978,068 
 978,068 
 1,956,136 

options 
expected 
to vest

 4,895,739 
 5,863,239 
 11,726,478 
 1,762,450 
 1,762,450 
 3,524,900 
 3,450,157 
 3,450,157 
 6,900,314 
 1,276,730 
 1,276,730 
 2,553,461 
 978,068 
 978,068 
 1,956,136 

 52,355,077 

 52,355,077 

Participation in share-based and other long-term incentive schemes is restricted to employees and directors as described above.

29 deFerred taxation

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Arising from temporary differences relating to:
Property, plant and equipment
Provisions
Investment in rehabilitation trust
Other

Net deferred tax liabilities

 45,125,596 
 (4,272,995)
 2,609,133 
 (108,157)

 55,332,754 
 (4,667,052)
 3,400,586 
 (16,848)

 43,353,577 

 54,049,440 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

group

company

note 30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Reconciliation of deferred tax liabilities:
Net deferred liabilities at the beginning of the year
Transfer to deferred tax asset
Arising from the acquisition of Evander Mines 
Deferred tax charge for the year
Deferred tax asset raised during the current year
Foreign currency translation reserve

Net deferred liabilities at the end of the year

39
13

 54,049,440 
 – 
 – 
 (1,765,459)
 – 
 (8,930,404)

 10,088,530 
 79,555 
 45,132,359 
 5,744,025 
 (200,340)
 (6,794,689)

 43,353,577 

 54,049,440 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

138

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Arising from temporary differences relating to:
Property, plant and equipment
Provisions
Other

 – 
 174,199 
 192,368 

 57,139 
 289,940 
 (34,281)

 – 
 174,199 
 192,368 

 – 
 267,281 
 – 

 366,567 

 312,798 

 366,567 

 267,281 

group

company

note 30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Reconciliation of deferred tax assets:
Net deferred assets at the beginning of the year
Transfer from deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax credit for the year
Foreign currency translation reserve

 312,798 
 – 
 153,436 
 (99,667)

 – 
 79,555 
 265,013 
 (31,770)

 267,281 
 – 
 153,436 
 (54,150)

 – 
 – 
 289,876 
 (22,595)

13

Net deferred assets at the end of the year

 366,567 

 312,798 

 366,567 

 267,281 

Deferred tax assets not recognised for the company amounted to nil (2013: £9,536). In the prior, these related to assessed losses 
carried forward as a result of temporary differences.

Assessed loss carried forward for company amounted to nil (2013: £34,056). Unredeemed capital expenditure in relation to Phoenix 
Platinum and ETRP carried forward was £14,6 million (2013: £8.9 million).

30 Financial instruments

The group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the sustainable return 
to shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity ratios. The group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from the 
prior year.

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

components of capital and financial covenants:
Cash and cash equivalents
Interest-bearing debt/gold loan

Net interest-bearing (assets) liabilities
Equity

Net debt to equity ratio (%)*

Finance costs of the revolving credit facilities
Earnings before interest and taxation

Interest cover ratio
Adjusted EBITDA is represented by earnings before interest, taxation, 
depreciation and amortisation, bargain purchase gain, impairments and 
loss on disposal of assets held for sale.

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA

Financial covenant limits:
The ratio of the net debt to equity must be less than 1:1.
The interest cover ratio must be greater than four times.
The ratio of Net Debt to Adjusted EBITDA must be less than 2.5:1.

 (5,618,323)
 11,225,365 

 (4,768,916)
 11,009,143 

 (1,803,545)
 – 

 (3,304,949)
 – 

 5,607,042 

 6,240,227 
 159,396,109   172,208,237 

 (1,803,545)
 111,102,442 

 (3,304,949)
 124,671,062 

 0.04 

 0.04 

 (0.02)

 (0.03)

713,395
 34,130,214 

852,998
 54,510,133 

 – 

 – 
 (738,676)  (22,026,658)

48

64

 – 

 – 

 44,165,423 

 53,123,887 

 (738,676)

 (3,381,660)

 0.13 

 0.12 

 2.44 

 0.98 

139

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201430 Financial instruments (continued)

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

categories of financial instruments:
Financial assets:**
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment in associate
Receivables
Financial liabilities:
Trade and other payables
Long-term liabilities
Current portion of long-term liabilities

 5,618,323 
 1,009,545 
 8,181,293 

 4,768,916 
 1,199,071 
 10,812,937 

 1,803,545 
 1,009,429 
 – 

 3,304,949 
 1,182,606 
 1,194,826 

 17,193,220 
8,141,317
4,754,803

 22,186,228 
10,253,706
864,218

 777,079 
153,721
560,882

 743,051 
 – 
 – 

All of the financial instruments above are carried at amortised cost, except for the gold Loan which is measured at fair value.

*  Net debt is calculated on cash and cash equivalents less interest bearing debt.
**  At year-end the group did not have trade receivables that are past overdue and not impaired.

Financial risk management objectives
The  group  seeks  to  minimise  the  effects  of  financial  risks  by  using  derivative  financial  instruments  to  hedge  risk  exposures  where 
appropriate. The use of any financial derivatives is approved by the board of directors, who also on a continuous basis provide guidance 
on managing foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, the use of financial derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments, 
and the investment of excess liquidity. Exposure limits are reviewed on a continuous basis. The group does not enter into or trade 
financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative use.

credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. 
The  group  has  adopted  a  policy  of  only  dealing  with  creditworthy  counterparties  and  obtaining  sufficient  collateral,  where 
appropriate, as a means of mitigating the risk. 

The group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The amounts presented in the statement of financial position 
are net of allowances for doubtful receivables of £35,578 (2013: £36,051) relating to other receivables, estimated by the group’s 
management based on the current economic environment and individual debtor circumstances. The credit risk on liquid funds is 
limited because the counterparties are dealt with in accordance with the group’s credit policy. Rand Refinery Pty Ltd is the one major 
customer that represents more than 5% of the trade receivables balance for the individual gold mining subsidiaries (Barberton Mines 
and Evander Mines), and Western Platinum Limited (Subsidiary of Lonmin PLC) is the one major customer that represents more 
than 5% of the trade receivables balance of Phoenix Platinum .

Customers above 5%
Rand Refinery Pty Ltd
Western Platinum Limited (Subsidiary of Lonmin PLC)

£
30 June 2014 30 June 2013

£

 5,726,230 
 2,285,276 

 8,379,514 
 1,387,795 

 8,011,506 

 9,767,309 

market risk
The group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the gold price. 
Where appropriate, the group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currency 
risk and the commodity price risk. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis.

140

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014Foreign currency risk
The group undertakes certain transactions in foreign currencies. Hence, exposures to exchange rate fluctuation arise. Exchange rate 
exposures are managed within approved policy parameters. The group specifically ensure USD receipts are converted into ZAR as 
quickly and economically as possible.

commodity price and foreign exchange rate risk
The group may enter into forward contracts to hedge their exposure to fluctuations in gold prices and exchange rates on specific 
transactions. The contracts are matched with anticipated future cash flows from gold sales receipts.

interest rate and liquidity risk
Fluctuations in interest rates impact on short-term investment and financing activities, giving rise to interest rate risk. In the ordinary 
course  of  business,  the  group  receives  cash  proceeds  from  its  operations  and  is  required  to  fund  working  capital  and  capital 
expenditure  requirements.  Cash  is  managed  to  ensure  that  surplus  funds  are  invested  to  maximise  returns  whilst  ensuring  that 
capital is safeguarded to the maximum extent by only investing with reputable financial institutions. Contractual arrangements for 
committed borrowing facilities are maintained to meet the group’s normal and contingent funding needs.

currency and commodity price risk

currency and gold spot price
Pound Sterling/ZAR exchange rate
USD gold spot price ($/oz)

Foreign currency/gold price sensitivity
2014

2013

gold price sensitivity
2014

closing 
rate at 
30 June 2014 

average 
rate for the 
year ended 
30 June 2014

18.01
 1,327 

16.88
 1,303 

impact of 
10% currency 
or gold price 
movement 
on profit
£

 11,701,311 

 9,334,799 

value of 
the gold on 
10% increase 
in gold price

£*

11,225,365

12,347,901

141

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 
30 Financial instruments (continued)

The pound sterling carrying amount of the group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities at statement of 
financial position date is as follows:

2014
Assets
Liabilities

2013
Assets
Liabilities

impact of 
10% currency 
movement
 on
 translation
 reserve

£*

 23,510,399 
 24,011,644 

 21,373,090 
 21,828,767 

 26,748,411 
 24,066,270 

 24,316,737 
 21,878,427 

* 

The functional currency within the group is ZAR therefore the sensitivity details the effect of the ZAR/GBP exchange rate on the foreign currency translation reserve.

commodity zero cost collar
The group entered into two zero cost collar gold transaction during the year, similar to transactions that were undertaken in the 
prior year. During the current financial year, the group realised a profit of £2,310,426 upon agreeing to realise the two contracts 
with ABSA Bank Limited.

Financial instruments (derivatives)

group
£

company
£
30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013

company
£

group
£

Opening balance
Financial instruments during the year
Fair valuing of financial instruments
Financial instruments realised during the year
Closing balance

 – 
 2,310,426 
 – 
 (2,310,426)
 – 

 – 
 1,589,595 
 – 
 (1,589,595)
 – 

 – 
 2,310,426 
 – 
 (2,310,426)
 – 

 – 
 1,589,595 
 – 
 (1,589,595)
 – 

group
£

group
£
30 June 2014 30 June 2013

£
 total 

cost collar derivative profits
Cash profits realised on the statement of comprehensive income

 2,310,426

 1,589,595 

 3,900,021 

142

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 
terms of the zero cost collar gold transaction:

call option terms:

Trade date
Commodity

Total notional quantity
Option style
Option type
Commodity option buyer

Option term*
Strike price per unit

put option terms:

Trade date
Commodity

Total notional quantity
Option style
Option type
Commodity option buyer

Option term*
Strike price per unit

Realised profits

30 June 2014

 contract one 

 contract two 

20 august 2013
gold
78,000 ounces 
(2426 kilograms)
asian
call
aBsa Bank limited
From and including 
1 september 2013, to and 
including 31 august 2015 
(2 years).

24 January 2014
gold
60,000 ounces 
(1866 kilograms)
asian
call
aBsa Bank limited
From and including 
1 February 2014, to and 
including 31 January 2016 
(2 years).

30 June 2013
contract one

 June 26, 2013
Gold
78,000 ounces 
(2426 kilograms)
Asian
Call
ABSA Bank Limited

From and including 
31 May 2013, to and including
 30 June 2015 (2 years).

Zar 502,815 per kilogram Zar 519,237 per kilogram ZAR518,500 per kilogram

20 august 2013
gold
78,000 ounces 
(2426 kilograms)
asian
put
aBsa Bank limited
From and including 
1 september 2013, to and 
including 31 august 2015 
(2 years).

24 January 2014
gold
60,000 ounces 
(1866 kilograms)
asian
put
aBsa Bank limited
From and including 
1 February 2014, to and 
including 31 January 2016 
(2 years).

 June 26, 2013

78,000 ounces 
(2426 kilograms)
Asian
Put
ABSA Bank Limited

From and including 
31 May 2013, to and including
 30 June 2015 (2 years).

Zar 425,012 kilogram Zar 430,012 per kilogram ZAR 425,000 per kilogram

1,777,251

533,175

1,589,595

* Redeemed during the year and not open at year-end.

interest rate risk
The group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities within the group borrow and invest funds at both fixed and floating 
interest rates.

interest rate sensitivity
During the current year the group took out a gold loan (refer to note 28). The gold loan measurement and valuation is subject to 
interest rate and gold price variations. Refer to below for gold loan sensitivity on interest rates variations.

143

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201430 Financial instruments (continued)

ZAR
GBP

10% decrease 
in interest 
rates

5% decrease 
in interest 
rates

valuation 
of the 
gold loan

5% increase 
in interest 
rates

10% increase 
in interest 
rates

206,054,217 204,092,742 202,168,810 200,281,437
11,120,568

11,225,365

11,332,190

11,441,100

198,429,669
11,017,750

liquidity risk
Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the board, which has built an appropriate liquidity risk management 
framework for the management of the group’s short term funding and liquidity management requirements. This framework involves 
constant weekly monitoring of the group’s cash position, cash flow forecast, and matching maturity profiles of financial assets and 
liabilities  to  enable  management  of  the  liquidity  risk  by  maintaining  adequate  reserves,  banking  facilities  and  reserve  borrowings 
facilities.

The group has access to financing facilities at Barberton Mines and its Funding Company, of which all of the facilities were undrawn 
as at 30 June 2014, however a gold loan of £11,225,364 was outstanding at year-end (Refer to note 28). The group expects to meet 
its other obligations from operating cash flows and proceeds of maturing financial assets.

liquidity risk analysis
The following table indicates the group’s remaining contractual maturity from its financial liabilities:

group
2014
Trade and other payables
Long-term liabilities (non-interest bearing)
Long-term liabilities (interest bearing)
Other short-term liabilities

2013
Trade and other payables
Long-term liabilities (non-interest bearing)
Long-term liabilities (interest bearing)
Other short-term liabilities

company
2014
Trade and other payables
Long-term liabilities
Other short-term liabilities

2013
Trade and other payables
Long-term liabilities
Other short-term liabilities

£
Weighted
 average 
interest rate

£

£

£

less than 
12 months

1–5 years

total

 – 
 – 
8.53%
 – 

 17,193,220 
 4,754,803 
 – 
 – 

 – 
8,141,317
 – 
 – 

 17,193,220 
 12,896,120 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
7.85%
 – 

 22,186,228 
 – 
 864,218 
 – 

 – 
988,035
14,839,707
 – 

 22,186,228 
 988,035 
 15,703,925 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 777,079 
 560,882 
 – 

 – 
153,721
 – 

 743,051 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 390,681 
 – 

 777,079 
 714,603 
 – 

 743,051 
 390,681 
 – 

Fair value of financial instruments
The directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities recorded approximate their fair values.

144

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014Financial asset (right to future share)*

Opening balance
Right to future shares raised on sale
Foreign currency translation reserve

Closing balance before impairment
Impairment

Closing balance

group
£

group
£
30 June 2014 30 June 2013

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 7,024,203 
 (460,153)

 6,564,050 
 (6,564,050)

 – 

*	 The	financial	asset	related	to	the	right	to	future	shares	in	Auroch	based	on	the	future	milestones	being	achieved.	The	milestones	set	were	considered	to	have	a	low	

probability	of	being	achieved	due	to	the	prior	year	challenging	mining	environment	and	commodity	prices.	Therefore	the	financial	asset	was	fully	impaired.

Fair value hierarchy
The following is an analysis of the financial instruments that are measured at fair value.

They are grouped into levels I to 3 based on the extent to which fair value is observable.

The levels are classified as follows:

Level 1 –  fair value is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical financial assets or 

liabilities;

Level 2 –  fair value is determined using inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that 

are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived 
from	prices);	and

Level 3 – fair value is determined on inputs not based on observable market data.

Derivative financial liabilities*

 – 

11,225,365

 – 

11,225,365

30 June 2014
level 1

level 2

level 3

total

Derivative financial liabilities

30 June 2013
level 1

level 2

level 3

 – 

 – 

 – 

total

 – 

* 

The fair value of the gold loan, which is a recurring fair value measurement treated as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, was estimated by discounting future expected 
cash	flows.	The	significant	inputs	which	are	observable	at	quoted	intervals	include	the	gold	forward	curves	and	the	forecast	ZAR	to	USD	exchange	rate	based	on	a	
forward curve. These are discounted at a rate of approximately 8%, which takes into consideration the credit risk.

31

post-retirement BeneFit inFormation
Predominantly most employees are required to be members of either the Barberton Pension Umbrella Fund, Sentinel Retirement 
Fund, Mine Workers Provident Fund or the Shanduka Group Provident Fund. These are defined contribution funds and are registered 
under and governed by the South African Pension Act, 1956, as amended. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those 
of the group in funds and they are in the control of the trustees. The total costs charged to the statement of comprehensive income 
of £4,747,602 (2013: £2,457,148) at group level and £112,853 (2013: £85,063) at company level and represent employer contributions 
payable to the schemes by the group and company at rates specified in the rules of the scheme. The calculation of the provision for 
post retirement medical benefits is performed internally by management using the South African Revenue Services life expectancy 
tables  as  the  benefits  payable  are  a  fixed  amount  per  pensioner.  The  balance  of  post  retirement  medical  benefits  were 
£90,832 (2013: £108,781).

145

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201432 commitments, contingent liaBilities and guarantees

group
Commitments
The group had outstanding open orders contracted for at year-end of £4,986,259 (2013: £4,840,876).

Authorised commitments for the new financial year not yet contracted for totalled £19,061,631 (2013: £9,626,040).

Contingent liabilities
The group had no contingent liabilities in the current financial year or prior year.

Guarantees
The group had guarantees of £1,365,525 (2013: £1,638,448) in favour of Eskom, and £776,725 (2012: £931,966) in favour of the DMR 
at year-end.

company
There were no commitments, contingent liabilities and guarantees for the company for the year ended 30 June 2014 (2013: £nil), 
except for the operating lease commitments disclosed in note 7.

33 directors’ emoluments

The key management personnel for which remuneration has been disclosed below are considered to be the executive directors, 
non-executive directors and RA Holding:

group

group
30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

 615,085 
 – 

 1,068,060 
 – 

 615,085 

 1,068,060 

 146,004 

 223,376 

 146,004 

 223,376 

 761,089 

 1,291,436 

Basic
remuneration
£

retirement
fund
£

life and 
disability 

other

plan allowances
£

£

remuneration Bonuses
£
£

total
2014
£

total 
2013
£

 148,703 
 84,311 
 – 
 21,675 

 24,377 
 8,316 
 – 
 2,301 

 3,044 
 1,271 
 – 
 352 

 14,758 
 6,198 
 – 
 3,555 

 –   109,139   300,021 
 –   100,096 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 –   214,968 
 187,085 

 – 
 – 
 925,603 
 142,457 

 254,689 

 34,994 

 4,667 

 24,511 

 187,085   109,139   615,085   1,068,060 

executive directors
Emoluments
Share options exercised 

Total

non-executive directors
Emoluments

Total 

Total remuneration

share 
option 
taxable 
benefit
£

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

individual

executive
Mr RA Holding**
Mr JAJ Loots***
Mr J Nelson 
Ms YB Sitole****

Total

146

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014individual

non-executive
Mr RG Still
Ms P Mahanyele*
Mr KC Spencer
Mrs HH Hickey
Mr T Mosololi*****
Mr JAJ Loots*

Total

total
2014
£

total 
2013
£

 26,931 
 28,983 
 44,885 
 24,979 
 10,758 
 9,468 

 48,497 
 33,348 
 86,196 
 33,548 
 – 
 21,787 

 146,004 

 223,376 

three highest 
paid non-
directors

Mr C Strydom
Mr A Van Den 
Bergh
Mr P Human

share 
option 
taxable 
benefit
£

Basic 
remuneration
£

retirement 
fund
£

 311,441 

120,154

12,533

 267,787 
 195,226 

127,321
103,196

11,897
12,978

life and 
disability 

plan allowances
£

£

 – 

 – 
 – 

 4,274 

 869 
 5,190 

other 
remuneration Bonuses
£
£

total
2014
£

total 
2013
£

 – 

 66,363   514,765 

 212,436 

 – 
 – 

 71,943   479,817 
 52,798   369,388 

 177,841 
 256,200 

*  Directors fees accruing to these directors are paid by the company to Shanduka.
**	 Mr	RA	Holding	was	appointed	director	and	Chief	Executive	Officer	with	effect	from	1	September	2013.
***  Mr JAJ Loots was appointed Financial director effective from 1 October 2013. Mr JAJ Loots was also previously a non-executive director of the group, and fees paid in this 

capacity were paid to Shanduka.

****  Ms YB Sitole resigned as Financial director, effective 30 September 2013.
***** Mr T Mosololi was appointed as an independent non-executive director from 9 December 2013.

executive directors
Mr RA Holding and Mr JAJ Loots were appointed CEO and FD, respectively.

non-executive directors
Mr  JAJ  Loots  resigned  as  a  non-executive  during  the  year  and  Mr  T  Mosololi  was  appointed  as  an  Independent  non-executive 
director. The following appointments did not change during the year under review:
– Mr KC Spencer (Chairman)
– Ms P Mahanyele 
– Mr RG Still
– Mrs HH Hickey 

No retirement fund contributions are currently made by the company on behalf of non-executive directors.

Non-executive  directors  are  entitled  to  the  following  fees  as  approved  annually  by  the  Remuneration  Committee  for  services 
rendered, based on their appointment to the respective board sub-committees, and meetings attended:

147

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201433 directors’ emoluments (continued)

30 June 2014

Board of directors
remuneration committee 
(Deputy chairperson as chairperson)
audit committee  
(Member 2 as chairperson)
sHec committee
nominations committee

total

mr 
kc spencer
chairperson 
of the board
£

ms 
p mahanyele 
deputy 
chairperson 
of the board
£

 33,175 

 19,322 

mr 
rg still
£

 15,222 

mrs 
HH Hickey
£

mr 
t mosololi
£

mr 
JaJ loots
£

 15,222 

 8,806 

 7,536 

 – 

 5,797 

 3,903 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 5,855 
 5,855 

44,885

 – 
 – 
 3,864 

28,983

 3,903 
 – 
 3,903 

26,931

 5,855 
 3,902 
 – 

24,979

 1,952 
 – 
 – 

10,758

 1,932 
 – 
 – 

9,468

30 June 2013

mr 
kc spencer
chairperson 
of the board
£

ms 
p mahanyele 
deputy 
chairperson 
of the board
£

mr 
rg still
£

mrs 
HH Hickey
£

mr 
t mosololi
£

mr 
JaJ loots
£

Board of directors
remuneration committee 
(Deputy chairperson as chairperson)
audit committee  
(Member 2 as chairperson)
sHec committee
nominations committee

total

72,856

 22,232 

35,159

22,432

 17,341 

 – 

 6,670 

 4,446 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 6,670 
 6,670 

86,196

 – 
 – 
 4,446 

33,348

 4,446 
 – 
 4,446 

48,497

 6,670 
 4,446 
 – 

33,548

 4,446 
 – 
 – 

21,787

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

–

total
 options
outstanding 
1 July 2013 grant date

strike 
price 
(pence)

options 
granted/
(exercised)
 during 
the period

grant/
(exercise)
 date

grant/
(exercise)
 price
 (pence)

transferred 
out

total 
options
30 June 2014

Mr KC Spencer
Mr RA Holding
Mr JAJ Loots

1,500,000 21 July 2008

 – 
 – 

1,500,000

 5.2 

 – 

–
 –  1,500,000 1 September 2013
1,150,000 1 September 2013
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 1,500,000 
 1,500,000 
 1,150,000 

4,150,000

2,650,000

options 
granted/
(exercised)
 during 
the period

total
 options
outstanding 
1 July 2012 grant date

strike 
price 
(pence)

grant/
(exercise)
 date

grant/
(exercise)
 price
 (pence)

transferred 
out

total 
options
30 June 2013

Mr KC Spencer

 3,000,000  21 July 2008

 5.2   (1,500,000)

Total

 3,000,000 

 –   (1,500,000)

–

–

 (5.2)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,500,000 

 1,500,000 

148

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014directors’ dealings in shares
During the year under review Mr JAJ Loots had participated in the following transactions in the company’s shares:

– On 17 September 2013, purchased 50,000 shares at ZAR2.23 per share.

At 30 June 2014 Mr JAJ Loots held a total of 231,575 shares (2013: 181,575) representing 0.01% of the issued share capital.

During the year under review Mr RG Still participated in the following transactions in the company’s shares through his related 
entities:

Mr RG Still is a trustee of a family trust (‘The Alexandra Trust’). Mr RG Still is therefore deemed to have an indirect, non–beneficial 
interest in The Alexandra Trust’s holding in the company.

During the year under review the Alexandra trust had the following dealings in shares:

Alexandra Trust
– On 01 October 2013, sold 360,916 shares at ZAR2.70 per share.

– On 02–06 May 2014, sold 4,312,700 shares at an average price of ZAR2.70 per share.

At 30 June 2014 the Alexandra Trust held a total of 7,000,000 shares (2013: 11,673,616) representing 0.38% of the issued share 
capital.

cash settled options

total 
options 
outstanding
 1 July 2013 grant date

options 
granted/
(exercised) 
during the 
period

strike 
price 
(pence)

listed per grant/
exercise

grant/
(exercise)
 date

grant/
(exercise)
 price
(pence)

options 
forfeited

total 
options 
30 June 
2014

Mr RA Holding
Mr JAJ Loots
Mr C Strydom**
Mr C Strydom**
Mr A van den Bergh**
Mr A van den Bergh**
Mr P Human**
Ms YB Sitole

 – 

 5,127,134  9 May 2011
–
 2,325,000  9 May 2011
 2,325,000  9 May 2011
 1,812,589  9 May 2011
 1,812,589  9 May 2011
 2,902,500  9 May 2011
 1,619,487  1 May 2012

 0.11 
 – 
 0.11 
 0.11 
 0.11 
 0.11 
 0.11 
 0.14 

29 August 2013
 1,000,000 
 5,000,000 
29 August 2013
 (1,162,500) 23 September 2013
8 May 2014
 (1,162,500)
 (906,294) 23 September 2013
8 May 2014
 (906,294)
8 May 2014
 (967,500)
–
 – 

 0.13 
 0.13 
 0.07 
 0.06 
 0.07 
 0.06 
 0.06 
 – 

 –   6,127,134 
 –   5,000,000 
 –   1,162,500 
 –   1,162,500 
 906,295 
 – 
 906,295 
 – 
 –   1,935,000 
 – 

 (1,619,487)

 17,924,299 

0

 0.10 

 894,912 

 – 

 – 

 (1,619,487)  17,199,724 

**  Highest paid non-directors.

149

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 201434 eQuity settled sHare options

On 1 September 2005, the company established a share option programme relating to equity-settled share options entitling specific 
employees, officers, directors and qualifying consultants as approved by the board of directors of the company and its subsidiaries 
to purchase shares in the company. The share option exercise price is determined using the closing price at which shares are traded 
on the JSE or AIM (as determined by the board of directors), on the trading date immediately preceding the date upon which the 
board authorised the grant of the opportunity to acquire the relevant share options, as the case may be to a participant. Pursuant 
to resolutions of the board passed in accordance with the rules of the share option programme, share options may be released from 
the share option programme to participants, share options may be exercised by participants and allocation shares may be delivered 
to participants as follows for allocations prior to 21 July 2008:
(i)	 33.33%	of	the	total	number	of	shares	allocated	after	one	year	has	elapsed	from	the	grant	date	by	the	participant	of	the	grant;
(ii)  up to 66.67% of the total number of shares allocated after two years have elapsed from the grant date by the participant of the 

grant;

(iii)  the balance of the shares allocated after three years have elapsed from the grant date by the participant of the grant,

and for allocations subsequent to 21 July 2008, the vesting date was amended from three years to four years as follows: 
(i)	 25%	of	the	total	number	of	shares	allocated	after	one	year	has	elapsed	from	the	grant	date	by	the	participant	of	the	grant;
(ii) 

 up  to  50%  of  the  total  number  of  shares  allocated  after  two  years  have  elapsed  from  the  grant  date  by  the  participant  of 
the	grant;

(iii)  up to 75% of the total number of shares allocated after three years have elapsed from the grant date by the participant of 

the	grant;	and

(iv)	 the	balance	of	the	shares	after	four	years	have	elapsed	from	the	grant	date	by	the	participant	of	the	grant;	provided	that	the	

board may, at its discretion, anticipate or postpone such dates. 

An option holder may not exercise a share option under the share option programme by later than the end of the year preceding 
the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Upon death of an option holder the estate would be entitled to exercise the options vested 
to date within twelve months of the date of death, if the options are not exercised the total available share options would lapse. 
The directors have the discretion to approve the vesting of the deceased total number of unvested share options.

The number of vested share options to which an option holder is entitled to expires after of period of six months due to resignation, 
retirement, redundancy or disability of the option holder.

during the year, an equity linked incentive was implemented for the new executive directors appointed.  
the terms of the scheme are as follows:

Total number of potential shares
Grant date
Vesting date
Vesting period
Exercise price
Market conditions to be met

2,650,000
1 September 2013
28 February 2015
18 months
nil

In  the  event  that  the  30-day  VWAP  JSE  share  price  of  Pan  African  Resources  has 
outperformed  the  JSE  gold  index  by  10%  or  more  during  the  18-month  period  starting 
1 September 2013, 1,750,000 ordinary shares of Pan African Resources will be issued by the 
vesting date, or alternatively cash settled.

In  the  event  that  the  30-day  VWAP  JSE  share  price  of  Pan  African  Resources  has 
outperformed  the  JSE  gold  index  by  25%  or  more  during  the  18-month  period  starting 
1 September 2013, further 900,000 ordinary shares of Pan African Resources will be issued 
by the vesting date, or alternatively cash settled.

The Remuneration Committee may elect to settle the obligation in cash, should it be unable 
to issue shares, provided that the beneficiary is in a net neutral position, after taking account 
of taxes and other costs.

150

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014The number and weighted average exercise price of share options is as follows:

Outstanding at 1 July
Granted during the year*
Forfeited
Exercised during the year

Outstanding 30 June 

30 June 2014
Weighted 
average
 exercise 
price

6.4p
 nil 
 6.4p 
4.9p

number 
of options

 9,782,600 
 2,650,000 
 (100)
 (7,160,500)

5.3p

 5,272,000 

30 June 2013
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

6.4p
 – 
 – 
6.5p

6.4p

number 
of options

 14,282,600 
 – 
 – 
 (4,500,000)

 9,782,600 

30 June 2014
vested

unvested

30 June 2013
vested

unvested

Total number share options at year-end

 2,622,000 

 2,650,000 

 9,782,600 

 – 

The fair value of services received for share options granted is based on the fair value of share options granted, measured by using for all 
issues prior to 20 March 2010 a Black Scholes model and a variant of the Binomial model for issues on the 20 March 2010, with the 
following inputs:

Share price
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life
FTSE/JSE SA Gold Mining Index at grant date
Risk-free interest rate

last fair value measurements
30 June 2014 30 June 2010 30 June 2008

 2.06 
nil
30%
18 months
 1,304.10 
6.03%

R0.68
R0.68
58.61%
3–6 years
n/a
8.15%

R 0.62
R 0.70
72.39%
1–3 years
n/a
5.31%

A company dividend rate has not been determined and therefore is not taken into account in option fair value calculations. The volatility 
of the company’s share price on each date of grant was calculated as the average of volatilities of share prices of the company on the 
corresponding dates. The volatility of share price of the company was calculated as the average of annualised standard deviations of daily 
continuously compounded returns on the company’s stock, calculated over 1 to 4 years back from the date of grant. Therefore, volatility 
of the company’s share prices was calculated over the period commensurate with the expected life of the options under consideration, 
giving more weight to more recent historical data to account for volatility persistence.

There are no market conditions attached to the exercise of the share options except the share options issued during the current year.

The group recognised total expenses of £122,936 (2013: £127,053) related to equity settled share-based payment transactions during the 
reporting period.

Participation in share-based and other long-term incentive schemes is restricted to employees and directors.

151

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014related party transactions
The group entered into the following transactions and held year-end balances with related parties:

statement of 
comprehensive income 
transactions

statement of Financial 
position transactions

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
 £ 

 £ 

 £ 

 £ 

 – 
 (509,478)
 (29,621)
 (337,678)
 38,451 

 – 
 (1,161,720)
 (216,763)
 – 
 55,136 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 29 
 15,238,735 
 7,216,854 

 1,194,826 
 – 
 4,210,542 
 8,314,398 

 (4,976,726)
 – 
 –   (30,339,085)
 (8,151)
 – 
 (194)
 – 

 – 
 (13,772,763)
 (9,780)
 (233)

 – 

 (6,791)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 509,478 
 63,084 

 – 
 1,161,720 
 76,203 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 30,339,085 

 13,772,763 

 – 

 – 

 (1,194,826)

 (863,345)

 (865,245)

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 194 
 101,934 

 233 
 10,988,018 

 29,621 

 216,763 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 (7,216,854)

 (8,314,398)

 – 

 – 

 7,068,166 

 8,480,858 

 (164,566)

 (198,369)

company

– Dividends received from Barberton Mines
– Fee income from Barberton Mines
– Fee income from Phoenix Platinum
– Fee income from Evander Mines
– Directors fees expense to Shanduka
– receivable from other group companies
– Barberton Mines
– Pan African Resources Management Services Company
– Evander Mines
– Phoenix Platinum***
– payable to other group companies
– Evander Mines
– Barberton Mines (loan payable)
– Emerald Panther
– Funding Company
payable to other related parties
Fee payable to Shanduka**

Barberton mines
– Dividends paid to company
– Fees expense to company
– Fees expense to Shanduka
– Loans with group Companies
– Receivable from company
– Payable to other group companies
– Payable to company (Accounts payable)

Funding company
– Finance income from Evander Mines
– Loans with group companies
– Receivable from company
– Receivable from Evander Mines

phoenix platinum***
– Fees paid to company
– payable to other group companies
– Payable to company***

evander mines subsidiaries
– Receivable from other group companies
– Receivable from Evander Mines
– payable to other group companies
– Payable to Evander Mines

152

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014company

evander gold mines ltd****
– Gold sales invoiced to Evander Gold Mining Pty Ltd
– Cost of gold Production from Evander Gold Mining Pty Ltd
– receivable from other group companies
Receivable from Evander Gold Mining Pty Ltd
Receivable from Evander subsidiaries
– payable to other group companies
Payable to Evander Gold Mining Pty Ltd
Payable to Funding company
Payable to Evander subsidiaries

evander gold mining pty ltd****
– Gold purchases from Evander Gold Mines Ltd
– Cost of gold production income invoiced to Evander Gold Mines Ltd
– Finance costs paid to Funding Company
– Receivable from other group companies
– Receivable from Evander Gold Mines Ltd
– Payable to Evander Gold Mines Ltd
– Payable to other group companies
– Payable to Funding Company
– Payable to company

*   These related party transactions related to Pan African and eliminate on consolidation. 
**  Included in trade and other payables.

*** Company loan to Phoenix Platinum reconciliation:

Carrying amount of loan before impairment
Impairment of inter-company loan

Net carrying amount inter-company loan

statement of 
comprehensive income 
transactions

statement of Financial 
position transactions

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
 £ 

 £ 

 £ 

 £ 

 (54,563,057)  (26,363,367)
 54,022,829 
 26,102,343 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 51,245,704 
 164,566 

 27,711,569 
 198,369 

 – 
 (6,281)
 (7,068,166)

 (27,570,010)
 – 
 (8,480,858)

 (54,022,829)
 54,563,057 
 863,345 

 (26,102,343)
 26,363,367 
 865,245 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 (51,245,704)

 27,570,010 
 (27,711,569)

 – 
 – 

 (101,934)
 (15,238,735)

 (10,988,018)
 (4,210,542)

company
 £ 

 £ 
30 June 2014 30 June 2013

 7,216,854 
 – 

 16,642,179 
 (8,327,781)

 7,216,854 

 8,314,398 

Total investment by company, in Phoenix Platinum comprises of the acquisition investment and a inter-company loan. During the prior 
year the inter-company loan was impaired due to external (reduction in metal prices) and internal (reduction in production, and lower 
processing plant recoveries) indicators. The impairment was calculated using a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of 16.25%. No 
impairment was required during the current year.

****  Evander Gold Mines Ltd and Evander Gold Mining Pty Ltd are collectively referred to as Evander Mines due to a interim-mining arrangement in place since 1 March 2013.

153

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014non-current asset Held For sale
The carrying value of non-current assets held for sale on 30 June 2014 are as follows:

Description
Opening balance
Disposal of the Segalla Plant**
Disposal of Manica projects***
Foreign currency translation reserve

group
£

£

company

£

£

30 June 
2014
 213,191 
 (177,982)
 – 
 (35,209)

30 June 
2013
 13,135,215 
 – 
 (12,887,411)
 (34,613)

 – 

 213,191 

30 June 
2014
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

30 June 
2014
 13,155,070 
 – 
 (12,887,411)
 (267,659)

 – 

*** During the prior year the group completed this disposal, as described further in note 19. A loss on disposal arose as follows:

Issue of share in Auroch (Refer to note 19)
Deferred consideration

Foreign currency translation reserve
Net book value

Loss on disposal of asset held for sale

** Segalla plant

The decision was taken in during the 2012 financial year to sell the Segalla plant. In the current year the 
Segalla plant was sold for a total consideration of £166,859.

 company 
£

30 June 2013
 4,501,947 
 7,024,203 

 11,526,150 

 775,123 
 (12,887,411)

 586,138 

Opening balance
Proceeds
Loss on sale of asset held for sale
Foreign currency translation reserve

Net book value

group
30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

213,191
 (166,859)
 (11,848)
 (34,484)

 247,804 
 – 
 – 
 (34,613)

 – 

213,191

154

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014events aFter tHe reporting period
 The company announced on 2 July 2014 the following appointments and resignations: 
– Mr RG Still resigned as a non executive director effectively from 1 July 2014.
– Mr R Smith was appointed as an independent non-executive director with effect from 8 September 2014.

On 29 August 2014, Barberton Mines implemented a broad-based employee ownership scheme. A newly established employee trust will 
own 5% of the issued share capital of Barberton Mines. The transaction was fully vendor financed on a notional basis by Barberton Mines, 
the preference share funding attracts market related returns and dilution to Pan African Resources remains limited

reconciliation oF proFit BeFore taxation to casH generated By/(used in) operations

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Profit before taxation
Adjusted for:

Impairment
Equity and cash settled share options costs
Net finance income
Loss/(profit) on disposal of assets
Royalty costs
Bargain purchase consideration
Loss on sale of asset held for sale
Loss on associate
Decrease in provision for environmental rehabilitation
Fair value adjustment on gold loan
Fair value adjustment on rehab trust fund
Non-mining depreciation 
Mining depreciation
Other

 33,939,335 
 14,887,531 

 54,707,096 
 2,092,224 

 (569,830)
 809,102 

 (20,947,423)
 17,859,752 

 – 
 1,730,645 
 190,879 
 (20,497)
 2,019,066 
 – 
 11,848 
 173,177 
 (340,530)
 128,484 
 923,188 
 37,342 
 10,023,361 
 10,568 

 16,143,604 
 336,518 
 (196,963)
 (11,768)
 3,198,622 
 (24,114,255)
 586,138 
 152,312 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 41,197 
 5,998,267 
 (41,448)

 – 
 767,429 
 (168,846)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 173,177 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 37,342 
 – 
 – 

 18,058,860 
 128,418 
 (1,079,235)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 586,138 
 152,312 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 40,154 
 – 
 (26,895)

Operating cash flows before working capital changes

 48,826,866 

 56,799,320 

 239,272 

 (3,087,671)

Working capital changes

Decrease/(increase) in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
Non-cash items

 (2,831,174)

 4,818,817 

 96,460 

 1,275,834 

 1,254,612 
 2,208,036 
 (5,982,303)
 (311,519)

 (871,992)
 (4,666,510)
 10,043,929 
 313,390 

 – 
 1,161,017 
 (955,268)
 (109,289)

 – 
 399,776 
 872,306 
 3,752 

Cash generated by/(utilised in) operations

 45,995,692 

 61,618,137 

 335,732 

 (1,811,837)

Income taxes paid
Royalties paid
Net finance (costs)/income
Dividends paid

 (6,966,377)
 (1,569,574)
 (605,676)
 (14,683,712)

 (10,116,451)
 (3,549,657)
 313,508 
 – 

 (165,877)
 – 
 168,846 
 (14,683,712)

 – 
 – 
 1,054,114 
 – 

Net cash from/(used in) operating activities

 22,170,353 

 48,265,537 

 (14,345,011)

 (757,723)

155

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014reconciliation oF proFit BeFore taxation to casH generated By/(used in) operations (continued)

group

company

30 June 2014 30 June 2013 30 June 2014 30 June 2013
£

£

£

£

Taxation paid during the year:
Taxation charge per the statement of comprehensive income 
Less: Deferred taxation 

Taxation (receivable)/payable at beginning of year 
Taxation receivable/(payable) at end of year 
Foreign currency translation

Taxation paid during year 

Royalty paid during the year:
Royalty costs (receivable)/payable at beginning of year 
Royalty costs receivable acquired
Royalty costs payable at end of year 
Royalty costs charge for the year
Foreign currency translation

Royalty paid during the year

 7,154,742 
 1,918,895 

 12,133,063 
 (5,479,012)

 (145,372)
 153,436 

 (289,876)
 289,876 

 9,073,637 

 6,654,051 

 (1,322,671)
 (891,435)
 106,846 

 2,870,283 
 1,322,671 
 (730,554)

 8,064 

 – 
 147,911 
 9,902 

 6,966,377 

 10,116,451 

 165,877 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 (156,668)
 – 
 (291,089)
 2,019,066 
 (1,735)

 482,447 
 (33,436)
 156,668 
 3,198,622 
 (254,644)

 1,569,574 

 3,549,657 

acQuisition oF evander mines
In the prior year, 28 February 2013, the group acquired 100% of the recorded voting shares of Evander Mines, thus obtaining control of 
Evander Mines. Cash consideration paid for the acquisition was ZAR1.313 billion. It was determined that this transaction represents a 
business combination with Emerald Panther identified as the acquirer. The group began consolidating the operating results, cash flows 
and net assets of Evander Mines from 1 March 2013. Evander Mines was a public unlisted mining company that was wholly owned by 
Harmony. The tables below present the purchase cost and our provisional allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities 
acquired. This allocation was calculated as at the date of acquisition to reflect the provisional determination of the fair values of the assets 
and liabilities acquired. The significant adjustments were to increase property, plant and equipment by ZAR1,058 million and deferred 
income taxes by ZAR465 million, with a corresponding bargain purchase gain of ZAR322 million recognised in the consolidated results. 
There were no significant adjustments made to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income after applying these adjustments 
retroactively to the acquisition date.

purchase cost

Purchase consideration (based on 1 October 2012 effective date)
Increased consideration (for the period 1 October 2012 to  
28 February 2013)
Dividend payment by Evander Mines 

Cash acquired with Evander Mines 

Net cash consideration

28 February 2013

Zar

£

1,500,000,000   112,178,888 

 23,104,110 

 1,727,862 
(210,000,000)  (15,705,044)

 1,313,104,110 
 (29,354,529)

 98,201,706 
 (2,195,306)

 1,283,749,581   96,006,400 

156

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANYANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2014Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014The purchase consideration was funded entirely by cash as follows:

purchase cost

Rights issue
Proceeds from long term debt
Break fee paid from operational cash
Operational cash 
Foreign currency translation reserve

Summary of final purchase price allocation

Property, plant and equipment
Other non-current assets
Other investments
Environmental trust fund
other non-current assets
Current assets
Inventory
Trade and other receivables
Cash
non-current liabilities
Deferred tax
Provision for environmental rehabilitation
Provision for post retirement benefit
current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Tax liability

Net assets acquired at fair value
Bargain purchase gain*

Effective purchase price

28 February 2013

Zar

£

 707,301,534 
 350,000,000 
 50,000,000 
 205,802,576 
 – 

 50,321,260 
 25,729,051 
 3,739,296 
 15,391,136 
 3,020,963 

 1,313,104,110 

 98,201,706 

Fair value at 
acquisition
Zar

Fair value at
 acquisition
£

 2,157,007,971   161,313,837 

 257,129 
 217,723,481 
 3,059,085 

 19,230 
 16,282,652 
 228,775 

 51,547,305 
 32,223,423 
 29,354,529 

 3,855,013 
 2,409,859 
 2,195,306 

 (603,487,340)  (45,132,359)
 (178,186,760)  (13,325,862)
 (65,434)

 (874,951)

 (72,853,204)
 (222,801)

 (5,448,394)
 (16,662)

 1,635,547,867   122,315,961 
 (322,443,757)  (24,114,255)

 1,313,104,110 

 98,201,706 

* 

The bargain purchase gain arose due to net consideration paid being less than the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting, the acquisition cost has been allocated to the underlying assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed, based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. BDO Corporate Finance was used to assist the group 
in determining the fair value of the mining rights and property plant and equipment acquired.

Evander Mines results post and pre acquisition to 30 June 2013

Post acquisition revenue, profit/(loss) (from 1 March 2013 to  
30 June 2013)
Pre acquisition revenue, profit/(loss) (From 1 July 2012 to  
28 February 2013)

Evander results for the financial year under review

revenue

profits 
after tax

31,712,557

7,968,404

64,447,224

9,499,890

96,159,781

17,468,294

157

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTSPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014sHareHolder
INFORMATION

158

SHAREHOLDERINFORMATIONPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S

I

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

159

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 
SHAREHOLDERS’ 
DIARY

Financial year-end
Preliminary annual results announcement
Annual report posted
AGM
Interim results announcement

SHAREHOLDER 
ANALYSIS

shareholder spread
register date: 30 June 2014
issued share capital: 1,829,994,763 shares

1 – 1,000 shares
1,001 – 10,000 shares
10,001 – 100,000 shares
100,001 – 1,000,000 shares
1,000,001 shares and over
Total

distribution of shareholders
Banks
Brokers
Close corporations
Endowment funds
Individuals
Insurance companies
Investment companies
Medical aid schemes
Mutual funds
Nominees and trusts
Other corporations
Pension funds
Private companies
Public companies
Total

public/non-public shareholders
Non-public shareholders
Director
Strategic holder (more than 10%)
Public shareholders
Total

Beneficial shareholders holding of 3% or more

Shanduka
Coronation Fund Managers
Allan Gray 
Afena Capital
Prudential Portfolio Managers
Public Investment Corporation

160

30 June 2014
16 September 2014
29 October 2014
21 November 2014
TBA

number of
 shareholders
 501 
 2,085 
 2,169 
 570 
 210 
 5,535 

%
 9.05 
 37.67 
 39.19 
 10.30 

number 
of shares
 253,834 
 10,166,164 
 71,278,084 
 177,855,185 
 3.79   1,570,441,496 
 100.00   1,829,994,763 

5
23
66
28
4,330
28
3
12
140
584
65
162
75
14
5,535

7
6
1
5,528
5,535

 0.09 
 0.42 
 1.19 
 0.51 

206,893
12,189,243
4,591,482
7,871,935
 78.23  135,148,976
37,240,296
 0.51 
27,438,747
 0.05 
7,794,865
 0.22 
 2.53 
431,468,113
 10.55  345,358,209
2,129,112
 1.17 
 2.93  353,666,866
 1.36  460,585,853
4,304,173
 0.24 
100.00 1,829,994,763

 0.13  450,553,347
 0.11 
 14,195,289 
 0.01  436,358,058
99.87 1,379,441,416
 100.00  1,829,994,763

number 
of shares
 436,358,058 
 184,569,254 
 182,816,486 
 112,583,127 
 111,558,158 
 99,476,830 

%
 0.01 
 0.56 
 3.89 
 9.72 
 85.82 
 100.00 

 0.01 
 0.67 
 0.25 
 0.43 
 7.39 
 2.03 
 1.50 
 0.43 
 23.58 
 18.87 
 0.12 
 19.33 
 25.17 
 0.22 
 100.00 

 24.62 
 0.78 
 23.84 
75.38
100.00

%
 23.84 
 10.09 
 9.99 
 6.15 
 6.10 
 5.44 

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014NOTICE OF 
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the 2014 Annual General Meeting of Pan African Resources PLC will be held at the office of Canaccord 
Genuity Limited, Eighth Floor, 88 Wood Street, London, EC2V 7qR on 21 November 2014 at 10:00 (all times stated are United Kingdom 
times unless otherwise stated) to consider and, if thought fit, transact the following business:

ordinary Business

1.  To receive and adopt the Directors’ report, the Audited Statement of Accounts and Auditors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2014.

2.  To approve the payment of a final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2014 of ZAR0.1410 per share. 

3.  To re-elect Mrs H H Hickey as a member of the Audit Committee.

4.  To re-elect Mr K C Spencer as a member of the Audit Committee.

5.  To re-elect Mr T Mosololi as a member of the Audit Committee.

6.  To endorse the company’s Remuneration Policy for the year ended 30 June 2014.

7.  To re-elect Mr J A J Loots as a Director of the company, who retires by rotation pursuant to the Articles of Association of the 

Company.

8.  To re-elect Mrs H H Hickey as a Director of the company, who retires by rotation pursuant to the Articles of Association of the 

company.

9.  To re-elect Mr T Mosololi as a Director of the company, who was appointed since the last Annual General Meeting. 

10.  To re-elect Mr R M Smith as a Director of the company, who was appointed since the last Annual General Meeting.

11.  To re-appoint Deloitte LLP as auditors of the company and to authorise the Directors to determine their remuneration.

special Business

As special business, to consider and if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions of which Resolution 12 will be proposed as an Ordinary 
Resolution and Resolution 13 will be proposed as Special Resolution:

12.  THAT the Directors be and are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 
(“the Act”), in substitution for all previous powers granted to them thereunder, to exercise all the powers of the company to allot 
and make offers to allot equity securities (within the meaning of Section 560 of the Act) up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£6,126,203.54;	such	authority	shall,	unless	previously	revoked	or	varied	by	the	company	in	general	meeting,	expire	on	the	conclusion	
of the next Annual General Meeting of the company or on 31 December 2015, whichever is the earlier, provided that the company 
may, at any time before such expiry, make an offer or enter into an agreement which would or might require equity securities to be 
allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the authority 
conferred hereby had not expired.

13.  That the company be generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 (“the 
Act”) to make market purchases (as defined in Section 693 of the Act) of ordinary shares of the company on such terms and in such 
manner as the Directors shall determine provided that: 

(a)  the  maximum  aggregate  number  of  ordinary  shares  which  may  be  purchased  is  shares  with  an  aggregate  nominal  value  of 
£914,997.38	(representing	approximately	5	per	cent.	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	the	company	at	the	date	of	this	notice);	

(b)  the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for each ordinary share is 1p or the equivalent (at the prevailing 

exchange	rate	on	the	date	of	purchase)	in	South	African	Rand;	

(c)  the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for any ordinary share does not exceed 5 per cent above the average 

closing	price	of	such	shares	for	the	five	business	days	on	the	London	Stock	Exchange	prior	to	the	date	of	purchase;	and	

(d)  this  authority  shall  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the  next  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  company  or  on  31  December  2015, 
whichever is the earlier, unless such authority is renewed prior to that time (except in relation to the purchase of ordinary shares 
the contract for which was concluded before the expiry of such authority and which might be executed wholly or partly after 
such	expiry);	and

161

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014NOTICE OF 
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (continued)

(e)  any market purchases by the company of ordinary shares in the company on the JSE Limited as contemplated in this resolution 
shall  comply,  to  the  extent  required,  with  the  provisions  of  the  Listings  Requirements  of  the  JSE  Limited  (“the  Listings 
Requirements”) pertaining to the general authority to repurchase securities for cash, which in summary provide as follows:

•	 such	repurchases	are	effected	through	the	order	book	operated	by	the	JSE	Limited	trading	system	and	done	without	any	prior	

understanding	or	arrangement	between	the	company	and	a	counterparty,	unless	the	JSE	Limited	otherwise	permits;

•	 the	company	and	its	subsidiaries	are	enabled	by	their	Articles	of	Association	to	acquire	such	shares;

•	 such	repurchases	are	made	at	a	price	no	greater	than	10%	above	the	weighted	average	market	price	at	which	the	company’s	
shares  traded  on  the  JSE  Limited  over  the  five  business  days  immediately  preceding  the  date  on  which  the  transaction  is 
effected;

•	 at	any	point	in	time,	the	company	appoints	only	one	agent	to	effect	any	repurchase	on	the	company’s	behalf;	

•	 the	directors	will	ensure	that	a	resolution	by	the	board	was	taken	authorising	such	repurchases,	confirming	that	the	company	
and its subsidiaries engaged in such repurchases have passed solvency and liquidity test and confirming that since such tests 
were	performed	there	have	been	no	material	adverse	changes	to	the	financial	position	of	the	group;	and

•	 such	repurchases	are	not	conducted	during	prohibited	periods	as	defined	by	the	Listings	Requirements,	unless	the	company	

has complied with the conditions set out in paragraph 5.72(h) of the Listings Requirements. 

The other general information referred to in paragraph 11.26(b) of the Listings Requirements regarding the company is contained 
elsewhere in this notice of AGM, as follows:

•	 directors and management of the company and of its material subsidiary, on pages 34 to 37 

•	 major shareholders on page 160

•	 directors’ interests in the company’s shares, on pages 146 to 147

•	 company’s share capital, on page 131 

Furthermore, neither the company nor its subsidiaries is involved in any legal or arbitration proceedings, nor are any such proceedings 
pending or threatened, that may have or have had any material effect on the group’s financial position.

directors’ responsiBility statement
The directors of the company, whose names are given on pages 34 – 35 of the group’s Integrated Annual Report in which this notice is 
incorporated, collectively and individually accept full responsibility for the accuracy of the information given in this notice, and certify that 
to the best of their knowledge and belief there are no facts that have been omitted which would make any statement false or misleading, 
and that all reasonable enquiries to ascertain such facts have been made and that this notice contains all information required by the 
Listings Requirements.

material cHange

The directors of the company confirm that there has not been any material change in the financial or trading position of the company and 
its subsidiaries that has occurred since the end of the last financial period.

The intention of the directors is that the repurchase of the company’s shares will be effected within the parameters laid down by this 
resolution as well as by the Act, the JSE Limited and the board, as and when the directors of the company deem such repurchases to be 
appropriate, having regard for prevailing market and business conditions. The directors will ensure that the requisite prior resolution of 
the board has been taken authorising such repurchases, confirming that the company and its subsidiaries engaged in such repurchases 
have passed the solvency and liquidity test and confirming that since such tests were performed there have been no material adverse 
changes to the financial position of the group.

162

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014After considering the effect of a general repurchase within the parameters set out above, the directors are of the view that for a period 
of at least 12 months after the date of the AGM referred to in this notice:

•	 the	company	and	the	group	would	in	the	ordinary	course	of	their	business	be	able	to	pay	their	debts;

•	 the	 consolidated	 assets	 of	 the	 company	 and	 the	 group	 would	 exceed	 the	 consolidated	 liabilities	 of	 the	 company	 and	 the	 group	
respectively, such assets and liabilities being fairly valued and recognised and measured in accordance with the accounting policies used 
in	the	2014	audited	Annual	Financial	Statements	of	the	company	and	the	group;

•	 the	issued	capital	and	reserves	of	the	company	and	the	group	would	be	adequate	for	the	purposes	of	the	company	and	the	group’s	

ordinary	business;	and

•	 the	company	and	the	group’s	working	capital	would	be	adequate	for	ordinary	business	purposes.

Notes:

(i)  The  company  will  publish  an  announcement  complying  with  the  Listings  Requirements  if  and  when  any  of  its  shares  have  been 

repurchased in terms of the aforementioned general authority.

(ii)  The company’s sponsor will discharge its duties in terms of the Listing Requirements before the company commences any share 

repurchases in terms of the general authority being hereby sought.

By order of the Board

st James’s corporate services limited 

Company Secretary
16 September 2014
Suite 31, Second Floor
107 Cheapside
London
England
EC2V 6DN

explanatory notes 

Entitlement to attend and vote

1.  The Company specifies that only those members registered on the Company’s register of members at:

•	 18:00	on	19	November	2014;	or,

•	 if	the	AGM	is	adjourned,	18:00	on	the	date	that	is	two	business	days	prior	to	the	adjourned	meeting,	shall	be	entitled	to	attend	and	

vote at the AGM.

appointment oF proxies

2. 

If you are a member of the company at the time set out in note 1 above, you are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of 
your rights to attend, speak and vote at the AGM and you should have received a proxy form with this notice of meeting.

You can only appoint a proxy using the procedures set out in these notes and the notes to the proxy form.

3.  A proxy does not need to be a member of the company but must attend the AGM to represent you. Details of how to appoint the 

Chairman of the AGM or another person as your proxy using the proxy form are set out in the notes to the proxy form.

If you wish your proxy to speak on your behalf at the AGM you will need to appoint your own choice of proxy (not the Chairman) 
and give your instructions directly to them.

4.  You may appoint more than one proxy provided each proxy is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. You may not 
appoint more than one proxy to exercise rights attached to any one share. To appoint more than one proxy, you may photocopy this 
form.

163

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 
 
NOTICE OF 
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (continued)

5.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the 
resolution. If you either select the “Discretionary” option or if no voting indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting 
at his or her discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain from voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation to any other matter which is 
put before the AGM.

appointment oF proxy using Hard copy proxy Form

6.  The notes to the proxy form explain how to direct your proxy how to vote on each resolution or withhold their vote.

To appoint a proxy using the proxy form, the form must be:

•	 completed	and	signed;	and

•	 sent	or	delivered	to	Capita	Asset	Services,	PXS,	34	Beckenham	Road,	Beckenham,	BR3	4TU	or	Computershare	Investor	Services	
(Pty) Limited, Ground Floor, 70 Marshall Street, Johannesburg 2001, South Africa (PO Box 61051, Marshalltown 2107, Johannesburg, 
South	Africa);	no	later	than	10:00	on	19	November	2014.

In the case of a member which is a company, the proxy form must be executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an 
officer of the company or an attorney for the company.

Any power of attorney or any other authority under which the proxy form is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power or 
authority) must be included with the proxy form.

appointment oF proxy By Joint memBers

7. 

In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted 
by the most senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear in 
the company’s register of members in respect of the joint holding (the first-named being the most senior).

cHanging proxy instructions

8.  To change your proxy instructions simply submit a new proxy appointment using the methods set out above. Note that the cut-off 
time	for	receipt	of	proxy	appointments	(see	above)	also	applies	in	relation	to	amended	instructions;	any	amended	proxy	appointment	
received after the relevant cut-off time will be disregarded.

  Where you have appointed a proxy using the hard copy proxy form and would like to change the instructions using another hard 
copy proxy form, please contact Capita Asset Services, PXS, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, BR3 4TU or Computershare Investor 
Services  (Pty)  Limited,  Ground  Floor,  70  Marshall  Street,  Johannesburg  2001,  South  Africa  (PO  Box  61051,  Marshalltown  2107, 
Johannesburg, South Africa).

If you submit more than one valid proxy appointment, the appointment received last before the latest time for the receipt of proxies 
will take precedence.

termination oF proxy appointments

9. 

In order to revoke a proxy instruction you will need to inform the Registrar by sending a signed hard copy notice clearly stating your 
intention to revoke your proxy appointment as above. In the case of a member which is a company, the revocation notice must be 
executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the company or an attorney for the company.

Any power of attorney or any other authority under which the revocation notice is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power or 
authority) must be included with the revocation notice.

The revocation notice must be received by Capita Asset Services or Computershare Investor Services (Pty) Limited no later than 
10:00 on 19 November 2014. If you attempt to revoke your proxy appointment but the revocation is received after the time specified 
then, subject to the paragraph directly below, your proxy appointment will remain valid.

Appointment of a proxy does not preclude you from attending the AGM and voting in person. If you have appointed a proxy and 
attend the AGM in person, your proxy appointment will automatically be terminated.

164

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 
 
 
 
 
 
 
issued sHares and total voting rigHts

10.  As at 18:00 on 15 September 2014, the company’s issued share capital comprised 1,829,994,763 ordinary shares of 1p each. Each 
ordinary share carries the right to one vote at a general meeting of the company and, therefore, the total number of voting rights in 
the company as at 18:00 on 15 September 2014 was 1,829,994,763. 

directors’ interests and documents on display

11.  A statement or summary of transactions of directors (and their family interests) in the share capital of the company and copies of 
their service contracts will be available for inspection at the company’s registered office during normal business hours (Saturdays and 
public holidays excepted) from the date of this notice until the conclusion of the AGM and will also be available for inspection at the 
place of the AGM for at least 15 minutes prior to and during the meeting.

crest

12.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for 
the meeting and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in the CREST manual. CREST personal members or 
other CREST sponsored members and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

13.  In  order  for  a  proxy  appointment  or  instruction  made  using  the  CREST  service  to  be  valid,  the  appropriate  CREST  message 
(a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear’s specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes 
the appointment of a proxy or to an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID: RA10) by 10:00 on 19 November 2014 (or 48 hours preceding the date 
and  time  for  any  adjourned  meeting).  For  this  purpose,  the  time  of  receipt  will  be  taken  to  be  the  time  (as  determined  by  the 
timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message 
enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through 
CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

14.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that Euroclear does not make 
available  special  procedures  in  CREST  for  any  particular  messages.  Normal  system  timings  and  limitations  will  therefore  apply  in 
relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST 
member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s) to procure that his CREST 
sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of 
the CREST system by any particular time). In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or 
voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST manual concerning practical limitations of the 
CREST system and timings.

165

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014GLOSSARY

terms and abbreviations

definitions

AGM

AIDS

AIM 

AMCU

Auroch

B-BBEE

Barberton Mines

BIOX® 

Annual general meeting

Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome

Alternative  Investment  Market,  the  London  Stock  Exchange’s  international  market  for  smaller 
growing companies

Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union

Pan African Resources has an investment in Australian-listed Auroch Minerals NL 

Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment

Barberton Mines (Pty) Limited 

The Biological Oxidation (BIOX®) gold extraction process was developed at Barberton Mines. 
It is an environmentally friendly process of releasing gold from the sulphide that surrounds it by 
using bacteria 

the board 

The board of directors of Pan African Resources PLC Limited, as set out on pages 34 to 35

BTRP

CEO

CIL

CIP

Barberton  Tailings  Retreatment  Plant,  a  gold  recovery  tailing  plant  owned  by  Barberton  Mines, 
which commenced production in FY2014

Chief  Executive  Officer.  Pan  African  Resources’  CEO  is  Ron  Holding  (appointed  9  September 
2013)

Carbon-in-leach

Carbon-in-pulp

the Companies Act

South African Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended

COO

CTRP

CSI

Chief Operating Officer. Pan African Resources’ COO is Anaki Karigeni (appointed 1 April 2014)

Chrome tailings retreatment plant 

Corporate Social Investment

the current year

The year ending 30 June 2015

DM”

ETRP

Department of Mineral Resources

Evander Tailings Treatment Project, approved during the year for commissioning in October 2014

Evander Mines

Evander Gold Mines Limited and Evander Gold Mining Proprietary Limited

EU

Eskom

EXCO

FD 

FOG

g/t

GRI

European Union 

Electricity Supply Commission, South African electricity supplier

Executive committee of Pan African Resources PLC

Financial Director. Pan African Resources’ FD is Cobus Loots (appointed 1 October 2013)

Fall of ground

Grams/tonne 

Global Reporting Initiatives

Harmony

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

HIV

HR

IAS

IFM

166

Human Immunodeficiency Virus

Human Resources

International Accounting Standards

International  Ferro  Metals  (SA)  (Pty)  Limited,  Phoenix  Platinum  concluded  a  formal  CTRP 
agreement with IFM and operates from its Lesedi Mine 

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014terms and abbreviations

definitions

IFRS

IoDSA

ISO

JSE

International Financial Reporting Standards

Institute of Directors South Africa

International Standards Organisation

JSE Limited incorporating the Johannesburg Securities Exchange, the main bourse in South Africa

King III Report or King III

King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa, 2009

km

koz

KPIs

LOM

LTIFR

LSE

Metanza

MCF

MHSA

MRM

MR&MR

Mt

MOI

Moz

NIHL

NUM

NOMAD

OPSCO

Kilometres 

Kilo ounces

Key Performance Indicators – a set of quantifiable measures that a company or industry uses to 
gauge or compare performance in terms of meeting their strategic and operational goals 

Life of mine

Lost time injury frequency rate

London Stock Exchange

BEE company Metanza Mineral Processors operates the CTRP at Phoenix Platinum plant under 
contract to Pan African Resources

Mine call factor

Mine Health and Safety Act

Mineral Resource Management

Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves Report

Million tonnes

Memorandum of incorporation

Million ounces

Noise-induced hearing loss

National Union of Mineworkers

UK nominated advisor 

Operations Committee

The group or the company or

Pan African Resources PLC, listed on the LSE’s AIM

Pan African Resources

and on the JSE in the “Gold Mining” sector 

PGE

Phoenix Platinum

the previous year

SAICA

SA

Platinum Group Elements, namely platinum, palladium, rhodium and gold 

Phoenix Platinum Mining (Pty) Limited, subsidiary of Pan African Resources 

The year ended 30 June 2013 

South African Institute of Chartered Accountants 

South Africa

Shanduka  or Shanduka group

Shanduka  Group  (Pty)  Ltd.  Pan  African  Resources’  black  empowerment  partner,  which  has  a 
26% stake in the group

SHEqC

SLP

Safety, health, environment, quality and community

Social and Labour Plan

Sporotrichosis

A disease caused by the infection of the fungus 

167

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATIONPan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014GLOSSARY (continued)

terms and abbreviations

definitions

t

TB

TMM

The UK Code

UASA

UK

the year or

the year under review 

Tonnes

Tuberculosis

Trackless mobile machinery

UK Corporate Governance Code 

United Association of South Africa

United Kingdom

The year ended 30 June 2014

Financial terms

definitions

The consumer price index of South Africa, a primary indicator of South Africa’s inflation

Earnings per share 

Pounds Sterling

Headline earnings per share

Producer price inflation

Return on investment

US Dollars

South African Rand

CPI

EPS

GBP

HEPS

PPI

ROI

USD

ZAR

168

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014FORM OF PROXY
UNITED KINGDOM

(Incorporated and registered in England and Wales under Companies Act 1985 with registration number 3937466 on 25 February 2000)
Share code on AIM: PAF     ISIN: GB0004300496     Share code JSE: PAN

this Form of proxy is for use by all non-south african shareholders and for south african certificated shareholders and south african own 
name dematerialised shareholders only.

I/We, the undersigned, being a member of the above-named company, hereby appoint the Chairman of the Meeting or (see notes 1 and 3)

Name of proxy

Number of shares proxies appointed over

as my/our proxy to attend, speak and vote on my/our behalf at the Annual General Meeting of Pan African Resources PLC to be held at the office 
of Canaccord Genuity Limited, Eighth Floor, 88 Wood Street, London, EC2V 7qR at 10:00 on 21 November 2014 and at any adjournment thereof. 

If you wish to appoint multiple proxies please see note 1 below.  Please also tick here if you are appointing more than one proxy.

For

Against

withheld* Discretionary**

Voting 

The proxy will vote on the undermentioned resolutions, as indicated.

ordinary Business:

1. To receive the Accounts and the reports of the directors and auditors thereon

2. To approve the payment of a final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2014  

3. To re-elect Mrs H H Hickey as a member of the Audit Committee

4. To re-elect Mr K C Spencer as a member of the Audit Committee

5. To re-elect Mr T Mosololi as a member of the Audit Committee

6. To endorse the company’s Remuneration Policy

7.

To re-elect Mr J A J Loots as a Director of the company

8. To re-elect Mrs H H Hickey as a Director of the company

9. To re-elect Mr T Mosololi as a Director of the company

10. To re-elect Mr R M Smith as a Director of the company

11. To re-appoint Deloitte LLP as auditors of the company and to authorise the 

Directors to determine their remuneration

special Business:

12. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities

13. To approve market purchases of Ordinary Shares

If this form is signed and returned without any indication as to how the 
proxy shall vote, he or she will exercise his or her discretion both as 
to  how  he  or  she  votes  (and  whether  or  not  he  or  she  abstains 
from voting). 

*  The “vote withheld” option is to enable you to abstain on the specified 
resolution. Please note a “vote withheld” has no legal effect and will 
not be counted in the votes “for” and “against”.

**  If you select “discretionary” or fail to select any of the given options, 
the proxy is authorised to vote (or abstain from voting) at his or her 
discretion on the specified resolution. The proxy is also authorised to 
vote (or abstain from voting) on any other business, which may properly 
come before the meeting.

Print name: 

Signature: 

Address:

(BLOCK CAPITALS)

notes
1.  To appoint as a proxy a person other than the Chairman of the meeting insert the full 
name in the space provided.  To appoint more than one proxy you may photocopy this 
form.  Please indicate the proxy holder’s name and the number of shares in relation to 
which they are authorised to act as your proxy (which, in aggregate, should not exceed 
the number of shares held by you).  Please also indicate if the proxy instruction is one of 
multiple  instructions  being  given.    All  forms  must  be  signed  and  should  be  returned 
together in the same envelope.  A proxy need not be a member of the company.

2.  This form is for use of shareholders only and will be used only in the event of a poll being 

directed or demanded.

3.  You may, if you wish, delete the words “the Chairman of the Meeting” and substitute 

the names(s) of your choice. Please initial such alteration.

4.  To be effective, this form of proxy must be lodged at the company’s registrars, Capita 
Asset  Services,  PXS,  34  Beckenham  Road,  Beckenham,  BR3  4TU  or  Computershare 
Investor  Services  (Pty)  Ltd,  Ground  Floor,  70  Marshall  Street,  Johannesburg  2001, 
South Africa not later than 48 hours before the start of the meeting.

5.  In the case of a corporation, the form must be executed under its common seal or under 

the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised in writing.

6.  In the case of joint holders, the signature of any of them will suffice but the names of all 
joint holders should be shown. The vote of the senior joint holder who tenders a vote 
whether  in  person  or  by  proxy,  shall  be  accepted  to  the  exclusion  of  the  votes  of 
the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order 
in which the names stand in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding.
7.  Dematerialised  shareholders  in  South  Africa  who  are  not  own  name  dematerialised 
shareholders and who wish to attend the AGM should instruct their CSDP or broker to 
issue them with the necessary authority to attend the meeting in person, in the manner 
stipulated  in  the  custody  agreement  governing  the  relationship  between  such 
shareholders  and  their  CSDP  or  broker.  These  instructions  must  be  provided  to  the 
CSDP  or  broker  by  the  cut-off  time  and  date  advised  by  the  CSDP  or  broker  for 
instructions of this nature. Dematerialised shareholders in South Africa who are not own 
name  dematerialised  shareholders  and  who  cannot  attend  but  who  wish  to  vote  at 
the  AGM  should  provide  their  CSDP  or  broker  with  their  voting  instructions,  in 
the  manner  stipulated  in  the  custody  agreement  governing  the  relationship  between 
such shareholders and their CSDP or broker. These instructions must be provided to 
the CSDP or broker by the cut-off time and date advised by the CSDP or broker for 
instructions of this nature.

Dated this

day of

2014

8.  Shares held in uncertificated form (i.e. in CREST) may be voted through the CREST 
Proxy Voting Service in accordance with the procedures set out in the CREST manual.

Business Reply
Licence Number
RSBH-UXKS-LRBC

Third fold and tuck in

1

l

d
o
F

t
s
r
i
F

PXS
34 Beckenham Road
BECKENHAM
BR3 4TU

Third Fold

 
FORM OF PROXY
SOUTH AFRICA

(Incorporated and registered in England and Wales under Companies Act 1985 with registration number 3937466 on 25 February 2000)
Share code on AIM: PAF     ISIN: GB0004300496     Share code JSE: PAN

this Form of proxy is for use by all non-south african shareholders and for south african certificated shareholders and south african own 
name dematerialised shareholders only.

I/We, the undersigned, being a member of the above-named company, hereby appoint the Chairman of the Meeting or (see notes 1 and 3)

Name of proxy

Number of shares proxies appointed over

as my/our proxy to attend, speak and vote on my/our behalf at the Annual General Meeting of Pan African Resources PLC to be held at the office 
of Canaccord Genuity Limited, Eighth Floor, 88 Wood Street, London, EC2V 7qR at 10:00 on 21 November 2014 and at any adjournment thereof. 

If you wish to appoint multiple proxies please see note 1 below.  Please also tick here if you are appointing more than one proxy.

For

Against

withheld* Discretionary**

Voting 

The proxy will vote on the undermentioned resolutions, as indicated.

ordinary Business:

1. To receive the Accounts and the reports of the directors and auditors thereon

2. To approve the payment of a final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2014  

3. To re-elect Mrs H H Hickey as a member of the Audit Committee

4. To re-elect Mr K C Spencer as a member of the Audit Committee

5. To re-elect Mr T Mosololi as a member of the Audit Committee

6. To endorse the company’s Remuneration Policy

7.

To re-elect Mr J A J Loots as a Director of the company

8. To re-elect Mrs H H Hickey as a Director of the company

9. To re-elect Mr T Mosololi as a Director of the company

10. To re-elect Mr R M Smith as a Director of the company

11. To re-appoint Deloitte LLP as auditors of the company and to authorise the 

Directors to determine their remuneration

special Business:

12. To authorise the Directors to allot equity securities

13. To approve market purchases of Ordinary Shares

If this form is signed and returned without any indication as to how the 
proxy shall vote, he or she will exercise his or her discretion both as 
to  how  he  or  she  votes  (and  whether  or  not  he  or  she  abstains 
from voting). 

*  The “vote withheld” option is to enable you to abstain on the specified 
resolution. Please note a “vote withheld” has no legal effect and will 
not be counted in the votes “for” and “against”.

**  If you select “discretionary” or fail to select any of the given options, 
the proxy is authorised to vote (or abstain from voting) at his or her 
discretion on the specified resolution. The proxy is also authorised to 
vote (or abstain from voting) on any other business, which may properly 
come before the meeting.

Print name: 

Signature: 

Address:

(BLOCK CAPITALS)

notes
1.  To appoint as a proxy a person other than the Chairman of the meeting insert the full 
name in the space provided.  To appoint more than one proxy you may photocopy this 
form.  Please indicate the proxy holder’s name and the number of shares in relation to 
which they are authorised to act as your proxy (which, in aggregate, should not exceed 
the number of shares held by you).  Please also indicate if the proxy instruction is one of 
multiple  instructions  being  given.    All  forms  must  be  signed  and  should  be  returned 
together in the same envelope.  A proxy need not be a member of the company.

2.  This form is for use of shareholders only and will be used only in the event of a poll being 

directed or demanded.

3.  You may, if you wish, delete the words “the Chairman of the Meeting” and substitute 

the names(s) of your choice. Please initial such alteration.

4.  To be effective, this form of proxy must be lodged at the company’s registrars, Capita 
Asset  Services,  PXS,  34  Beckenham  Road,  Beckenham,  BR3  4TU  or  Computershare 
Investor  Services  (Pty)  Ltd,  Ground  Floor,  70  Marshall  Street,  Johannesburg  2001, 
South Africa not later than 48 hours before the start of the meeting.

5.  In the case of a corporation, the form must be executed under its common seal or under 

the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised in writing.

6.  In the case of joint holders, the signature of any of them will suffice but the names of all 
joint holders should be shown. The vote of the senior joint holder who tenders a vote 
whether  in  person  or  by  proxy,  shall  be  accepted  to  the  exclusion  of  the  votes  of 
the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order 
in which the names stand in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding.
7.  Dematerialised  shareholders  in  South  Africa  who  are  not  own  name  dematerialised 
shareholders and who wish to attend the AGM should instruct their CSDP or broker to 
issue them with the necessary authority to attend the meeting in person, in the manner 
stipulated  in  the  custody  agreement  governing  the  relationship  between  such 
shareholders  and  their  CSDP  or  broker.  These  instructions  must  be  provided  to  the 
CSDP  or  broker  by  the  cut-off  time  and  date  advised  by  the  CSDP  or  broker  for 
instructions of this nature. Dematerialised shareholders in South Africa who are not own 
name  dematerialised  shareholders  and  who  cannot  attend  but  who  wish  to  vote  at 
the  AGM  should  provide  their  CSDP  or  broker  with  their  voting  instructions,  in 
the  manner  stipulated  in  the  custody  agreement  governing  the  relationship  between 
such shareholders and their CSDP or broker. These instructions must be provided to 
the CSDP or broker by the cut-off time and date advised by the CSDP or broker for 
instructions of this nature.

Dated this

day of

2014

8.  Shares held in uncertificated form (i.e. in CREST) may be voted through the CREST 
Proxy Voting Service in accordance with the procedures set out in the CREST manual.

Second Fold

POSTAGE WILL 
BE PAID BY THE 
ADDRESSEE

NO POSTAGE 
NECESSARY 
IF POSTED IN 
SOUTH AFRICA

l

d
o
F
t
s
r
i
F

BUSINESS REPLY SERVICE

LICENCE NO. J 5563

2107 MARSHALLTOWN

Third Fold

and tuck in flap opposite

172

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014 
NOTES

173

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014NOTES

174

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014NOTES

175

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014CONTACT
INFORMATION

corporate oFFice

The Firs Office Building

1st Floor, Office 101

coBus loots

Pan African Resources PLC

FD

Cnr. Cradock and Biermann Avenues

Office: + 27 (0) 11 243 2900

Rosebank, Johannesburg

South Africa

Office:   + 27 (0) 11 243 2900

Facsimile: + 27 (0) 11 880 1240

registered oFFice

Suite 31

Second Floor

107 Cheapside

London

EC2V 6DN

United Kingdom

Office:   + 44 (0) 207 796 8644

Facsimile: + 44 (0) 207 796 8645

ron Holding

Pan African Resources PLC

CEO

neil elliot/peter steWart

Canaccord Genuity Limited

Nominated Adviser

Office: +44 (0)207 523 8350

sHolto simpson

One Capital

JSE sponsor

Office: + 27 (0)11 550 5009

daniel tHole

Bell Pottinger PR

Public and Investor Relations UK

Office: + 44 (0)203 772 2500

mattHeW armitt

Peel Hunt LLP

Joint Broker

Office: + 27 (0)11 243 2900

Office: +44 (0)022 0741 8900

www.panafricanresources.com

pHil dexter 

St James’s Corporate Services Limited

Company Secretary 

Office: + 44 (0)207 4796 8644

nigel gordon

Fasken Martineau LLP

Solicitors in the UK

Office: +44 (0)207 917 8500

Julian gWillim

Aprio Strategic Communications

Public & Investor Relations SA

Office: +27 (0)11 880 0037

176

Pan African Resources PLC Integrated Annual Report 2014EDITORIAL

www.panafricanresources.com